JP2018015249A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To preferably process game balls which went to a direction opposite to a shooting direction on shooting path constitution means.SOLUTION: A game machine comprises: a game area provided on a game board; prescribed shooting means; and shooting path constitution means for constituting a shooting path of game balls. The game balls shot using the shooting means pass in a prescribed shooting direction on the shooting path constitution means, then reach the game area and flow down. The game machine further comprises discharge means for discharging the game balls which went to a direction opposite to the shooting direction on the shooting path constitution means, from the shooting path constitution means. For example, when there are game balls which went to the opposite direction on the shooting path constitution means, a support member 77 for supporting the game balls is operated, and the game balls on the shooting path constitution means are discharged from a lower end of the shooting path constitution means.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 9

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

  As a kind of gaming machine, a pachinko machine is known that includes a gaming board in which a gaming area is formed, a predetermined launching means (launching device), and a launch path configuring means that configures a launch path of a game ball (for example, Patent Document 1).

JP 2000-24256 A

  In the gaming machine according to this conventional example, it is fired by the launching means (launching device), but it is difficult to process a game ball that has run backward in the direction opposite to the launching direction of the launch path constituting means.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above-described circumstances and the like, and an object thereof is to suitably process a game ball that has run backward in a direction opposite to the firing direction through the launch path forming means.

In order to achieve the above object, a gaming machine according to the present invention provides:
A game area provided on the game board;
Predetermined launching means;
A launch path configuration means for configuring a launch path of a game ball;
With
A game ball launched using the launching means passes through the launch path constituting means in a predetermined launch direction, reaches the game area, and flows down,
The present invention is characterized by comprising discharging means for discharging a game ball that has run backward in the direction opposite to the shooting direction from the shooting path configuring means.

  According to the gaming machine of the present invention, since the discharge means is provided, it is possible to suitably process a game ball in which the launch path forming means has run backward in the direction opposite to the launch direction.

The front view which shows the pachinko machine of each embodiment. The perspective view which expand | deploys and shows the main structures of the pachinko machine of each embodiment. The perspective view which expand | deploys and shows the main structures of the pachinko machine of each embodiment. The rear view which shows the structure of the pachinko machine of each embodiment. The front view which shows the structure of the game board of 1st Embodiment and 2nd Embodiment. (A) The front view of the operating port apparatus which shows the case where an electrically-driven accessory is a closed state, (b) The front view of an operating-port apparatus which shows the case where an electric accessory is an open state. The partial front view which shows an inner frame (resin base) and a game ball | bowl launching mechanism. The exploded perspective view of a game ball launching mechanism. The front view of a game ball launching mechanism. 9A is a sectional view taken along the line 1-1 in FIG. 9, FIG. 9B is a sectional view taken along the line 2-2 in FIG. 9, and FIG. (A) And (b) is a schematic longitudinal cross-sectional view for demonstrating the support member and the mechanism which drives a support member. FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram (schematic cross-sectional view) for explaining the relationship among a ball feeding case member, a ball feeding lever, a ball feeding support member, a receiving port, and the like in the ball feeding device. (A)-(c) is a schematic explanatory drawing which shows a mode that a game ball is sent out (4-4 sectional drawing of FIG. 12). (A)-(c) is a schematic explanatory drawing which shows a mode that a game ball is sent out (rear view observed from the firing rail side, excluding a base member etc.). The block diagram which shows the electrical constitution of a pachinko machine. The block diagram which shows the electrical constitution of a pachinko machine. Explanatory drawing for demonstrating the display content in the display screen of a symbol display apparatus. Explanatory drawing for demonstrating the content of the various counters used for a lottery lottery etc. (A) Explanatory drawing for demonstrating the success / failure table for low probability modes, (b) Explanatory drawing for demonstrating the success / failure table for high probability modes. (A) Explanatory drawing for demonstrating the distribution table for 1st result display parts, (b) Explanatory drawing for demonstrating the distribution table for 2nd result display parts. Explanatory drawing for demonstrating the structure of a holding ball storage area. The flowchart which shows the timer interruption process in MPU of a main controller. The flowchart which shows the winning process for a working opening. The flowchart which shows an information acquisition process. The flowchart which shows the winning process for through. The flowchart which shows a normal process. The flowchart which shows game times control processing. The flowchart which shows a data setting process. The flowchart which shows a fluctuation | variation start process. The flowchart which shows the stop result setting process for probability variation big hits. The flowchart which shows the setting process of fluctuation | variation display time. The flowchart which shows a game state transfer process. The flowchart which shows the transfer process at the time of completion | finish of opening-and-closing execution mode. The flowchart which shows the process for electronic role support. The flowchart which shows the process for electronic role support. The flowchart which shows an electric utility opening / closing process. The flowchart which shows a return ball detection process. (A) is a schematic front view showing a state where a game ball is launched by the game ball launching mechanism, and (b) is a schematic front view of the game ball launching mechanism showing a case where a return ball is generated. (A)-(c) is a schematic front view of the game ball | bowl launching mechanism which shows the case where a return ball | bowl is produced. (A) is a flowchart which shows a return ball cancellation process, (b) is a schematic front view of the game ball | bowl launching mechanism which shows a mode that a return ball is canceled. FIG. 42A is a flowchart showing a game ball launch control process, and FIG. 41B is an explanatory diagram showing a modification in which a part of the game ball launch control process of FIG. The flowchart which shows a discharge control process. The time chart which shows the relationship of a cancellation | release operation execution flag, a discharge | release permission signal, a discharge | release period, a ball | bowl feeding operation | movement, and a discharge | release operation. The time chart which shows the relationship of a cancellation | release operation execution flag, a discharge | release permission signal, a discharge | release period, a ball | bowl feeding operation | movement, and a discharge | release operation. (A) is the time chart which shows the relationship of the cancellation | release operation execution flag of 1st Embodiment, a discharge | release permission signal, a discharge period, a ball | bowl feeding operation | movement, and a discharge operation, (b) is the time which shows the characteristic of the modification 8. chart. 10 is a flowchart showing return ball elimination processing of Modification 3; (A) is a flowchart showing a time measurement process after the end of Modification Example 3, (b) is an explanatory diagram showing the characteristics of Modification Example 4. 10 is a flowchart showing return sphere detection processing according to Modification 5; (A) is a front view of the game ball launching mechanism of Modification 6, and (b) is a flowchart showing return ball detection processing of Modification 6. (A) is a front view of the game ball launching mechanism of Modification 7, and (b) is a flowchart showing return ball detection processing of Modification 7. 10 is a flowchart showing a launch control process of Modification 8; The time chart which shows the relationship of the ball | bowl feed stop flag of the modification 9, a cancellation | release operation execution flag, a discharge | release permission signal, a discharge | release period, a ball | bowl transfer operation | movement, and a discharge | release operation. 10 is a flowchart showing return sphere detection processing of Modification 9; The flowchart which shows the return ball cancellation process of the modification 9. (A) is a flowchart showing the preparation flag management process of the modification 9, (b) is an explanatory diagram for explaining the feature of the launch control process of the modification 9, (c) is an explanatory diagram showing a modification of the modification 9. is there. The flowchart which shows the process for game ball | bowl launch control of the modification 9. (A) is a schematic plan view for explaining the modification 10, and (b) is a schematic front view for explaining the modification 11. FIG. 16 is a schematic plan view for explaining a modification example 12; (A) is a schematic front view for explaining the modified example 13, (b) is a schematic front view for explaining the modified example 14, and (c) is a schematic diagram for explaining the modified example 15. Longitudinal sectional view. (A) is a schematic front view for explaining the modification 16, and (b) and (c) are schematic plan views for explaining the modification 16. (A) is a schematic front view for demonstrating a comparative example, (b) is a partially expanded front view of Fig.61 (a). (A) And (b) is a schematic front view for demonstrating the modification 17. FIG. 20 is a time chart for explaining a modified example 18; (A) is the flowchart which shows the elapsed time measurement process in a cycle in the modification 18, (b) is explanatory drawing which shows the changed part of the content of the return ball cancellation process in the modification 18. (A) And (b) is a schematic plan view for demonstrating 2nd Embodiment. (A) is 5-5 sectional drawing of Fig.65 (a), (b) is 6-6 sectional drawing of Fig.65 (a). (A) is a schematic plan view for demonstrating 2nd Embodiment, (b) is a schematic longitudinal cross-sectional view for demonstrating the modification 19. As shown in FIG. (A) And (b) is a schematic plan view for demonstrating the modification 20. FIG. (A) And (b) is a schematic longitudinal cross-sectional view for demonstrating the modification 21. FIG. (A) And (b) is a schematic plan view for demonstrating the modification 21. FIG. The front view which shows the structure of the game board of 3rd Embodiment. The schematic perspective view which shows the channel | path selection mechanism of 3rd Embodiment. (A)-(c) is schematic explanatory drawing which shows the channel | path selection aspect of a channel | path selection mechanism. (A) Schematic top view of the croon which comprises a channel | path selection mechanism, (b) is a schematic plan view of a fraud prevention apparatus. (A) And (b) is a schematic top view of a fraud prevention apparatus. (A) And (b) is a schematic perspective view of a fraud prevention apparatus. The flowchart which shows the passage process for through. The flowchart which shows the normal process of 3rd Embodiment. The flowchart which shows the transfer process at the time of completion | finish of the opening / closing execution mode of 3rd Embodiment. The flowchart which shows the electric role drive process of 3rd Embodiment. The flowchart which shows the electric role opening / closing process of 3rd Embodiment. The flowchart which shows the abnormality monitoring process of 3rd Embodiment-6th Embodiment. The front view which shows the structure of the game board of the modification 22. FIG. (A) And (b) is a front view which shows the structure of the route distribution apparatus of the modification 22. FIG. (A) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the modification 23, (b) is explanatory drawing which shows a part of flowchart of the passage process for through of the modification 23, (c) is for demonstrating the modification 24 Illustration. The front view which shows the structure of the game board of 4th Embodiment (modification 25 and modification 26). The schematic longitudinal cross-sectional view which shows the fraud prevention apparatus of 4th Embodiment. (A)-(c) is a schematic longitudinal cross-sectional view for demonstrating the function of the fraud prevention apparatus of 4th Embodiment. (A) is a flowchart which shows the timer interruption process in MPU of the main control apparatus of 4th Embodiment, (b) is a flowchart which shows the passage detection process of 4th Embodiment. The flowchart which shows the normal process of 4th Embodiment. (A) is a flowchart which shows the distribution process of 4th Embodiment, (b) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating discharge | emission time in 4th Embodiment. The front view which shows the structure of the game board of the modification 27. FIG. The front view which shows the structure of the game board of 5th Embodiment. FIG. 94 is a partially enlarged view of FIG. 93. (A) Explanatory drawing for explaining the success / failure table to be referred to when a winning to the first working port occurs, (b) Explaining the success / failure table to be referred to when a winning to the second working port occurs. Explanatory drawing for doing. (A) Explanatory drawing for explaining the success / failure table to be referred to when a winning to the first working port occurs, (b) Explaining the success / failure table to be referred to when a winning to the second working port occurs. Explanatory drawing for doing. The flowchart which shows the change start process of 5th Embodiment. The flowchart which shows the game state transfer process of 5th Embodiment. The timing chart for demonstrating the transition process for special hits of 5th Embodiment. (A) And (b) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the modification 28. FIG. (A) And (b) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the modification 29. FIG. The front view which shows the structure of the game board of 6th Embodiment. The schematic cross-sectional view of the fraud prevention apparatus of 6th Embodiment. The schematic longitudinal cross-sectional view for demonstrating the drive mechanism of the fraud prevention apparatus of 6th Embodiment. (A) is a perspective part of a ball receiving member constituting the tamper-proof device of the sixth embodiment, (b) is a perspective part of a passage selecting member constituting the tamper-proof device of the sixth embodiment, and (c) is a sixth part. The perspective part which shows the modification of the channel | path selection member which comprises the fraud prevention apparatus of embodiment, (d) is the perspective part which shows the ball | bowl receiving member of the modification 30. (A)-(d) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the function of the fraud prevention apparatus of 6th Embodiment. The flowchart which shows the normal process of 6th Embodiment. (A)-(c) is explanatory drawing which shows the function of the ball | bowl receiving member of the modification 30. FIG. (A)-(c) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the modification 31. FIG. (A) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the modification 32, (b) is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the modification 33. FIG. The front view which shows the structure of the game board of the modification 34. FIG. The front view which shows the structure of the game board of the modification 35. FIG. The partially expanded view of a game board in the modification 36. FIG.

(First embodiment)
Hereinafter, a first embodiment of a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter referred to as “pachinko machine”), which is a type of gaming machine, will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10, and FIGS. 2 and 3 are perspective views showing an unfolded main configuration of the pachinko machine 10. In FIG. 2, the configuration in the game area PE of the pachinko machine 10 is omitted for convenience.

<Outline of pachinko machine 10>
As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 that forms an outer shell of the pachinko machine 10, and a gaming machine body 12 that is rotatably attached to the outer frame 11. . The outer frame 11 is configured by connecting a wooden plate or the like to four sides and has a rectangular frame shape. The pachinko machine 10 is installed in the game hall by attaching and fixing the outer frame 11 to the island facility.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the gaming machine main body 12 includes an inner frame 13, a front door frame 14 disposed in front of the inner frame 13, and a back pack unit 15 disposed behind the inner frame 13. ing. The inner frame 13 of the gaming machine main body 12 is supported so as to be rotatable with respect to the outer frame 11. Specifically, the inner frame 13 can be rotated forward with the left side as a rotation base end side and the right side as a rotation front end side in front view. In this specification, “front” refers to the “direction approaching the player with respect to the gaming machine”, and “rear” refers to the “direction away from the player with respect to the gaming machine”.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the front door frame 14 is rotatably supported on the inner frame 13, and can be rotated forward with the left side as a rotation base end side and the right side as a rotation front end side in a front view. It is said that. Further, as shown in FIG. 3, a backpack unit 15 is rotatably supported on the inner frame 13, and when viewed from the front, the left side is the rotation base end side and the right side is the rotation front end side. It is possible to move. As shown in FIG. 3, the gaming machine main body 12 is provided with a locking device 16 at its rotating tip, and the gaming machine main body 12 is locked to the outer frame 11 so that it cannot be opened. And has a function of locking the front door frame 14 to the inner frame 13 so that the front door frame 14 cannot be opened. Each of these locked states is released by performing an unlocking operation on the cylinder lock 17 (see FIG. 1) provided exposed on the front surface of the pachinko machine 10 using an unlocking key.

<Configuration of the front side of the gaming machine body 12>
Next, the configuration of the front side of the gaming machine body 12 will be described.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the inner frame 13 is mainly composed of a resin base 21 whose outer shape is substantially the same as that of the outer frame 11. A substantially elliptical window hole 23 is formed at the center of the resin base 21. A game board 24 is detachably attached to the resin base 21. The game board 24 is made of plywood, and the game area PE formed on the front surface of the game board 24 is exposed to the front side of the inner frame 13 through the window hole 23 of the resin base 21.

  Here, the structure of the game board 24 is demonstrated based on FIG. The game board 24 is formed with a plurality of large and small openings penetrating in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. Each opening is provided with a general winning port 31, a variable winning device 32, an upper operating port 33, a lower operating port 34, a variable display unit 36, a main display unit 43, an accessory display unit 44, and the like. A through gate 35 is provided in each of a left portion (hereinafter referred to as a left-handed region L) of the center frame 42 described later and a right portion (hereinafter referred to as a right-handed region R) of the center frame 42. Yes.

  On the back side of the game board 24, detection sensors (not shown) are provided corresponding to the general winning port 31, the variable winning device 32, the upper operating port 33, and the lower operating port 34. When a ball enters the variable winning device 32, the upper operating port 33, and the lower operating port 34, it is detected by a corresponding detection sensor, and a predetermined number of award balls are paid out based on the detection result. . In this case, 10 game balls are paid out when the general winning opening 31 is entered, and 15 game balls are paid out when the variable winning device 32 is entered. Is executed, three game balls are paid out when a ball enters the upper working port 33, and four game balls are paid out when a ball enters the lower working port 34. Is executed. The number of game balls to be paid out is not limited to the above. However, in order to increase the advantage of the lower working port 34 with respect to the upper working port 33, it is preferable to set the number of payouts related to the lower working port 34 larger than the number of payouts related to the upper working port 33. Further, in order to increase the advantage of the variable winning device 32 with respect to each operating port 33, 34, it is preferable to set the payout number related to the variable winning device 32 larger than the payout number related to each operating port 33, 34. Furthermore, the upper operating port 33, the lower operating port 34, and the general winning port 31 are all opened upward.

  In addition, an out port 37 is provided at the lowermost part of the game board 24, and game balls that have not entered various winning ports etc. are discharged from the game area PE through the out port 37. The game board 24 is provided with a large number of nails 38 in order to disperse and adjust the falling direction of the game ball as appropriate, and various members (functions) such as a windmill.

  Here, the entry means that the game ball passes through a predetermined opening, and not only the mode of discharging from the game area PE after passing through the opening, but also the game area PE after passing through the opening. The aspect which is not discharged | emitted from is also included. However, in the following description, in order to clearly distinguish the game ball from entering the out port 37, the game ball enters the variable winning device 32, the upper operation port 33, the lower operation port 34, or the through gate 35. Is also expressed as a prize.

  The upper operating port 33 and the lower operating port 34 are unitized as an operating port device and are installed in the game board 24. Both the upper working port 33 and the lower working port 34 are opened upward. Further, both the operation ports 33 and 34 are arranged in the vertical direction, more specifically in the vertical direction, with the upper operation port 33 facing upward. The lower working port 34 is provided with an electric accessory 34a as a guide piece made up of a pair of left and right movable pieces.

  Details of the electric accessory 34a will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6A shows a case where the electric accessory 34a is in a closed state (non-support state or non-guide state), and FIG. Shows the case.

  The working port case 33a constituting the upper working port 33 projects to the near side, and the lower side length of the working port case 33a (that is, the left and right width at the lower part of the upper working port 33) is that the electric accessory 34a is in a closed state. In some cases, the length is greater than the distance between the left and right electric accessories 34a. In addition, when the electric accessory 34a is in a closed state, the interval between the two operation openings 33, 34 is set so that the distance between the operating port case 33a and the upper end of the electric accessory 34a is slightly shorter than the diameter of the game ball. Has been adjusted.

  According to the above configuration, in the closed state of the electric accessory 34a, the game ball cannot win the lower operation port 34, and the electric operation item 34a is opened, so that the lower operation port 34 can be won. In particular, at this time, during the operation in which the electric accessory 34a shifts from the closed state to the open state, the operating port case 33a of the operating port 33 becomes an obstacle. It is impossible to win a game ball to the mouth 34, and it is possible to win only when the electric accessory 34a is almost fully open. That is, the game ball that has dropped from above hits the side surface of the operating port case 33a and is bounced outward, and does not win the lower operating port 34 directly. As a result, when the electric accessory 34a is opened in a very short time, it is extremely difficult to win the lower working port 34, and only when the open state of the electric accessory 34a is continued, the lower working port 34 is opened. Winning is easy.

  Furthermore, as described above, the upper working port 33 and the lower working port 34 are arranged side by side. More specifically, since they are arranged side by side in the vertical direction, when the electric accessory 34a is in an open state, the game balls flowing down toward the upper side of the operating port device are the upper operating port 33 and the lower operating port. Any of the mouths 34 can be won. In other words, when the electric accessory 34a is in the open state, the winning to the upper working port 33 and the winning to the lower working port 34 are performed according to the operation mode of a launch handle 8A (see FIG. 1) described later. It is difficult to target. In addition to the configuration in which the working port case 33a of the upper working port 33 has a substantially trapezoidal shape as described above, the working port case 33a of the upper working port 33 has a two-stage configuration with a narrow upper portion and a lower lower portion. A substantially C-shaped guide piece may be provided on both the left and right sides of the mouth 33, or a failure nail may be implanted obliquely below the working port case 33a.

  Here, when the support mode of the electric accessory 34a of the lower working port 34 is the low-frequency support mode (described later), the electric accessory 34a per unit time is compared to the high-frequency support mode (described later). The frequency of the open state is relatively low. For this reason, in the low-frequency support mode, it is difficult to win a game ball in the lower working port 34 or to determine whether or not the game ball is won based on a winning in the lower working port 34.

  The variable winning device 32 includes a large winning opening 32a that leads to the back side of the game board 24, and an open / close door 32b that opens and closes the large winning opening 32a. The open / close door 32b is connected to a drive unit such as a solenoid provided on the back side of the game board 24, and is normally in a closed state in which a game ball cannot be won or is difficult to win. The game ball can be switched to a predetermined open state in which it is easy for a prize to be won when a shift to (open / close execution state) is won.

  Here, the opening / closing execution mode is a mode to be shifted to when a big win is won. The opening / closing execution mode will be described in detail later. As an opening mode of the variable winning device 32, the variable winning device 32 is repeatedly opened with a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of winnings as one round and a plurality of rounds (for example, 15 rounds) as an upper limit. There is an embodiment.

  The main display portion 43 and the accessory display portion 44 are provided on a decorative member 39 disposed along the outer edge on the lower side of the game area PE. The decorative member 39 extends from the board surface of the game board 24 to the front of the pachinko machine 10. More specifically, the front surface of the decorative member 39 faces the window panel 62 provided on the front door frame 14 so that the game area PE can be viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10. The distance between is smaller than one game ball. This prevents the game ball from falling in front of the front surface of the decorative member 39.

  A main display unit 43 and an accessory display unit 44 are provided so as to be exposed from the front surface of the decorative member 39. That is, the main display unit 43 and the accessory display unit 44 are visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the window panel 62 of the front door frame 14, and a game ball is in front of both the display units 43 and 44. It is prevented from falling.

  In the main display section 43, when the variable winning device 32 enters the opening / closing execution mode (or when the opening / closing execution mode is set) by winning the big win, the big winning opening 32a of the variable winning device 32 in the opening / closing execution mode is displayed. The round display part RS for clearly indicating the number of times of opening, the first result display part AS for clearly indicating the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning to the upper operating opening 33, and the lower operating opening 34 A second result display section BS is set for clearly indicating the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning.

  In the round display section RS, the display of the number of times of opening is started at the start of the opening / closing execution mode, and the display is ended at the end of the opening / closing execution mode.

  In the first result display section AS, a variation display of the picture is performed with a winning at the upper working port 33 as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variation display, an internal lottery performed based on the winning at the upper working port 33 is performed. The result is clearly indicated by the display. When the result of the internal lottery based on the winning to the upper working port 33 is a winning result corresponding to the shift to the opening / closing execution mode, a predetermined stop result is displayed on the first result display section AS and displayed in a variable manner. After is stopped, the mode shifts to the opening / closing execution mode.

  In the second result display section BS, the variation display of the picture is performed with the winning to the lower operation port 34 as a trigger, and as a result of stopping the variation display, the internal lottery performed based on the winning to the lower operation port 34 is performed. The result is clearly indicated by the display. When the result of the internal lottery based on the winning to the lower working port 34 is a winning result corresponding to the shift to the opening / closing execution mode, a predetermined stop result is displayed on the second result display unit BS and displayed in a variable manner. After is stopped, the mode shifts to the opening / closing execution mode.

  Here, on the basis of winning in one of the operation ports 33, 34, the variable display is started in the corresponding result display sections AS, BS, until a predetermined stop result is displayed and the above variable display is stopped. It corresponds to one game time. However, the number of game times is not limited to the above-mentioned contents. For example, a single result display unit is provided, and even if any one of the operation ports 33 and 34 is won, the single game display is provided. In the configuration in which the variable display is performed in the result display unit, the variable display is started in the single result display unit, and the above-mentioned variable display is stopped in a state where the predetermined stop result is displayed. 1 time.

  The accessory display unit 44 is a display unit for clearly indicating the result of the internal lottery performed based on winning through the through gate 35. In this case, the accessory display unit 44 displays a variation of the picture triggered by the winning of the through gate 35, and the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the through gate 35 as a result of stopping the variation display. The result of is clearly displayed. If the result of the internal lottery based on the winning to the through gate 35 is a winning result corresponding to the transition to the state where the electric role is opened, a predetermined stop result is displayed on the accessory display unit 44 and displayed in a variable manner. After is stopped, it shifts to the electric utility open state. In the electric combination open state, the electric combination 34a provided in the lower working port 34 is opened in a predetermined manner.

  The main display unit 43 and the accessory display unit 44 are configured by a segment display device having a plurality of segments. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and other display devices such as a liquid crystal display device are used. Also good.

  The variable display unit 36 is provided with a symbol display device 41 that performs variable display (or variable display or switching display) of symbols. The variable display unit 36 is provided with a center frame 42 so as to surround the symbol display device 41. The center frame 42 has an upper portion extending forward of the pachinko machine 10. As a result, the game ball is prevented from dropping in front of the display screen of the symbol display device 41, and the inconvenience that the visibility of the display screen is lowered due to the fall of the game ball does not occur. .

  The symbol display device 41 is configured as a liquid crystal display device including a liquid crystal display, and display contents are controlled by a display control device described later. On the symbol display device 41, for example, symbols are displayed side by side in the top, middle and bottom, and these symbols are variably displayed as they are scrolled in the horizontal direction. In this case, the change display on the symbol display device 41 is started based on winning in the upper working port 33 or the lower working port 34. That is, when the variable display is performed in the first result display unit AS, the variable display is performed in the symbol display device 41 accordingly, and when the variable display is performed in the second result display unit BS, In addition, the symbol display device 41 performs variable display. Then, for example, the symbol display device 41 is set in advance as a game time for shifting to the opening / closing execution mode corresponding to 15 rounds, in which the large winning opening 32a of the variable winning device 32 is opened 15 times as the opening / closing execution mode. A predetermined combination of symbols is stopped and displayed on the active line.

  A first holding lamp portion 45 corresponding to the first result display portion AS and the symbol display device 41 is provided in the upper left portion on the front side of the center frame 42. The maximum number of game balls won in the upper operation port 33 is reserved, and the number of reserved balls is displayed when the first reservation lamp unit 45 is turned on. Further, a second holding lamp portion 46 corresponding to the second result display portion BS and the symbol display device 41 is provided at the upper right portion on the front side of the center frame 42. A maximum of four game balls won in the lower operation port 34 are reserved, and the number of the reserved balls is displayed when the second reservation lamp unit 46 is turned on. As described above, since the upper portion of the center frame 42 extends forward of the pachinko machine 10, the visibility of the first holding ramp portion 45 and the second holding ramp portion 46 is not hindered by the fall of the game ball. ing.

  Below the center frame 42, a third holding lamp portion 47 corresponding to the accessory display portion 44 is provided. The number of times that the game ball has passed through the through gate 35 is held up to a maximum of 4 times, and the number of held balls is displayed by turning on the third holding lamp portion 47. In addition, the structure etc. by which each holding lamp | ramp parts 45-47 are displayed on a part of symbol display apparatus 41 may be sufficient.

  As shown in FIG. 1, a launching handle 8 </ b> A is arranged in a rotatable state at the lower right side of the front surface of the gaming machine main body 12 (front door frame 14). The firing handle 8A includes a touch sensor 87 for detecting that the player is touching, and a stop switch 89 that is operated to stop the firing of the game ball. In addition, the firing handle 8A incorporates a variable resistor 88 for detecting the amount of rotation operation applied to the firing handle 8A (see FIG. 16).

  To explain further with reference to FIG. 5, the game board 24 is provided with an inner rail portion 5A and an outer rail portion 5B, and the inner rail portion 5A and the outer rail portion 5B are arranged substantially in parallel, A guide rail portion 5E is configured, and a game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 7A (see FIG. 2) is guided to the upper part of the game area PE. The guide rail portion 5E is provided in a substantially arc-shaped path from the lower center of the game board 24 toward the upper left side of the game board 24.

  As shown in FIG. 7, the game ball launching mechanism 7 </ b> A is attached below the attachment portion of the game board 24 in the resin base 21. Then, the launch operation of the game ball is performed by operating the launch handle 8A provided on the front door frame 14. Next, the game ball launching mechanism 7A will be described in detail.

<Game Ball Launching Mechanism 7A>
As shown in FIG. 7 and FIG. 8, the game ball launching mechanism 7A has a launch rail 74 that defines the launch direction of the game ball and a game ball at a predetermined launch position 74W (near the lower end of the launch rail 74). A launching device 75 that launches, a ball feeding device 76 that supplies a game ball to the firing position 74W, and a support member 77 that supports the game ball supplied from the ball feeding device 76 at the firing position 74W. The components (the launch rail 74, the launch device 75, the ball feeding device 76, the support member 77, etc.) are mounted on the lower part of the resin base 21 (inner frame 13) via the metal base member 78. Has been. That is, the base member 78 on which the component parts are mounted is fixed below the attachment portion of the game board 24 in the inner frame 13, so that the component parts are integrated with the inner frame 13.

  As shown in FIGS. 7 and 8, the base member 78 is an aluminum member formed in a substantially triangular shape (the upper end is horizontal, the lower end is raised to the left, and the right end is vertically extended). It is. And the peripheral side of the base member 78 is fixed to the resin base 21 (inner frame 13) by screwing. Further, as shown in FIGS. 9 and 11, at the portion of the base member 78 where the support member 77 is mounted, a long hole 78 a inclined upward to the right is provided so as to penetrate the front and back of the base member 78. ing. In addition, the long hole 21a is provided also in the site | part aligned with the long hole 78a in the resin base 21 front and back.

  As shown in FIG. 7, the firing rail 74 is the front surface portion of the inner frame 13, and is disposed obliquely upward from the right to the left below the attachment portion of the game board 24. Further, as shown in FIG. 8, the firing rail 74 is formed with a groove portion 74M having a substantially V-shaped cross section, and the front and rear positions of the game ball are defined by fitting the game ball into the groove portion 74M. Configured {see FIG. 10 (a)}. Further, the inclination angle of the firing rail 74 (the inclination angle of the groove 74M, the angle formed by the firing path with respect to the horizontal) is about 25 to 35 degrees. Here, the launch rail 74 constitutes a specific example of the launch path configuration means, and this launch path configuration means regulates the launch direction of the game ball.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 9, a passage detection sensor 74b for detecting the passage of a game ball is mounted in the middle of the launch rail 74 (for example, a distance of 3 to 5 game balls from the launch position 74W). Has been. As the passage detection sensor 74b, for example, a penetration type proximity switch can be used. As shown in FIG. 10B, the proximity switch has a substantially rectangular plate-like outer shape, and the proximity switch includes a detection hole 74c penetrating in the plate thickness direction. The detection hole 74 c has a size through which a game ball can pass, and the axis of the detection hole 74 c is substantially parallel to the firing path of the firing rail 74. The detection hole 74c has a substantially hexagonal shape, and one top 74d is aligned with the bottom 74e of the groove 74M of the firing rail 74. The substantially V-shaped groove 74M of the firing rail 74 is substantially flush with “inner wall portions 74g and 74h forming the top 74d in the detection hole 74c”. For this reason, the game ball passing through the launch rail 74 can pass through the detection hole 74c.

  As the passage detection sensor 74b, a magnetic detection type proximity sensor can be used. The passage detection sensor 74b converts a magnetic field change caused by the game ball passing through the detection hole (through hole) 74c into an electric signal. To the main control board 201. In this case, a LOW level signal is output when the passage detection sensor 74b does not detect a game ball, and an HI level signal is output when a game ball is detected. Then, the MPU 202 returns based on measuring the input interval (first embodiment) of the passage detection signal of the HI level and the input time of the passage detection signal of the HI level (see Modification 5 in FIG. 48). The presence or absence of a sphere can be determined. However, the HI level signal may be output when the passage detection sensor 74b does not detect the game ball, and the LOW level signal may be output when the game ball is detected. Moreover, it is good also as a structure which outputs an electrical signal only in the state which is detecting the game ball. Further, the passage detection sensor 74b is not limited to the proximity sensor, and other types of sensors such as an optical sensor (see Modification 12 described later) may be used. In addition, two passing detection sensors are provided in the launch rail 74 along the passing direction of the game ball, and the presence or absence of a return ball is determined depending on which of the two passing detection sensors detects the game ball first. (Refer to Modification 6 in FIG. 49, Modification 7 in FIG. 49, etc.).

  As shown in FIG. 9, the support member 77 is mounted on the base member 78 at a position above the lower end portion of the firing rail 74 so as to be operable in an obliquely upwardly inclined direction. That is, as shown in FIGS. 11A and 11B, a predetermined bracket (not shown) is used behind the base member 78 and obliquely above the lower end of the firing rail 74. A solenoid 77a is attached. A part of the plunger 77b protrudes downward from the solenoid 77a, and a rear end portion of a transmission member 77d (for example, substantially rod shape) is connected to the joint 77c at the protruding end of the plunger 77b. When the solenoid 77a (built-in coil) is excited, the protruding amount of the plunger 77b decreases, and when the excitation of the solenoid 77a (built-in coil) is stopped, the protruding amount of the plunger 77b increases.

  The transmission member 77 d is inserted through the long hole 21 a of the resin base 21 and the long hole 78 a of the base member 78 with the rear end portion being disposed on the resin base 21. The front end portion of the transmission member 77d is integrated with the back surface of the support member 77. For this reason, the plunger 77b and the support member 77 can operate integrally through the transmission member 77d. The solenoid 77a is connected to a main control device 81 as drive control means. In the first embodiment, the solenoid is exemplified as the driving unit that drives the support member 77, but the mode of the driving unit is not limited to the solenoid. For example, other actuators such as a motor can be used.

  When normal (when the game ball is supported at the firing position 74W), as shown in FIG. 11A, the excitation of the solenoid 77a (built-in coil) is stopped, and the protruding amount of the plunger 77b is increased. . At this time, as shown in FIG. 10 (c), the lower end side of the support member 77 is located at the upper rear part of the game ball F arranged at the launch position, so that the game ball is supported at the launch position. On the other hand, when a game ball (hereinafter referred to as a return ball) that runs backward on the launch rail 74 is generated, the solenoid 77a is excited as shown in FIG. 11B, and the protruding amount of the plunger 77b is reduced. For this reason, as shown by the phantom line in FIG. 9, the support member 77 rises, and the support member 77 is retracted from the rear of the game ball F arranged at the launch position 74W. The game ball F on the launch rail 74 is discharged from the lower end of the launch rail 74, passes through a communication passage (not shown), and is guided to the lower plate 72.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 7, a spacing portion 7D is provided between the upper end portion of the firing rail 74 and the lower end of the guide rail portion 5E. Among the rail portions 5B, the “inclination angles of the portion BD constituting the lower end portion side of the guide rail portion 5E” are substantially equal. That is, the game ball F that is launched by the launching device 75, passes through the launch rail 74 to its upper end, jumps over the interval portion 7D, and reaches the portion BD is pressed against the inner side surface BE of the outer rail portion 5B by centrifugal force. Meanwhile, the game area PE can be reached by rolling the outer rail portion 5B and ascending the outer rail portion 5B (by being guided to the guide rail portion 5E). Then, a game ball that has been launched by the launching device 75 but could not jump over the interval portion 7D, or is guided to the guide rail portion 5E by jumping over the interval portion 7D, but without reaching the game area PE The game ball that has returned to the part 5E falls as a foul ball to the interval part 7D. Then, the foul sphere that has fallen through the interval 7D is discharged to the lower plate 72 through the foul sphere passage. Note that the foul ball passage is integrally formed with a passage forming unit 73 (see FIG. 2) provided on the back surface of the front door frame 14. In the first embodiment, the width of the spacing portion 7D is about 45 mm to 55 mm.

  Here, in this specification, the “return ball” means that the game ball at the launch position 74W is fired by the launch device 75 in the launch direction (direction of the guide rail portion 5E as viewed from the launch device 75 side). A game ball that cannot complete 74, runs backward on the launch rail 74, and returns to the launch position 74W. In particular, as shown in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-130160 and the like, when the launch rail 74 is installed at a steep slope (for example, 50 to 80 degrees), the launch intensity given to the game ball by the launch device 75 is high. If it is weak, there is a high possibility of producing a “return ball”. Further, if a subsequent game ball is fired until the “return ball” on the firing rail 74 returns to the firing position 74W, the return ball and the subsequent game ball collide, and the return ball is played in the firing direction. Sometimes. When the spacing portion 7D is narrow, etc., the launch rail 74 is completely run and entered the guide rail portion 5E, but the guide rail portion 5E runs backward, jumps over the spacing portion 7D, reaches the launch rail 74, It may run backward on the firing rail 74 and become a “return ball”.

  Even when the “return ball” is generated, if the operation of the firing handle 8A is continued, the game balls continued from the ball feeding device 76 are sequentially sent to the firing rail 74, and a plurality of game balls are placed on the firing rail 74. There is a possibility that game balls (two, three, four, five, etc.) will accumulate. Hereinafter, the collection of a plurality of game balls on the launch rail 74 may be referred to as “ball pool” or “ball jam”.

  A player who intends to solve such a “ball pool” by himself holds the game ball stored in the upper plate 71 with his hand and prevents the game ball from being supplied from the ball feeder 76 to the firing rail 74. However, the game balls accumulated on the launch rail 74 are repeatedly fired several times with a weak launch strength (a launch strength that can reach the interval portion 7D). Thereby, it is conceivable that a large number of game balls on the launch rail 74 sequentially reach the interval portion 7D, drop from the interval portion 7D, and be discharged to the lower plate 72 through the foul ball passage.

  However, if such a measure is taken, the game is interrupted and a smooth game cannot be executed, and the player is different from the original game (the firing intensity is finely adjusted, It is compelling and annoying to collect the game balls. In particular, as shown in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-130160, etc., when the launch rail 74 is installed at a steep slope, the launch handle 8A is operated in a normal rotation operation (not a full rotation operation). It is difficult to give a launching strength that can reach the gap portion 7D to a game ball in which a ball pool is generated even if a rotation operation that is normally performed to perform the operation is performed. In addition, when the launch rail 74 is installed in a steep slope in this way, if the number of game balls that accumulate on the launch rail 74 becomes large, it is substantially possible to cause the large number of game balls to reach the interval portion 7D. It is impossible, and the player cannot solve the “ball clogging” by himself. It should be noted that a case where a predetermined profit can be obtained by placing a game ball in a predetermined part at the time limit (a case where a so-called V acquisition round to be described later has arrived) If it occurs, the “opportunity for profit acquisition” that should have been originally acquired is deprived, which is severe for the player.

  Further, even if the launch rail 74 is installed at a steep slope, when the number of game balls accumulated on the launch rail 74 is relatively small, the launch handle 8A is fully rotated, and the launch device 75 is particularly large. It is also conceivable to give firing strength. In this case, the game ball to be fired is driven to the deepest part (the deepest part) of the right-handed region R (it is driven with a strength that cannot be won in the winning opening), and the game ball has no profit (winning etc.). ), Which is a so-called “waste ball”. Thus, since it is a great loss for the player to generate “waste balls”, it is desirable to collect them without making them “waste balls”.

  And if the frequency of “ball pool” is high, or if it is difficult to resolve “ball pool” by yourself, it is necessary to have the pachinko hall clerk resolve the “ball pool”. It becomes. In this case, the pachinko hall clerk must first unlock the cylinder lock 17 (see FIG. 1), open the front door frame 14 with respect to the inner frame 13, and remove the return ball from the firing rail 74. It is. In this case, the player stops the game for a while (until the operation of removing the return ball is completed and the front door frame 14 is closed with respect to the inner frame 13 and the cylinder lock 17 is locked). It will be necessary.

  On the other hand, in the gaming machine 10 of the first embodiment, since the discharge means is provided and the occurrence of the ball pool can be suppressed regardless of the installation angle of the launch rail 74, the game can proceed smoothly.

  As shown in FIG. 8, the launching device 75 is arranged on the base member 78 further below the mounting portion of the support member 77. This launching device 75 is a solenoid-type launching device and is electrically connected to a power source / launch control device 98 described later. Further, as shown in FIG. 9, a plunger 75 a having an axis substantially parallel to the path of the firing rail 74 and a striking portion 75 b attached to the upper end (left end) of the plunger 75 a are provided. And based on the output of the electrical signal from the power supply / launch control device 98, it is possible to repeat excitation / de-excitation at regular intervals, and “the upper end (left end) of the plunger 75a is the guide rail portion 5E ( It is possible to repeat (moving forward (protruding) in the direction of FIG. 7) and “retreating in the direction away from the guide rail portion 5E” (reciprocating in a direction substantially parallel to the path of the firing rail 74). .

  Further, the projection speed of the plunger 75a is adjusted based on the operation amount of the launch handle 8A, and the striking force (the launch speed of the launch ball, the flight amount) that the launch device 75 loads on the game ball is adjusted. . That is, since the rotation operation amount of the launch handle 8A is detected through the variable resistor 88, the game ball is launched with a launch intensity corresponding to the detected rotation operation amount. The launching device 75 is not a solenoid-type launching device, but may be a launching device using a motor and a launching rod, for example.

  As shown in FIG. 9, when normal (when the game ball is supported at the firing position 74W), an empty space 77u is provided below the support member 77, and the rear center of the game ball F is empty. It is opened backward (in the direction of the launching device 75) through the space 77u. When the launching device (solenoid) is excited, the hitting portion 75b enters the empty space 77u and pushes the center of the rear of the game ball F, whereby the game ball F is shot.

  Next, the ball feeder 76 will be described. The ball feeder 76 is a device that supplies the game balls stored in the upper plate 71 one by one to the firing position 74W (near the lower end of the firing rail 74). As shown in FIG. 8, the ball feeding device 76 includes a ball feeding case member 76a, a ball feeding solenoid 76b, and a ball feeding lever 76c. The ball feeding device 76 (ball feeding case member 76a) is supported by the base member 78 using a ball feeding support member 79a. Here, the ball feed support member 79a is a fat member that is long on the left and right, and is mounted on the front surface of the base member 78 and closer to the upper edge thereof.

  As shown in FIGS. 8 and 12, the ball feeding case member 76 a has a substantially box shape (for example, made of resin) opened rearward, and the game balls stored in the upper plate 71 flow down to the firing rail 74 side. It functions as a passage forming member. Further, a ball feed lever 76c and a ball feed solenoid 76b are incorporated in the ball feed case member 76a (see FIGS. 13 and 14). Further, a receiving port 76d is provided on the left end side of the ball feeding case member 76a so that the game balls stored in the upper plate 71 can be received inside the ball feeding case member 76a. Then, the game ball F guided from the ball tray portion 71 is introduced into the ball feeding case member 76a from the receiving port 76d.

  As shown in FIG. 12, the game ball F that has entered from the receiving port 76d is located inside the ball feed case member 76a and located behind the lower right corner of the receiving port 76d (hereinafter referred to as a standby position) 76e. Be guided to. That is, floor portions 76f and 76g for restricting the guiding direction of the game ball received in the receiving port 76d are provided at the rear of the lower edge portion of the receiving port 76d and the rear of the lower left corner portion. Among these, since the floor 76g behind the lower left corner is inclined downward in the right direction, the game ball that has reached the floor 76g is guided to the standby position 76e. Further, the floor 76f behind the lower edge of the receiving port 76d is inclined downward to guide the game ball that has reached the floor 76f backward. Then, after the game ball received in the receiving port 76d is received in the receiving port 76d, the game ball is guided rearward by the floor portion 76f, and then guided to the right by the floor portion 76g and a course changing projection 79g described later. The standby position 76e is reached. That is, the receiving port 76d is sized to allow the game balls F to enter one by one, and the floor portions 76f and 76g and the course changing projection 79g guide the game balls that have entered from the receiving port 76d to the standby position 76e. ing.

  At the right end of the ball feed support member 79a, as shown in FIG. 8, there are two attachment portions 79b protruding in the U-shape on the front side and forming attachment holes penetrating vertically. It has been. Further, at the right end portion of the ball feeding case member 76a, a mounted portion 76i that can be engaged with the mounting portion 79b is formed in a shaft shape that protrudes downward from a support surface having a thickness in the vertical direction. The right end portion of the ball feeding case member 76a is supported by the support surface of the attached portion 76i on the upper surface of the attaching portion 79b, and the shaft portion of the attached portion 76i is inserted into the attaching portion 79b, thereby The case member 76a is supported so as to be rotatable about the right end of the case member 76a.

  As shown in FIGS. 8 and 12, an engagement receiving portion 79e is provided at the left end portion of the ball feed support member 79a. Further, the engaging claw portion 76j protrudes rearward from the rear left end portion of the ball feeding case member 76a, and the ball feeding support member 79a so that the left end portion of the ball feeding support member 79a and the left end portion of the ball feeding case member 76a overlap. On the other hand, when the ball feeding case member 76a is pushed in, the engagement claw portion 76j is elastically engaged with the engagement receiving portion 79e. Thereby, the ball feed case member 76a is fixed to the ball feed support member 79a.

  As shown in FIGS. 8 and 12, the front wall 79f of the ball feed support member 79a has a course changing projection 79g with the left side projecting greatly forward and the projection amount gradually decreasing toward the right. A ball receiving rear side wall portion 79h that is continuous with the right side portion of the change projection portion 79g and is formed one step higher than the periphery is provided. Among these, the course changing projection 79g is provided above the floor 76g and at a position where a game ball rolling on the floor 76g can slide. Then, as described above, the traveling direction of the game ball guided backward by the floor portion 76g is changed to the right side and guided to the standby position 76e. Further, the ball receiving rear side wall portion 79h is located behind the standby position 76e, and the game ball guided to the standby position 76e is moved in three directions together with the lower edge side of the floor portion 76g and the upper edge portion 76w of the ball feed lever 76c. Support from.

  As shown in FIG. 8, the ball feed lever 76c includes a lever main body 76k, a shaft support portion 76m provided at the right end portion of the lever main body 76k, a ball receiving portion 76n provided at the left end portion of the lever main body 76k, And a metal plate 76p mounted on the upper surface of the lever main body 76k. Further, the metal plate 76p is provided at a portion between the shaft support portion 76m and the ball receiving portion 76n on the upper surface of the lever main body 76k. Note that the ball receiving portion 76n is configured in a substantially U shape when viewed from the front, and forms a space in which only one game ball can be received (see FIG. 13).

  The lever body 76k is swingably supported by the ball feed case member 76a using a support pin 76r inserted into the shaft support portion 76n. Further, the ball receiving portion 76n is opened in a U-shape on the left side and opened in the front-rear direction when viewed from the front, and can receive one game ball. Further, the upper surface of the bottom 76s of the ball receiving portion 76n has a downward slope toward the rear (toward the firing rail 74).

  As shown in FIG. 13, the ball feed solenoid 76b is attached so as to face the metal plate 76p of the ball feed lever 76c. Then, as shown in FIG. 13 (a), when the ball feed solenoid 76b is not energized, the ball feed lever 76c is lowered by its own weight so that the left side portion of the ball feed lever 76c is lowered around the support pin 76r. Rotate. However, when the left portion of the ball feed lever 76c is rotated so as to be lowered, the restricting projection 76t provided on the ball feed case member 76a supports the ball feed lever 76c from below. That is, the restricting protrusion 76t protrudes from the back surface of the front wall portion 76u constituting the ball feed case member 76a, and restricts the movement range of the ball feed lever 76c. The position of the ball feed lever 76c when the left end portion of the ball feed lever 76c is supported by the restricting projection 76t is hereinafter referred to as a “lowering position”.

  When the left end portion of the ball feed lever 76c is supported by the restricting projection 76t, when the ball feed solenoid 76b is energized and a magnetic force is generated, the ball feed lever 76c is supported as shown in FIG. The metal plate 76p rotates around the pin 76r in the direction approaching the ball feed solenoid 76b. As a result, the left end side of the ball feed lever 76c is raised, and the position of the ball feed lever 76c at this time is hereinafter referred to as “rise position”. In this way, the ball feed lever 76c can swing with respect to the support pin 76r by turning the ball feed solenoid 76b in an energized state or in a non-energized state.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 13 (b), the ball receiving rear side wall portion 79h is located on the rear side of the ball receiving portion 76n when the ball feeding lever 76c is in the raised position, and after the ball receiving portion 76n and the ball receiving portion. A game ball cannot enter between the side wall portion 79h. Further, as shown in FIG. 13C, the ball feeding support member 79a is not present on the lower side of the ball receiving rear side wall portion 79h, and the direction of the firing rail 74 (the firing rail 74 attached to the base member 78). It is open to.

  Next, the ball feeding operation performed by the ball feeding device 76 will be described with reference to FIGS. 13 and 14. Here, in FIGS. 13A to 13C, the game balls F1 that have entered the ball feeding case member 76a from the receiving port 76d are taken into the ball receiving portion 76n one by one by the ball feeding lever 76c, and are moved to the firing position. FIG. 13 is a longitudinal sectional view showing a state in which the ball feeding case member 76a is cut along a plane parallel to the base member 78 (cross section 4-4 in FIG. 12) in order to explain the state of being supplied; FIG. 13C shows a case where the ball feed solenoid 76b is in a non-energized state, and FIG. 13B shows a case where the ball feed solenoid 76b is in an energized state. 14A to 14C, the game balls F1 entering the ball feed case member 76a from the receiving port 76d are taken into the ball receiving portion 76n one by one by the ball feed lever 76c and supplied to the launch position. In order to explain the state of being played, it is a rear view seen from the rear of the gaming machine, and shows the relationship among the launch rail 74, the ball feed lever 76c, and the ball feed case member 76a. 14A and 14C show a case where the ball feed solenoid 76b is in a non-energized state, and FIG. 14B shows a case where the ball feed solenoid 76b is in an energized state. 14A to 14C, the phantom line displayed in front of the receiving port 76d (the effort in the drawing) indicates the course changing protrusion 79g and the ball receiving rear side wall 79h.

  As described above, the game ball F1 guided to the standby position 76e includes the lower end edge of the floor portion 76g, the upper edge portion 76w of the ball receiving portion 76n of the ball feeding lever 76c in the lowered position, and the ball receiving rear side wall portion. 79h, the state is supported from three directions (supported from three directions and not lowered). Here, as shown in FIG. 13 (a), the ball receiving portion 76n of the ball feeding lever 76c includes an opening 76v that opens to the left, and the opening 76v is directed to the floor 76g described above. ing. However, as shown in FIGS. 13A and 14A, when the ball feed lever 76c is in the lowered state, the upper edge portion 76w of the ball receiving portion 76n and the lower end portion of the floor portion 76g. Since the distance is less than the diameter of the game ball, it is stopped at the standby position 76e.

  From this state, when the ball feed solenoid 76b is energized and the ball feed lever 76c is raised, the upper edge portion 76w of the ball receiving portion 76n is raised as shown in FIGS. 13 (b) and 14 (b). Since the distance between the upper edge portion 76w and the lower end portion of the floor portion 76g slightly exceeds the diameter of the game ball, the game ball F1 located at the head of the floor portion 76g (game ball at the standby position 76e) Enters the ball receiving portion 76n. However, as described above, since the ball receiving portion 76n forms a space in which only one game ball can enter, the game ball F2 following the game ball F1 has a lower end (standby position 76e) of the floor portion 76g. ).

  As shown in FIGS. 13B and 14B, when the ball feed solenoid 76b is energized, a ball receiving rear side wall 79h is disposed behind the game ball F1 accommodated in the ball receiving portion 76n. Therefore, even though the bottom 76s (see FIG. 8) of the ball receiving portion 76n has an upper surface inclined rearward (in the direction of the launch rail 74), the game ball F1 is more than the ball receiving portion 76n. Flowing downward (fired rail 74 side) is restricted. When the ball feed solenoid 76b is in a non-energized state in this state, the ball feed lever 76c rotates to the lowered position as shown in FIGS. 13 (c) and 14 (c). At this time, since the ball receiving portion 76n moves below the rear side wall portion 79h and the rear side of the ball receiving portion 76n is opened, the game ball F1 accommodated in the ball receiving portion 76n moves along the upper surface of the bottom portion 76s. It moves and moves to the lower end side (launch position 74W) of the firing rail 74.

  As shown in FIGS. 13 (c) and 14 (c), when the ball feed solenoid 76b is in a non-energized state, the ball of the next game ball F2 is caused by the upper edge portion 76w of the ball receiving portion 76n. The flow down to the receiving portion 76n is restricted. Accordingly, by repeatedly executing the on / off operation of the ball feed solenoid 76b, the game balls F (F1, F2, F3, etc.) are temporarily held one by one at the standby position 76e and then moved to the launch position 74W. Will be guided. The on / off state of the ball feed solenoid 76b and the excitation / non-excitation of the launch device 75 (solenoid) are configured to be synchronized. That is, based on the operation of the launch handle 8A and when a condition for launching a game ball F2 to be described later is satisfied, first, one game ball F2 is first launched by the ball feeder 76 by the launch rail 74. The positioning member 77 holds the firing position 74W. Thereafter, the launch device 75 is driven and controlled, and the game ball F2 is launched toward the game area PE.

<Configuration of front door frame 14>
A front door frame 14 is provided so as to cover the entire front side of the inner frame 13. As shown in FIG. 1, the front door frame 14 is formed with a window portion 61 so that almost the entire game area can be viewed from the front. The window portion 61 has a substantially polygonal shape, a substantially elliptical shape, or a substantially perfect circle shape whose upper portion is rounded in an arc shape, and the above-described window panel 62 is fitted therein. Although the window panel 62 is colorless and transparent with glass, the window panel 62 is not limited to this and may be colorless and transparent with synthetic resin. Further, around the window portion 61, light emitting means such as various lamp portions are provided. A display lamp part 63 is provided above the window part 61 as a part of the various lamp parts. In addition, on both the left and right sides of the display lamp unit 63, speaker units 64 are provided for outputting sound effects corresponding to the gaming state.

  Below the window portion 61 in the front door frame 14, an upper bulging portion 65 and a lower bulging portion 66 that bulge to the near side are provided side by side. An upper pan 71 that opens upward is provided inside the upper bulging portion 65, and a lower pan 72 that also opens upward is provided inside the lower bulging portion 66. The upper plate 71 has a function of temporarily storing game balls paid out from a payout device described later and guiding them to the game ball launching mechanism 7A side while aligning them in a line. Further, the lower tray 72 does not reach the game area PE (see FIG. 2) of the game balls launched by the game ball launching mechanism 7A and the function of storing the surplus game balls in the upper tray 71. It has a function as a saucer for storing game balls (so-called foul balls) discharged from the gap 74D and game balls (return balls) that have returned to the launch rail 74. Further, the lower tray 72 has a function of storing game balls that become surplus in the upper tray 71. The game balls paid out from the payout device 96 of the back pack unit 15 are discharged to the upper plate 71 and the lower plate 72 through a passage forming unit 73 provided on the back surface of the front door frame 14.

<Configuration on the back side of the gaming machine body 12>
Next, the configuration on the back side of the gaming machine main body 12 will be described.

  As shown in FIG. 3, a main controller 81 and an audio lamp controller 82 are mounted on the back of the inner frame 13 (specifically, the game board 24).

  The main control device 81 includes a main control board that controls the main control of the game and a power failure monitoring board that monitors the power source. The main control board and the power failure monitoring board are provided in a board box 83 made of a transparent resin material or the like. Contained and configured. The board box 83 includes a substantially rectangular parallelepiped box base (front case body) and a box cover (back case body) that covers an opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other in a non-separable manner by a box coupling portion 85 as a separation preventing means (or a coupling means), thereby sealing the substrate box 83. And by being connected inseparably by these box coupling | bond parts 85, when the internal space of the board | substrate box 83 is open | released, it has the structure which needs destruction of the said board | substrate box 83 or a part of excision. A plurality of box coupling portions 85 are provided on the long side portion of the substrate box 83, and at least one of them is used for the coupling process.

  The box coupling portion 85 can be applied to any configuration as long as the box base and the box cover are coupled so as not to be opened, but by inserting a locking claw into the long hole constituting the box coupling portion 85, The box cover is connected to the box cover so that it cannot be opened. The coupling process by the box coupling unit 85 prevents unauthorized opening after the coupling, and makes it possible to detect such a situation early and easily even if unauthorized opening is performed. Even after the opening, it is possible to perform the opening process again. That is, the coupling process is performed by inserting a locking claw into at least one of the plurality of box coupling portions 85. When the board box 83 is opened, such as when a failure occurs in the accommodated main control board or when the main control board is inspected, the box coupling portion 85 into which the locking claw is inserted and the other box coupling portion 85 The connecting part of the box and the connecting part with the box body are cut. Thereby, the box base and the box cover of the board box 83 are separated, and the internal main control board can be taken out. Thereafter, when the coupling process is performed again, the locking claw is inserted into the long hole of the other box coupling portion 85. If the history of opening the board box 83 is left in the board box 83, it can be easily found that the illegal opening has been performed by looking at the board box 83.

  A plurality of coupling pieces are provided on one short side of the substrate box 83 so as to protrude laterally. These coupling pieces have a one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of coupled pieces formed on the mounting base of the main controller 81, and are coupled between the board box 83 and the mounting base by the coupling pieces and the coupled pieces. Processing is performed. In addition, as a trace means for discovering unauthorized opening of the substrate box 83, a seal seal may be attached so as to straddle the boundary between the box base and the box cover. In this case, when the seal seal is peeled off from the pasted portion, the adhesive layer of the seal seal remains on the substrate box 83 side, and the trace remains. Further, an IC tag that transmits a response wave including identification information to the ringing wave having a predetermined frequency is provided on the seal sticker. When the seal sticker is peeled off, the antenna of the IC tag is cut and the response It is good also as a structure which cannot transmit a wave.

  The sound lamp control device 82 includes a sound lamp control board that controls sound and lamp display and control of a display control device (not shown) according to an instruction from the main control device 81. The sound lamp control board is made of a transparent resin material or the like. The board box 84 is configured to be accommodated.

  As shown in FIG. 4, the back pack unit 15 includes a back pack 91, and a payout mechanism 92 and a control device assembly unit 93 are attached to the back pack 91. The back pack 91 is formed of a transparent synthetic resin, and has a protective cover portion 94 that protrudes rearward and has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape so as to cover the main control device 81, the sound lamp control device 82, and the like from the rear. doing.

  The payout mechanism portion 92 is disposed so as to bypass the protective cover portion 94, and a tank 95 to which game balls supplied from island facilities in the game hall are sequentially replenished, and a game stored in the tank 95. A payout device 96 for paying out balls. The game balls paid out from the payout device 96 are discharged to the upper plate 71 or the lower plate 72 through a payout passage (not shown) provided on the downstream side of the payout device 96. Further, the payout mechanism 92 is mounted with a back pack substrate on which a main power supply of, for example, 24 volts AC is supplied and a power switch for turning on and off the power is provided.

  Further, the back pack 91 is provided with an external output terminal plate 99 on the rotation axis side of the back pack unit 15 and on the upper edge side. The external output terminal plate 99 has an output terminal for outputting a signal when there is a shortage of game balls in the tank 95 or the like, an output terminal for outputting a signal every time a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out, and a predetermined number of game balls. State transition such as an output terminal for outputting a signal every time a loan is made, an output terminal for outputting a signal when the gaming machine body 12 is opened, an output terminal for outputting a signal when the front door frame 14 is opened, and an opening / closing execution mode At this time (or during the transition to the state), an output terminal for outputting a signal is provided. And the signal regarding the state of a frame side is output with respect to the management control apparatus of the game hall side through these output terminals. Note that an output terminal for outputting a signal every time a predetermined number of game balls are lent out is not necessary in a so-called cash machine.

  The control device assembly unit 93 includes a payout control device 97 and a power source and launch control device 98. The payout control device 97 and the power supply / launch control device 98 are arranged so as to overlap each other so that the payout control device 97 is located behind the pachinko machine 10.

  The payout control device 97 is configured such that a payout control board for controlling the payout device 96 is accommodated in a substrate box. In this case, fraud suppression means similar to the substrate box 83 of the main control device 81 may be applied to the substrate box of the payout control device 97.

  The power source and launch control device 98 is configured such that a power source and launch control board is accommodated in a board box, and predetermined power required by various control devices and the like is generated and output by the board, and further by the player Control of the launch of the game ball accompanying the operation of the firing handle 8A is performed. Specifically, drive control of the launching device 75 (solenoid constituting the launching device 75) constituting the game ball launching mechanism 7A and the ball feeding device 76 (ball feeding solenoid 76b) is executed.

  Further, the power source / launch control device 98 is provided with a power switch. By operating the power switch, the power of the pachinko machine 10 can be switched to the on state (on state) or the shut off state (off state). Furthermore, this pachinko machine 10 has a function for storing and storing various data, and even if a power failure occurs, it can maintain the state at the time of the power failure and can return to the state at the time of the power failure when returning from the power failure. It is like that.

<Electrical configuration>
Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described based on the block diagram of FIG.

  An MPU 202 is mounted on the main control board 201 provided in the main control device 81. The MPU 202 includes a ROM 203 that stores various control programs executed by the MPU 202 and fixed value data, and a memory that temporarily stores various data when the control program stored in the ROM 203 is executed. It is an element incorporating a RAM 204, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, various counter circuits as a random number generator, and the like. Note that a part of the functions of the MPU 202, for example, the function of the ROM 203 and the function of the RAM 204 may be provided as separate elements.

  The MPU 202 is provided with an input port and an output port. On the input side of the MPU 202, a power failure monitoring board 205, a payout control device 97, various detection sensors 211a to 211g, 74b, and the like provided in the main control device 81 are connected. In this case, a power supply and launch control device 98 is connected to the power failure monitoring board 205, and power is supplied to the MPU 202 via the power failure monitoring board 205. In addition, as part of the various detection sensors 211a to 211g, 74b, a prize-winning ball-entry unit (a payout-compatible ball) such as a general prize-winning port 31, a variable prize-winning device 32, an upper working port 33, a lower working port 34, and a through gate 35, etc. A plurality of detection sensors provided in the first control unit 81 are connected, and the MPU 202 of the main control device 81 performs a winning determination (success determination) for each winning part. In addition, the MPU 202 executes a lottery occurrence lottery based on winning at the upper working port 33 and the lower working port 34, and also performs support generation lottery based on a winning at the through gate 35.

  On the output side of the MPU 202, a solenoid 77a (a driving source for the support member 77), a power failure monitoring board 205, a payout control device 97, and an audio lamp control device 82 are connected. For example, the payout control device 97 outputs a winning ball command based on the winning determination result to the winning corresponding winning portion. In this case, when outputting the prize ball command, the command information storage area 225 of the ROM 203 is referred to. When a winning to the general winning opening 31 is specified, a winning ball command corresponding to payout of 10 game balls is output, and when a winning to the variable winning device 32 is specified, 15 winning balls are output. When a winning ball command corresponding to paying out a game ball is output and a winning to the upper operating port 33 is specified, a winning ball command corresponding to paying out three gaming balls is output and sent to the lower operating port 34. When a winning is specified, a winning ball command corresponding to the payout of four game balls is output.

  Various commands such as a change command, a type command, a change end command, an opening command, and an ending command are output to the sound lamp control device 82. In this case, the command information storage area 225 of the ROM 203 is referred to when these various commands are output. Details of these various commands will be described later. Each command is configured as information of a predetermined number of bytes, and various information is included as information of the predetermined number of bytes.

  Further, on the output side of the MPU 202, a variable winning drive unit 32c that opens and closes the open / close door 32b of the variable winning device 32, an electric combination drive unit 34b that opens and closes the electric combination 34a of the lower working port 34, and a main display. The unit 43 is connected. The main control board 201 is provided with various driver circuits, and the MPU 202 performs drive control of various drive units through the driver circuits.

  That is, in the opening / closing execution mode, drive control of the variable winning drive unit 32c is executed in the MPU 202 so that the special winning opening 32a is opened and closed. Further, when the electric combination 34a is won, the MPU 202 performs drive control of the electric combination drive unit 34b so that the electric combination 34a is opened and closed. In each game round, the display control of the first result display section AS or the second result display section BS in the main display section 43 is executed in the MPU 202, and the main display section is operated in the opening / closing execution mode of the variable winning device 32. Display control of the round display part RS in 43 is executed.

  The power failure monitoring board 205 relays between the main control board 201 and the power supply / launch control device 98, and monitors a DC stable voltage of 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply / launch control device 98. The payout control device 97 performs payout control of prize balls and rental balls by the payout device 96 based on the prize ball command input from the main control device 81.

  Details of the power supply and launch control device 98 will be described with reference to the block diagram of FIG. The power source and launch control device 98 is connected to, for example, a commercial power source (external power source) in a game hall or the like. As shown in FIG. 16, the power source / launch control board 98a constituting the power source / launch control device 98 is provided with a power source circuit 98b. The power source circuit 98b provides external power supplied from the commercial power source. Based on this, the necessary operating power is generated for each of the main control board 201 and the payout control device 97, and the generated operating power is supplied through a predetermined power path. In addition to the power supply circuit 98b, the power supply and launch control board 98a is provided with a launch control circuit 98c responsible for controlling the launch of the game ball. The game ball launching mechanism 7A is driven when a “predetermined launch condition” shown below is met.

  In addition, a launch handle 8A is connected to the input side of the input / output port of the power / fire control board 98a. Specifically, a touch sensor 87 for detecting that the firing handle 8A is touched by the player, a variable resistor 88 for detecting the amount of rotation of the firing handle 8A, and the firing handle 8A A stop switch 89 that is operated to stop the launch of the game ball even when being operated by the player is connected. Further, a launching device 75 (solenoid constituting the launching device 75) and a ball feeding device 76 (ball feeding solenoid 76b) are connected to the output side of the input / output port. Drive control is performed by the power source / fire control device 98 (fire control circuit 98c).

  A main controller 81 is connected to the input / output port of the power / fire control board 98a. Detection signals from the touch sensor 87 and the stop switch 89 are input to the main control device 81 via the power source / launch control device 98. Although details will be described later, the main control device 81 is configured to set whether or not to fire based on these signals and to input a signal indicating that to the power source / fire control device 98. That is, the power supply / launch control device 98 (launch control circuit 98c) controls the driving of the game ball launch mechanism 7A based on information from the main control device 81 and the launch handle 8A.

  The above-described launch control circuit 98c is provided with a transmission circuit 98d that satisfies a condition, a reception circuit 98e that is permitted to fire, and a launch IC 98f. Among these, the condition-satisfying transmission circuit 98d has a function of transmitting a condition-satisfying signal in a predetermined signal form to the MPU 202 of the main controller 81 when a predetermined game ball firing condition is established. doing. Further, the emission permission receiving circuit 98e sets the "transmitting from the MPU 202 as one condition that the HI level condition establishment signal is transmitted from the condition establishment transmission circuit 98d to the MPU 202 of the main control device 81". HI level launch permission signal (signal corresponding to launch permission) ". Further, the launch permission receiving circuit 98e has a function of continuously supplying a corresponding signal to the launch IC 98f when the launch permission signal is received.

  Note that the MPU 202 newly starts transmission of the HI level firing permission signal every time reception of the HI level condition satisfaction signal is started, and at the end of reception of the HI level condition satisfaction signal, emits the HI level. End transmission of the permission signal. Here, “a signal indicating that the launch handle 8A is touched by the player is received from the touch sensor 87” and “a signal indicating that the player is not manually operated by the player are received from the stop switch 89”. If not, the condition-satisfying transmission circuit 98d transmits a HI-level condition satisfaction signal (a signal corresponding to the condition satisfaction) to the MPU 202 of the main controller 81.

  When the launch IC 98f receives a launch permission signal of HI level or a signal corresponding thereto from the launch permission receiving circuit 98e, the launch IC 98f receives the launch device 75 of the game ball launch mechanism 7A and the ball feeder 76, respectively. And a function of outputting a drive signal periodically. In this case, the launch IC 98f outputs each drive signal as a pulse signal, and its output cycle is 0.6 sec. In addition, the output timing of the drive signal is set earlier in the ball feeder 76 than in the launcher 75 so that the game ball is fired after one game ball is supplied to the launch position of the launch rail 74. (See FIG. 43).

  Note that the firing strength of the game ball by the launching device 75 becomes stronger as the launching handle 8A has a larger amount of rotation operation. In this case, the firing handle 8A is provided with a variable resistor 88 as an operation amount detecting means for detecting the operation amount of the handle portion. In the launching IC 98f, the launching device 75 is supplied with a voltage input from the variable resistor 88. The firing intensity is adjusted by adjusting the voltage of the drive signal supplied to the.

  To explain further with reference to FIG. 15, the voice lamp control device 82 applies to each of the holding lamp portions 45 to 47 and the front door frame 14 provided in the variable display unit 36 based on various commands input from the main control device 81. The display lamp unit 63 and the speaker unit 64 provided are driven and controlled, and the display control device 212 is controlled.

  The display control device 212 executes display control of the symbol display device 41 based on the command input from the sound lamp control device 82. In this case, the sound lamp control device 82 determines the symbol combination display time on the symbol display device 41 and finally the combination of symbols to be stopped and displayed based on various commands input from the main control device 81. The presence or absence of reach and the contents of reach production are determined.

  Here, the display content of the symbol display device 41 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 17 is a diagram showing a display screen G of the symbol display device 41.

  As shown in FIG. 17A, on the display screen G of the symbol display device 41, three symbol rows Z1, Z2 and Z3 of the upper, middle and lower stages are set. Each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 includes a main symbol and a sub symbol arranged in a predetermined order. Specifically, nine types of main symbols “1” to “9” are arranged in descending order of numbers in the upper symbol row Z1, and one sub symbol is arranged between each main symbol. . In the lower symbol row Z3, nine types of main symbols “1” to “9” are arranged in ascending numerical order, and one sub symbol is arranged between the main symbols. That is, the upper symbol row Z1 and the lower symbol row Z3 are composed of 18 symbols. On the other hand, in the middle symbol row Z2, nine types of main symbols “1” to “9” are arranged in ascending numerical order, and then between the main symbol “9” and the main symbol “1”. In addition, a main symbol “4” is additionally arranged, and one sub symbol is arranged between each main symbol. In other words, only the middle symbol row Z2 is composed of 20 symbols by arranging 10 main symbols. On the display screen G, the symbols in the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are displayed in a variable manner so as to scroll in a predetermined direction with periodicity. Further, as shown in FIG. 17B, the display screen G is configured such that three symbols are stopped and displayed for each symbol row, and as a result, a total of nine symbols of 3 × 3 are stopped and displayed. It has come to be.

  The display screen G has five effective lines, that is, a left line L1, a middle line L2, a right line L3, a right lowering line L4, and a right uppering line L5. Then, the variable display stops in the order of the upper symbol row Z1 → the lower symbol row Z3 → the middle symbol row Z2, and all the symbol rows Z1 are formed in a state in which a combination of symbols having the same number attached to any one of the effective lines is formed. When the fluctuation display of .about.Z3 is completed, the jackpot moving image is displayed as a normal jackpot result or a 15R probability variable jackpot result which will be described later.

  In this pachinko machine 10, the main symbols with odd numbers (1, 3, 5, 7, 9) correspond to “specific symbols”, and when a 15R probability variation jackpot result is generated, The combination is stopped. The main symbols with even numbers (2, 4, 6, 8) correspond to “non-specific symbols”. When a normal jackpot result occurs, the combination of the same non-specific symbols is stopped and displayed. The Furthermore, when the 2R probability variation jackpot result is obtained, the variation display of all the symbol columns Z1 to Z3 is finished in a state where the combination of symbols with different numbers is formed, and then an explicit moving image is displayed. It is like that. In addition, the mode of the display of the symbol variation in the symbol display device 41 is not limited to the above, and is arbitrary. The number of symbol columns, the direction of the symbol variation display in the symbol sequence, the number of symbols in each symbol column, etc. Can be appropriately changed.

<About various counters>
Next, the operation of the pachinko machine 10 configured as described above will be described.

  The MPU 202 uses lots of counter information in the game to perform jackpot occurrence lottery, display setting of the main display unit 43, setting of symbol display of the symbol display device 41, setting of display of the accessory display unit 44, and the like. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 18, the jackpot random number counter C1 used for the lottery in which the jackpot is generated, the jackpot type counter C2 used for determining the jackpot type such as the probability variation jackpot result or the normal jackpot result, Reach random number counter C3 used for reach lottery when the symbol display device 41 fluctuates and fluctuates, a random number initial value counter CINI used for initial value setting of the jackpot random number counter C1, and a first result display unit AS of the main display unit 43 And the second result display unit BS and the variation type counter CS for determining the variation display time in the symbol display device 41. It is set to Rukoto. Furthermore, the electric accessory release counter C4 used for the lottery to determine whether or not the electric accessory 34a of the lower working port 34 is in the electric utility open state is used.

  Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value every time it is updated and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Each counter is updated at short time intervals, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer 231 set in a predetermined area of the RAM 204. The RAM 204 is provided with a reserved ball storage area 232 including a first result display area reservation area Ra, a second result display area reservation area Rb, an execution area AE, and a total number of reservations storage area. In the reserved ball storage area 232, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 are time-sequentially matched to the winning history of the game balls to the upper working port 33 or the lower working port 34. It is designed to be stored.

  For details of each counter, the jackpot random number counter C1 is configured such that, for example, 1 is sequentially added within a range of 0 to 599, and after reaching the maximum value, it returns to 0. In particular, when the jackpot random number counter C1 makes one round, the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter similar to the jackpot random number counter C1 (value = 0 to 599). The big hit random number counter C <b> 1 is periodically updated and stored in the reserved ball storage area 232 of the RAM 204 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 33 or the lower operation port 34. More specifically, the game result is stored in the first result display holding area Ra of the RAM 204 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 33, and the second result display unit of the RAM 204 at the timing when the game ball wins the lower operation port 34. Stored in the reserved area Rb.

  The value of the random number for winning the jackpot is stored as a success / failure table (availability information group) in a success / failure table storage area 221 as a success / failure information group storage means in the ROM 203. Here, the contents of the success / failure table will be described with reference to FIG. As the success / failure table, a success / failure table for low probability mode (a low probability success / failure information group) in FIG. 19A and a high / probability mode success / failure table in FIG. Is set. That is, in the pachinko machine 10, a low probability mode (low probability correspondence state) and a high probability mode (high probability correspondence state) are set as the lottery modes in the success / failure lottery means.

  In the gaming state in which the winning / failing table for the low probability mode is referred to at the time of the lottery, as shown in FIG. . On the other hand, in the gaming state in which the winning / failing table for the high probability mode is referred to at the time of the lottery, as shown in FIG. It is. In this case, the value group of the jackpot random number counter C1 that wins the jackpot in the situation of the low probability mode is included in the value group of the jackpot random number counter C1 that wins the jackpot in the situation of the high probability mode. If the winning probability in the high probability mode is higher than that in the low probability mode, the number and value of the random numbers to be won are arbitrary.

  The jackpot type counter C2 is configured so that 1 is added in order within a range of 0 to 29, and after reaching the maximum value, it returns to 0. The big hit type counter C <b> 2 is periodically updated and stored in the reserved ball storage area 232 of the RAM 204 at the timing when a game ball wins the upper operation port 33 or the lower operation port 34. More specifically, the game result is stored in the first result display holding area Ra of the RAM 204 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 33, and the second result display unit of the RAM 204 at the timing when the game ball wins the lower operation port 34. Stored in the reserved area Rb.

  Here, in the present embodiment, a plurality of jackpot results are set. The plurality of jackpot results are (1) a mode of opening / closing control of the variable winning device 32 in the opening / closing execution mode, (2) a lottery mode in the winning lottery means after the opening / closing execution mode ends, and (3) A plurality of jackpot results are set by providing a difference in the three conditions of the support mode in the electric accessory 34a of the operating port 34.

  As an aspect of the opening / closing control of the variable prize winning device 32 in the opening / closing execution mode, it is possible to increase the occurrence frequency of winning in the variable prize winning device 32 between the start and end of the opening / closing execution mode relatively high. A frequency winning mode and a low frequency winning mode are set. Specifically, in the high-frequency winning mode, the opening / closing of the special winning opening 32a is performed 15 times (the number of times for high frequency) from the start to the end of the opening / closing execution mode, and one opening is 30 sec (high frequency time) ) Or until the number of winning prizes to the big winning opening 32a reaches 10 (high frequency). On the other hand, in the low-frequency winning mode, the opening / closing of the special winning opening 32a is performed twice (the number of times for low frequency) from the start to the end of the opening / closing execution mode, and one opening is 0.2 sec (low frequency time). Or until the number of winning prizes in the special winning opening 32a reaches 6 (the number of low frequency).

  In this case, in the pachinko machine 10, in a situation where the launch handle 8A is operated by the player, the game ball launching mechanism 7A is configured so that one game ball is launched toward the game area in 0.6 sec. Drive controlled. On the other hand, in the low-frequency winning mode, as described above, the opening time of one large winning opening 32a is 0.2 sec. That is, in the low-frequency winning mode, the opening time of the one big winning opening 32a is shorter than the game ball firing cycle. Therefore, in the opening / closing execution mode according to the low frequency winning mode, the winning of the game ball does not substantially occur.

  Note that the number of opening / closing of the large winning opening 32a in the high-frequency winning mode and the low-frequency winning mode, the opening limit time for one opening, and the opening limit number for one opening are lower in the high-frequency winning mode. As long as the frequency of occurrence of winning in the variable winning device 32 increases from when the opening / closing execution mode is started to when it ends, the value is not limited to the above value and is arbitrary. Specifically, if the high-frequency winning mode has a larger number of opening and closing times than the low-frequency winning mode, the opening limit time for one opening is longer or the opening limit number for one opening is set larger. Good.

  However, in order to clarify the difference in privilege between the high-frequency winning mode and the low-frequency winning mode, in the opening / closing execution mode according to the low-frequency winning mode, the winning to the variable winning device 32 does not substantially occur. It may be configured. For example, in the high-frequency winning mode, the product of the launch period of the game ball and the opening limit number is set shorter than the opening limit time for one release, while in the low-frequency winning mode, It is good also as a structure which sets the product of the launching period of a game ball and the open limit number longer than the open limit time. In addition, even if the launch interval of the game balls and the opening time of one large winning opening 32a are not as described above, in the low-frequency winning mode, by setting the latter to be shorter than the former, It is possible to easily realize a configuration in which a winning to the variable winning device 32 is not substantially generated.

  As a support mode for the electric combination 34a of the lower working port 34, when compared with a situation in which a game ball is continuously being emitted in the same manner with respect to the game area PE, the electric combination 34a of the lower working port 34 is provided. The low-frequency support mode (low-frequency support state or low-frequency guide state) and high-frequency support mode (high-frequency support state or high-frequency guide state) ) And are set.

  Specifically, in the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode, the probability of winning the power combination open state in the electric combination release lottery using the electric combination release counter C4 is the same (for example, both 4/5) However, in the high-frequency support mode, the number of times that the electric accessory 34a is opened when the electrified open state is won is set more than in the low-frequency support mode, and one more release is performed. The time is set longer. In this case, in the high frequency support mode, when the electrified open state is selected and the open state of the electric accessory 34a occurs a plurality of times, the closure from the end of one open state until the start of the next open state is performed. The time is set shorter than one opening time. Furthermore, in the high frequency support mode, the minimum secured time is set shorter when the next electric character opening lottery is performed after one electric character opening lottery is performed than in the low frequency support mode. Has been.

  As described above, in the high frequency support mode, there is a higher probability of winning a prize for the lower working port 34 than in the low frequency support mode. In other words, in the low frequency support mode, there is a higher probability that a prize will be given to the upper working port 33 than to the lower working port 34, but in the high frequency support mode, the lower working port 34 is connected to the lower working port 34. The probability of winning a prize increases. When a winning is made to the lower working port 34, a predetermined number of game balls are paid out. Therefore, in the high frequency support mode, the player plays a game while not reducing the number of possessed balls so much. be able to.

  The configuration for increasing the frequency at which the high frequency support mode is set to the power release state per unit time as compared with the low frequency support mode is not limited to the above-described configuration, for example, the electric component release lottery It is good also as a structure which raises the probability of becoming electrified in the electric character open state in Furthermore, the number of times of opening is increased, the opening time is lengthened, and the minimum secured time is secured when the next electric character opening lottery is performed after one electric character releasing lottery is performed. By applying any one condition or any combination of conditions (that is, shortening the one-time variable display time in the display part 44 for an accessory) and increasing the winning probability, the low frequency support mode is applied. The advantage of the high frequency support mode may be increased.

  The game result distribution destination for the big hit type counter C2 is stored as a distribution table (distribution information group) in the distribution table storage area 222 as a distribution information group storage means in the ROM 203. The contents of the distribution table will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 20, the distribution table includes a distribution table (first distribution information group) for the first result display unit in FIG. 20A and a second result display unit in FIG. A distribution table (second distribution information group) is set.

  In the distribution table for the first result display section, as shown in FIG. 20A, as a distribution destination of the game result, a normal jackpot result (low probability corresponding special game result), 2R probability variation jackpot result, 15R probability variation jackpot A result (a special game result corresponding to high probability) is set.

  The normal jackpot result is a jackpot result in which the opening / closing execution mode becomes the high-frequency winning mode, and after the opening / closing execution mode ends, the winning / not-lotting mode becomes the low probability mode and the support mode becomes the high-frequency support mode. However, the high-frequency support mode shifts to the low-frequency support mode when the number of games reaches the end reference number (specifically, 100 times) after the shift. In other words, the normal jackpot result is a jackpot result for shifting the gaming state to the normal jackpot state (special gaming state corresponding to low probability).

  The 2R probability variation jackpot result is a jackpot result in which the opening / closing execution mode becomes the low-frequency winning mode, and after the opening / closing execution mode ends, the success / failure lottery mode becomes the high probability mode and the support mode becomes the high-frequency support mode. The high-frequency support mode continues until the lottery result in the winning or failing lottery becomes a big hit state win and shifts to the big hit state by that. In other words, the 2R probability variation jackpot result is a jackpot result for shifting the gaming state to the 2R probability variation jackpot state.

  The 15R probability variation jackpot result is a jackpot result in which the opening / closing execution mode becomes the high-frequency winning mode, and after the opening / closing execution mode ends, the success / failure lottery mode becomes the high probability mode and the support mode becomes the high-frequency support mode. The high-frequency support mode continues until the lottery result in the winning or failing lottery becomes a big hit state win and shifts to the big hit state by that. In other words, the 15R probability variation jackpot result is a jackpot result in which the gaming state is shifted to the 15R probability variation jackpot state (a special gaming state corresponding to high probability).

  Note that the normal gaming state in relation to the above gaming states refers to a state in which the winning / losing lottery mode is the low probability mode and the support mode is the low frequency support mode.

  As shown in FIG. 20 (a), in the distribution table for the first result display section, “0-9” among the values of the jackpot type counter C2 of “0-29” corresponds to the normal jackpot result. “10-19” corresponds to the 2R probability variation jackpot result, and “20-29” corresponds to the 15R probability variation jackpot result. On the other hand, in the distribution table for the second result display section, as shown in FIG. 20 (b), only the normal jackpot result and the 15R probability variation jackpot result are set as the game result distribution destination. Of the values of the jackpot type counter C2 of “0 to 29”, “0 to 9” corresponds to the normal jackpot result, and “10 to 29” corresponds to the 15R probability variable jackpot result.

  As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, the game result distribution mode in the case of winning the jackpot is based on the winning win based on the winning to the upper operating port 33 and the winning to the lower operating port 34. It is different from the case of winning the jackpot based on. By the way, in a pachinko machine that does not include the fraud prevention device according to any of the third to sixth embodiments described later, if a first type oil ball goto action (described later) is performed, Since the probability of winning in the operating port 34 can be higher than usual, there is a possibility that an undue profit may be given to the actor. That is, when the fraud prevention device of any one of the third to sixth embodiments described later is not provided and the first type oil ball is easily guided to the lower working port 34, the high frequency support state is set. Although it is a pachinko machine that is not equipped, the probability of winning a prize to the lower operating port 34 is increased by performing an oil ball goto action, and the frequency of the lottery determination based on the winning to the operating port 34 is unreasonably increased, and unfair profit You might get.

  Here, regardless of whether the distribution table for the first result display section or the distribution table for the second result display section is used, the probability of a promiscuous jackpot result when the jackpot is won is the same. Yes. However, if a jackpot win is won based on the winning of the lower operating port 34 and a probable change jackpot result is generated, a 15R probable jackpot result is always obtained, whereas a jackpot win is won based on the winning of the upper operating port 33 and When the probability variation jackpot result is obtained, a 2R probability variation jackpot result is obtained with a probability of 1/4, and a 15R probability variation jackpot result is obtained with a probability of 1/2. In other words, the probability of occurrence of the 15R probability variation jackpot result, which is the most advantageous for the player among the probability variation jackpot results, is higher when the jackpot win is won based on the winning to the lower operation port 34. It will be higher than if you win a jackpot based on winning.

  In addition, when it becomes a losing result in the success / failure lottery, it does not shift to the opening / closing execution mode, and the change of the success / failure lottery mode does not occur.

  For example, the reach random number counter C3 is incremented one by one within a range of 0 to 238, for example, and reaches a maximum value and then returns to 0. The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated and stored in the reserved ball storage area 232 of the RAM 204 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 33 or the lower operation port 34. More specifically, the game result is stored in the first result display holding area Ra of the RAM 204 at the timing when the game ball wins the upper operation port 33, and the second result display unit of the RAM 204 at the timing when the game ball wins the lower operation port 34. Stored in the reserved area Rb. Then, based on the reach table stored in the reach table storage area of the ROM 203, it is determined whether to generate a reach. However, in the game times that shift to the open / close execution mode, the MPU 202 determines the occurrence of reach regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3. The number of reach random number counters C3 corresponding to the occurrence of reach display is the same in each gaming state, but may be set individually according to the gaming state. For example, when the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the number of reach random number counters C3 corresponding to the occurrence of reach display may be set larger than that in the low frequency support mode.

  Here, the reach display (reach state) includes a symbol display device 41 capable of performing variable display (or variable display) of symbols (pictures), and the opening / closing execution mode of the variable winning device 32 is a high-frequency winning mode. In the game machine in which the stop display result after the variable display is a special display result in the game times to be, the stop display result is derived and displayed after the variable display (or variable display) of the symbol (picture) on the symbol display device 41 is started. This means a display state for making the player think that the display state is a variable display state that is likely to result in the special display result in the previous stage.

  In other words, the combination of jackpot symbols corresponding to the occurrence of the high-frequency winning mode is established by stopping the symbols for some of the symbol sequences displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device 41. This is a display state in which a combination of reach symbols that may be displayed is displayed, and in that state, the symbols are displayed in a variable manner in the remaining symbol rows. More specifically, as a step before ending the variable display of symbols, a combination of jackpot symbols corresponding to the occurrence of the high-frequency winning mode is established on a preset active line in the display screen of the symbol display device 41. A reach line is formed by stopping and displaying a combination of reach symbols that may possibly be displayed, and a symbol change display is performed by a final stop symbol row in a situation where the reach line is formed.

  The display contents of FIG. 17 will be described in detail. In the state where the symbol variation display is first terminated in the upper symbol row Z1, and the symbol variation display is terminated in the lower symbol row Z3, any one of the valid display items is displayed. A reach line is formed by stopping and displaying the main symbols having the same numbers on the lines L1 to L5, and in the situation where the reach line is formed, the symbol variation display is performed in the middle symbol row Z2. Reach display. When the high-frequency winning mode occurs, the main symbol with the same number as the main symbol forming the reach line is stopped and displayed on the reach line in the middle symbol row Z2. The symbol variation display is terminated.

  In the reach display, in the state where the combination of reach symbols is displayed as described above, the variation display of symbols is performed on the remaining symbol rows, and a predetermined character or the like is displayed as a moving image on the background screen. There are those that produce an effect, and those that perform a reach effect by displaying a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on almost the entire display screen after reducing or not displaying a combination of reach symbols. Further, when reach display is performed or before reach display, it is determined using the reach random number counter C3 or other counter whether or not to perform a notice display using a predetermined image such as a predetermined character. May be.

  The variation type counter CS is, for example, incremented by 1 within a range of 0 to 198, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The variation type counter CS is used in the MPU 202 to determine the variation display time in the first result display unit AS and the second result display unit BS of the main display unit 43 and the symbol variation display time in the symbol display device 41. . The variation type counter CS is updated once every time a normal process to be described later is executed once, and is repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the normal process. Then, the buffer value of the variation type counter CS is acquired when the variation pattern is determined at the start of variation display in the first result display section AS or the second result display section BS and at the variation start time of the symbol by the symbol display device 41.

  The electric accessory release counter C4 is, for example, configured to increment one by one within a range of 0 to 249 and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The electric accessory release counter C4 is periodically updated and stored in the electric combination holding area 233 of the RAM 204 at the timing when a game ball wins the through gate 35. Then, at a predetermined timing, a lottery is performed as to whether or not to control the electric accessory 34a to the open state based on the value of the stored electric accessory release counter C4. For example, if C4 = 0 to 199, the electric accessory 34a is controlled to the open state, and if C4 = 200 to 249, the electric accessory 34a is not controlled to the open state.

  As already described, the MPU 202 uses at least the buffer value of the variation type counter CS to determine the variation display time in the first result display section AS and the second result display section BS. A variable display time table storage area 223 is used. Further, the MPU 202 uses the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE to determine the stop results in the first result display section AS and the second result display section BS. However, the stop result table storage area 224 of the ROM 203 is used for the determination.

<Configuration of the holding ball storage area 232>
Next, the configuration of the reserved ball storage area 232 will be described in more detail with reference to FIG.

  The first result display section holding area Ra stores the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 in time series in accordance with the winning history of the game balls to the upper working port 33. Is a reserved area for In addition, the second result display section holding area Rb displays the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 in time series in accordance with the winning history of the game balls to the lower operating port 34. This is a reserved area for storing. Here, since the first result display area reservation area Ra and the second result display area reservation area Rb have the same configuration, the first result display area of the both reservation areas Ra and Rb will be described below. The configuration of the reserved area Ra will be described.

  The first result display area reservation area Ra includes four storage areas of a first area to a fourth area, and a reservation number storage area. Each storage area has a C1 storage area for storing the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, a C2 storage area for storing the value of the jackpot type counter C2, and a C3 storage for storing the value of the reach random number counter C3. It consists of an area and more. With the four storage areas of the first area to the fourth area, up to four game balls winning histories to the upper operation port 33 are stored on hold.

  The C1 storage area is composed of 2 bytes, and the jackpot counter C1 value of any of 0 to 599 is stored using the lower 10 bits of 0 to 9. The upper 6 bits of 10 to 15 in the C1 storage area are unused areas.

  The C2 storage area is composed of 1 byte, and the jackpot type counter C2 value of any of 0 to 29 is stored using the lower 5 bits of 0 to 4. The upper 2 bits of 5 to 7 in the C2 storage area are unused areas.

  The C3 storage area is composed of 1 byte, and one of the reach random number counters C3 of 0 to 238 is stored using all 8 bits of 0 to 7.

  The reserved number storage area is a storage area for storing the number of use of the storage area, that is, the number of the game balls won in the upper operation port 33 and held. The reserved number storage area is composed of 1 byte, and any value of 0 to 4 is stored using the lower 3 bits of 0 to 2. The upper 5 bits of 3 to 7 in the reserved number storage area are unused areas.

  In addition, in the reserved ball storage area 232, the total number of holds for storing information of the sum of the number of holds in the first result display area reservation area Ra and the number of holds in the second result display area reservation area Rb. A storage area is provided. The total reserved number storage area is composed of 1 byte, and any value from 0 to 8 is stored using lower 4 bits of 0 to 3. Of the total reserved number storage area, the upper 4 bits of 4 to 7 are unused areas.

  The execution area AE shown in FIG. 18 is stored in the storage area of the first result display section reservation area Ra or the second result display section reservation area Rb when the variable display of each result display section AS, BS is started. This is an area for moving each value. The execution area AE has the same configuration as the storage area for one of the result display area reservation areas Ra and Rb, that is, a C1 storage area having a 2-byte configuration, a C2 storage area having a 1-byte configuration, and a 1-byte configuration. And a C3 storage area.

<Various processes executed by main controller 81>
Next, a timer interrupt process and a normal process that are executed when the MPU 202 in the main controller 81 advances the game in each game time will be described. In addition to the timer interrupt process and the normal process, the MPU 202 executes a main process that is activated when the power is turned on and an NMI interrupt process that is activated by the input of a power failure signal to the NMI terminal (non-maskable terminal). Description of these processes is omitted.

<Timer interrupt processing>
First, timer interrupt processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. This process is started periodically by the MPU 202 (for example, at a cycle of 2 msec).

  In step S101, various winning switch reading processes are executed. That is, the state of various switches connected to the main control device 81 is read, and the state of the switch is determined and the detection information (winning detection information) is stored. Thereafter, in step S102, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated. Specifically, the random number initial value counter CINI is incremented by 1 and cleared to 0 when the counter value reaches the maximum value. Then, the update value of the random number initial value counter CINI is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 204.

  In subsequent step S103, the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4 are updated. Specifically, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric accessory release counter C4 are each incremented by 1 and cleared to 0 when the counter values reach the maximum value. Then, the updated values of the counters C1 to C4 are stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 204.

  Thereafter, in step S104, a winning process for the operating port accompanying winning in the operating ports 33, 34 is executed, and in addition, in a step S105, a winning process for winning in accordance with winning in the through gate 35 is executed. This timer interrupt process is terminated.

  The winning opening process for the operation port in step S104 and the through winning process in step S105 will be described below.

<Winning process for working port>
First, the winning process for the working opening will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In step S <b> 201, it is determined based on the detection state of the detection sensor corresponding to the upper operation port 33 whether or not the game ball has won a prize (start winning prize) in the upper operation port 33. If it is determined that the game ball has won the upper working port 33, in step S202, a prize ball command for causing the payout control device 97 to pay out three game balls is set. In subsequent step S203, an external signal setting process is performed in order to output a signal to the management control device on the game hall side that the game ball has won the upper working port 33. In step S204, the value stored in the reserved number storage area of the first result display section reservation area Ra is read, and the start reserved storage number RaN stored in the first result display section reservation area Ra is set. (Hereinafter, it is also referred to as the first start reserved memory number RaN). Thereafter, in step S205, an information acquisition process for storing the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 is performed, and the main winning process is terminated.

  If it is determined in step S201 that the game ball has not won the upper working port 33, in step S206, whether or not the game ball has won the lower working port 34 (starting winning) corresponds to the lower working port 34. The determination is made based on the detection state of the detection sensor. If it is determined that the game ball has won the lower operation port 34, a prize ball command for causing the payout control device 97 to pay out four game balls is set in step S207. In the subsequent step S208, an external signal setting process is performed so as to output a signal to the management control device on the game hall side that the game ball has won the lower operation port 34. In step S209, the value stored in the reserved number storage area of the second result display area reservation area Rb is read, and the start reserved memory number RbN stored in the second result display area reservation area Rb is set. (Hereinafter, it is also referred to as the second start reserved memory number RbN). Thereafter, an information acquisition process is performed in step S205, and the main winning process is terminated.

  On the other hand, if both step S201 and step S206 are NO, that is, if the game ball has not won any of the upper operating port 33 and the lower operating port 34, the main winning process is finished as it is. The prize ball command set in steps S202 and S207 is transmitted to the payout control device 97 in an external output process S501 of a normal process described later.

  Here, the information acquisition process of step S205 will be described in detail with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  First, in step S301, it is determined whether or not the number of reserved start storages N (RaN or RbN) set in step S204 or step S209 described above is less than an upper limit value (4 in the present embodiment). If the start hold storage number N is the upper limit value, the information acquisition process is terminated as it is. If the start hold storage number N is less than the upper limit value, the start hold storage number N of the corresponding result display unit hold area is set to 1 in step S302. In addition to the increment, the value stored in the total reserved number storage area in step S303 (hereinafter referred to as the common reserved number CRN) is incremented by one.

  In the subsequent step S304, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 are used as the first storage area among the free storage area areas of the corresponding result display area reservation area. That is, the number is stored in the storage area corresponding to the reserved storage number incremented by 1 in step S302.

  That is, when the first start pending storage number RaN is set, the values of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 updated in the step S103 are used for the first result display unit. The first storage area among the free storage areas of the reservation area Ra, that is, the storage area corresponding to the first start reservation storage number RaN incremented by 1 in step S302 is stored.

  If the second start pending storage number RbN is set, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 are used for the second result display section. The first storage area among the free storage areas of the reserved area Rb, that is, the storage area corresponding to the second start reserved memory number RbN incremented by 1 in step S302 is stored.

  In the subsequent steps S305 and S306, the audio lamp control device 82 and the display control device 212, which are the sub-side control devices, recognize that a winning has occurred in the upper operation port 33 or the lower operation port 34, and a hold notice is given. A confirmation process for hold notice and a process for setting a hold command, which are processes to be executed, are executed. Thereafter, the information acquisition process ends.

  Note that the hold command set by the processes in steps S305 and S306 is transmitted to the audio lamp control device 82 in the external output process (step S501) of the normal process described later. When the voice lamp control device 82 receives the hold command transmitted based on the winning to the upper working port 33, the voice lamp control device 82 executes processing for turning on the first hold lamp unit 45. The first hold lamp unit 45 is sequentially turned on from the left side. For example, if the first start hold memory number RaN is 1, the leftmost first hold lamp unit 45 is turned on, and the first start hold memory number If RaN is 4, all the first holding lamps 45 are turned on. Further, when a hold command transmitted based on a winning to the lower working port 34 is received, a process for lighting the second hold lamp unit 46 is executed. The second hold lamp unit 46 is sequentially lit from the left side. For example, if the second start hold memory number RbN is 1, the leftmost second hold lamp unit 46 is turned on and the second start hold memory number If RbN is 4, all the second holding lamp portions 46 are turned on.

<Winning winning process>
Next, the through winning process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In step S401, it is determined whether or not the game ball has won the through gate 35. If it is determined that the game ball has won the through gate 35, the process proceeds to step S402, and it is determined whether or not the accessory reserve storage number SN is less than the upper limit value (4 in the present embodiment).

  If it is not determined in step S401 that a game ball has won the through gate 35, or if it is determined in step S402 that the value of the accessory reservation storage number SN is greater than or equal to the upper limit value, the value of the electric accessory release counter C4 The prize winning process is terminated without storing.

  On the other hand, on the condition that the game ball wins the through gate 35 and the number of stored item reservations SN <4, the process proceeds to step S403, and the number of stored item reservations SN is incremented by one. Subsequently, in step S404, the value of the electric utility product release counter C4 updated in step S103 is stored in the first area of the free storage area of the electric utility reservation area 233 of the RAM 204. Thereafter, the main winning process is terminated.

  In the through winning process, a process for turning on the third holding lamp unit 47 is executed. The third hold lamp unit 47 is sequentially lit from the left side. For example, if the accessory reservation storage number SN is 1, the leftmost third reservation lamp unit 47 is turned on and the accessory reservation storage number SN is If it is 4, all the 3rd holding | maintenance lamp | ramp parts 47 will be lighted.

<Normal processing>
Next, the flow of normal processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. The normal process is a process that is started after the main process that is started when the power is turned on, and the main process of the game is executed in the normal process. As an outline, the processing of steps S501 to S509 is executed as a periodic processing with a period of 4 msec, and the counter update processing of steps S511 and S512 is executed with the remaining time.

  In the normal process, in step S501, output data such as a command set in the timer interrupt process or the previous normal process is transmitted to each sub-side control device. Specifically, the presence or absence of a prize ball command is determined, and if a prize ball command is set, it is transmitted to the payout control device 97. Further, if a production command such as a variation command, a type command, or a variation end command is set, the command is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 82.

  Next, in step S502, the variation type counter CS is updated. Specifically, the variation type counter CS is incremented by 1, and the counter value is cleared to 0 when the counter value reaches the maximum value. Then, the update value of the variation type counter CS is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 204.

  In the subsequent step S503, the winning ball counting signal and the payout abnormality signal received from the payout control device 97 are read. Thereafter, in step S504, game time control processing for controlling the game in each game time is executed. In the game times control process, jackpot determination, setting of symbol variation display by the symbol display device 41, display control of the result display sections AS and BS on the side performing variation display, and the like are performed. Details of the game times control process will be described later.

  Thereafter, in step S505, a game state transition process for shifting the game state is executed. Although details will be described later, the gaming state shifts to an opening / closing execution mode, a high probability mode, and the like by this gaming state transition processing.

  In step S <b> 506, a power combination support process for driving and controlling the electric combination 34 a provided in the lower operation port 34 is executed. In this electronic combination support process, it is determined whether or not the electric combination 34a is opened, display control of the combination display 44, and the like are performed. The details of the power combination support process will be described later.

  Thereafter, in step S507, processing for determining whether or not a “return ball” exists on the firing rail 74 is performed. Subsequently, in step S508, when a “return ball” is generated, a process of eliminating the “return ball” is performed. Furthermore, in step S509, a game ball launch control process is executed. In the game ball launch control process, “Reception of launch permission of power source and launch control board 98a” is set under the condition that the condition fulfillment signal indicating the fulfillment of condition is received from the “satisfaction transmission circuit 98d” of the power supply and launch control board 98a. A process of transmitting a firing permission signal (a signal corresponding to the firing permission) to the circuit 98e "is performed.

  In the subsequent step S510, it is determined whether or not the execution timing of the next normal process has been reached, that is, whether or not a predetermined time (4 msec in the present embodiment) has elapsed since the start of the previous normal process. Then, the random number initial value counter CINI and the variation type counter CS are repeatedly updated within the remaining time until the next normal processing execution timing is reached (steps S511, S512). That is, in step S511, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated. Specifically, the random number initial value counter CINI is incremented by 1 and cleared to 0 when the counter value reaches the maximum value. Then, the update value of the random number initial value counter CINI is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 204. In step S512, the variation type counter CS is updated. Specifically, the variation type counter CS is incremented by 1 and cleared to 0 when the counter value reaches the maximum value. Then, the update value of the variation type counter CS is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 204.

  Here, since the execution time of each process of steps S501 to S509 changes according to the state of the game, the remaining time until the execution timing of the next normal process is not constant and varies. Therefore, it is possible to update the random number initial value counter CINI (that is, the initial value of the big hit random number counter C1) at random by repeatedly executing the update of the random number initial value counter CINI using the remaining time. The variation type counter CS can also be updated at random.

<Game times control processing>
Next, the game times control process of step S504 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS.

  In the game times control process shown in FIG. 27, first, in step S601, it is determined whether or not the opening / closing execution mode is in effect. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the opening / closing execution mode flag (opening / closing execution state information) is stored in the opening / closing execution mode flag storage area (opening / closing execution state information storage means) in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204. The opening / closing execution mode flag is stored when the gaming state is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode in the gaming state transition process described later, and is erased when the opening / closing execution mode is ended in the gaming state transition process.

  When in the open / close execution mode, the game is executed without executing any of the processes after step S602, that is, the game times starting process of steps S603 to S605 and the game times progressing process of steps S606 to S609. End control processing. In other words, in the open / close execution mode, the game times are not started regardless of whether or not a winning for the operation ports 33 and 34 has occurred.

  If it is not in the opening / closing execution mode, it is determined in step S602 whether the main display unit 43 is in a variable display. Specifically, it is determined whether or not any one of the first result display section AS and the second result display section BS is in a variable display. In this determination, it is determined whether or not the variable display flag (variable display information) is stored in the variable display flag storage area (variable display information storage unit) in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204. To do. The variable display flag is stored when variable display is started for either the first result display unit AS or the second result display unit BS, and is erased when the variable display ends.

  When the main display unit 43 is not in a variable display, the process proceeds to the game turn start process in steps S603 to S605. In the game turn starting process, first, in step S603, it is determined whether or not the common pending number CRN is “0”. The case where the common hold number CRN is “0” means that the start hold storage number is “0” for both the upper operation port 33 and the lower operation port 34. Therefore, the game times control process is finished as it is. If the common hold number CRN is not “0”, the data stored in the first result display area reservation area Ra or the second result display area reservation area Rb is set for variable display in step S604. In step S605, a variation start process for starting the variation display on the main display unit 43 and the variation display on the symbol display device 41 is performed, and then the game number control process is terminated.

  Here, the data setting process in step S604 and the change start process in step S605 will be described in detail below.

  First, the data setting process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In the data setting process, first, in step S701, it is determined whether or not the second start hold storage number RbN stored in the second result display section reservation area Rb is “0”. When the second start reserved memory number RbN is “0”, the data setting process for the first result display unit in steps S702 to S707 is executed, and when the second start reserved memory number RbN is not “0”. Executes the data setting process for the second result display unit in steps S708 to S713.

  Here, the case where the data setting process is executed is a case where the common pending number CRN is 1 or more as described above. In this case, in the data setting process, it is determined whether or not the second start hold storage number RbN is “0”. If it is not “0”, that is, the hold information for variable display is displayed for the second result display unit BS. If stored, the data stored in the second result display area reservation area Rb is set for variable display regardless of whether or not the first start reservation storage number RaN is 1 or more. I made it. Thereby, when the hold information is stored in both the first result display hold area Ra and the second result display hold area Rb, the second result display hold area corresponding to the lower operation port 34. The hold information stored in Rb is prioritized.

  In the data setting process for the first result display unit, first, in step S702, the first reserved storage number RaN of the first result display unit reservation area Ra is decremented by one. In subsequent step S703, the common reservation number CRN is decremented by one. Thereafter, in step S704, the data stored in the first area of the first result display area reservation area Ra is moved to the execution area AE.

  After that, in step S705, a process for shifting the data stored in the storage area of the first result display area reservation area Ra is executed. This data shift process is a process for sequentially shifting the data stored in the first to fourth areas to the lower area side, and clears the data in the first area, and the second area → the first area, the first area, Data in each area is shifted, such as 3 area → second area, fourth area → third area, and so on.

  In the subsequent step S706, the second result display section flag (second result display section information) is stored in the second result display section flag storage area (second result display section information storage means) provided in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204. If it is stored, it is erased, and if it is not stored, its state is maintained. The second result display unit flag is information for specifying whether the start of the current variation display is the first result display unit AS or the second result display unit BS.

  In the subsequent step S707, a shift time command (shift occurrence information) that is information for causing the audio lamp control device 82, which is the sub-side control device, to recognize that the data in the holding area has been shifted is set. In this case, from the command information storage area 225 of the ROM 203, information indicating that the reserved area to which the data is shifted this time corresponds to the reserved area Ra for the first result display section, that is, the upper operating port 33. A shift time command including information indicating that it is compatible is selected, and the selected shift time command is set as a command to be transmitted to the sound lamp control device 82. Thereafter, the data setting process is terminated.

  The shift command set in step S707 is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 82 in step S501 in the normal process (FIG. 26). The voice lamp control device 82 executes a process for changing the display on the first hold lamp unit 45 of the variable display unit 36 in accordance with the decrease in the number of hold based on the received shift command.

  In the data setting process for the second result display unit, first, in step S708, the second reserved storage number RbN of the second result display unit reserved area Rb is decremented by one. In subsequent step S709, the common reservation number CRN is decremented by one. Thereafter, in step S710, the data stored in the first area of the second result display area reservation area Rb is moved to the execution area AE.

  Then, the process which shifts the data stored in the memory | storage area of 2nd result display part holding | maintenance area Rb in step S711 is performed. This data shift process is a process for sequentially shifting the data stored in the first to fourth areas to the lower area side, and clears the data in the first area, and the second area → the first area, the first area, Data in each area is shifted, such as 3 area → second area, fourth area → third area, and so on.

  In subsequent step S712, the second result display section flag (second result display section information) is stored in the second result display section flag storage area (second result display section information storage means) provided in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204. If not stored, the second result display section flag is stored, and if stored, the state is maintained.

  In the subsequent step S713, a command at the time of shifting (shift occurrence information) is set, which is information for causing the audio lamp control device 82, which is the sub-side control device, to recognize that the data in the holding area has been shifted. In this case, from the command information storage area 225 of the ROM 203, it corresponds to the information indicating that the reserved area to which the current data is shifted corresponds to the reserved area Rb for the second result display section, that is, corresponds to the lower operation port 34. The command at the time of shift including the information indicating that the command is being performed is selected, and the selected command at the time of shift is set as a command to be transmitted to the sound lamp control device 82. Thereafter, the data setting process is terminated.

  The shift command set in step S713 is transmitted to the audio lamp control device 82 in step S501 in the normal process (FIG. 26). The voice lamp control device 82 executes a process for changing the display on the second holding lamp unit 46 of the variable display unit 36 in accordance with the decrease in the number of holdings based on the received shift command.

  Next, the fluctuation start process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In the variation start process, first, in step S801, it is determined whether or not the winning lottery mode is a high probability mode. Specifically, it is determined whether or not a high probability mode flag (high probability state information) is stored in a high probability mode flag storage area (high probability state information storage means) provided in various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204. To do. The high probability mode flag is a flag that is stored at the end of the opening / closing execution mode related to the occurrence of the probability variation jackpot result, and is erased when a normal jackpot result occurs thereafter.

  If it is not the high probability mode, in step S802, the determination is made with reference to the determination table for the low probability mode. Specifically, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE matches the value set as the jackpot winning in the success / failure table for the low probability mode as shown in FIG. It is determined whether or not. On the other hand, in the case of the high probability mode, whether or not it is determined is determined in step S803 by referring to a high probability mode determination table. Specifically, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE matches the value set as the jackpot winning in the success / failure table for the high probability mode as shown in FIG. It is determined whether or not.

  After the process of step S802 or step S803, it is determined in step S804 whether the lottery result in step S802 or step S803 is a big win. In the case of a big win, in steps S805 to S811, a process for setting a game result and a process for setting a stop result in the case of a big win are executed.

  In step S805, it is determined whether the second result display unit flag is stored in the RAM 204. If the second result display unit flag is not stored, in step S806, distribution determination is performed with reference to the distribution table for the first result display unit (see FIG. 20A). Specifically, whether the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE is included in the numerical range of the normal jackpot result, the numerical range of the 2R probability variation jackpot result, or the numerical range of the 15R probability variation jackpot result Determine. On the other hand, when the second result display unit flag is stored, in step S807, the distribution determination is performed with reference to the distribution table for the second result display unit (see FIG. 20B). Specifically, it is determined whether the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE is included in the numerical range of the normal jackpot result or the numerical range of the 15R probability variable jackpot result.

  After the process of step S806 or step S807, it is determined in step S808 whether or not the game result distributed in step S806 or step S807 is a probability variation jackpot result. If it is a probable jackpot result, in step S809, any stop result is displayed on the first result display section AS or the second result display section BS in the current game round in which a probable jackpot result will occur. Execute the stop result setting process for probability variation jackpot to set whether to end the variable display at.

  The stop result setting process for probability variation big hit will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  First, in step S901, it is determined whether or not the game result distributed in step S806 or step S807 is a 15R probability variation jackpot result. Here, as already described, in the distribution table for the first result display unit, a plurality of types of game results of 2R probability variation jackpot result and 15R probability variation jackpot result are set as probability variation jackpot results. In the distribution table for the two result display section, only one type of 15R probability variation jackpot result is set as the probability variation jackpot result. Therefore, in the case where the current game time is based on the winning of the game ball to the upper operation port 33 and the game result is distributed in the distribution table for the first result display unit. In step S901, a negative determination may be made or an affirmative determination may be made. On the other hand, in the case where the current game time is based on the winning of a game ball to the lower operation port 34 and the game result is distributed in the distribution table for the second result display section. In step S901, an affirmative determination is always made.

  If a negative determination is made in step S901, the distributed game result is a 2R probability change jackpot result, so in step S902, the stop result table for 2R probability change is referred to in the stop result table storage area 224. Then, the address information of the stop result data corresponding to the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE is acquired, and the address information is stored in the stop result address storage area of the RAM 204 in step S903. Thereafter, in step S904, after the 2R probability variation flag (high probability correspondence information) is stored in the 2R probability variation flag storage area in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204, the stop result setting process is terminated.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S901, the value of the big hit type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE is referred to in step S905 with reference to the stop result table for 15R probability change in the stop result table storage area 224. The address information of the stop result data corresponding to is acquired, and the address information is stored in the stop result address storage area of the RAM 204 in step S906. Thereafter, in step S907, the 15R probability variation flag storage area (high probability correspondence special information storage means) in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204 is stored in the 15R probability variation flag (high probability correspondence special information). Exit.

  Returning to the description of the variation start process (FIG. 29), after executing the process of step S809, the process proceeds to step S813. On the other hand, if the game result distributed in step S806 or step S807 is not a probability variation jackpot result, a negative determination is made in step S808, and the process proceeds to step S810. In step S810, referring to the stop result table for normal jackpots in the stop result table storage area 224, the address information of stop result data corresponding to the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE is acquired. The address information is stored in the stop result address storage area of the RAM 204. Thereafter, in step S811, after the normal big hit flag (low probability correspondence special information) is stored in the normal big hit flag storage area (low probability correspondence special information storage means) in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204, this stop result setting process Exit. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S813.

  If the lottery result in step S802 or step S803 is not a big win, a negative determination is made in step S804, and the flow proceeds to step S812. In step S812, for the off time for setting which stop result is displayed on the first result display section AS or the second result display section BS in the current game round that results in a losing result, and the variable display is ended. Execute the stop result setting process. In the outage stop result setting process, referring to the outage stop result table in the stop result table storage area 224, stop result data corresponding to the value of the big hit random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE The address information is acquired, and the address information is stored in the stop result address storage area of the RAM 204. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S813.

  In step S813, a variable display time setting process for setting the variable display time of the current game time in the first result display section AS or the second result display section BS is executed. The variable display time setting process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In the variable display time setting process, first, in step S1001, the value of the variation type counter CS stored in the variation type counter buffer in the lottery counter buffer 231 of the RAM 204 is acquired and stored in the register of the MPU 202.

  In the subsequent step S1002, it is determined whether or not reach display is generated in the symbol display device 41 in the current game round. Specifically, it is determined whether or not any probability variation jackpot flag or normal jackpot flag is stored in the RAM 204. If any flag is stored, an affirmative determination is made in step S1002 as the occurrence of reach display. Even if none of the above flags is stored, if the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the execution area AE is a value corresponding to the occurrence of reach, the occurrence of reach display is generated. In step S1002, an affirmative determination is made. Note that the reach determination table stored in the reach determination table storage area of the ROM 203 is referred to when the presence / absence of reach occurrence is determined using the value of the reach random number counter C3.

  When an affirmative determination is made in step S1002, the value of the current variation type counter CS is referred to by referring to the reach generation variation display time table stored in the variation display time table storage area 223 of the ROM 203 in step S1003. In step S1004, the variable display time information corresponding to the variable display time information is set in a variable display time counter area (variable display time measuring means) provided in the various counter areas 234 of the RAM 204. Thereafter, the setting process ends.

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S1002, the current variation type counter CS of the current variation type counter CS is referred to by referring to the reach non-occurrence variation display time table stored in the variation display time table storage area 223 in step S1005. The variable display time corresponding to the value is acquired, and in step S1006, the variable display time information is set in the variable display time counter area. Thereafter, the setting process ends.

  Note that the variable display time information when no reach occurs is set so that the variable display time is shortened as the number of common hold counts CRN increases. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, a configuration that does not depend on the number of the common pending number CRN may be used, and the variable display time may be set shorter as the number of the common pending number CRN is smaller. . When the second start pending storage number RbN is “0”, the larger the first start pending storage number RaN is, the shorter the variable display time becomes, and the second start pending storage number RbN is equal to or greater than “1”. In this case, the variation display time may be set to be shorter as the number of the second start pending storage numbers RbN is larger. When the second start pending storage number RbN is “0”, the larger the first start pending storage number RaN is, the shorter the variable display time becomes, and the second start pending storage number RbN is equal to or greater than “1”. In this case, the variable display time may be longer as the number of the second start reserved memory number RbN is larger, or may be set to be constant without depending on each of the reserved memory numbers RaN and RbN.

  Also, in the situation where the support mode is the high frequency support mode, the non-reach time is selected so that the shorter variable display time is selected compared to the situation where the number of pending information is the same as in the situation where the low frequency support mode. Although the generation variation display time table is set, the present invention is not limited to this, and the selected variation display time may be the same, or may be opposite to the above relationship.

  Furthermore, the above configuration may be applied to the variable display time at the time of reach occurrence, and the variable display time that is easily selected and the variable display time that is difficult to select are different at the time of jackpot winning and out of reach. It is good also as a structure. Also, a variation display time table for probability variation jackpot, a variation display time table for normal jackpot, a variation display time table for outreach, and a variation display time table for complete losing may be set individually.

  As described above, the variation display time of each game time is determined by using the presence / absence of reach, the number of hold information, and the value of the variation type counter as parameters. However, the variable display time of each game time is the content of other hold information, specifically, jackpot determination information, type determination information and reach determination information included in the other hold information as parameters. Decided without.

  Returning to the description of the variation start process (FIG. 29), after step S813, it is determined whether or not the second result display unit flag is stored in the RAM 204 in step S814. If the second result display section flag is not stored, the first variation command is set in step S815. The first change command includes information indicating that the current game time is related to the hold information acquired based on the winning to the upper working port 33, and information on whether or not reach has occurred, and Contains variable display time information. On the other hand, if the second result display section flag is stored, a second variation command is set in step S816. The second change command includes information indicating that the current game round is related to the hold information acquired based on the winning to the lower working port 34, and information on whether or not reach has occurred, and Contains variable display time information.

  After executing the process of step S815 or step S816, the type command is set in step S817. The type command includes game result information. That is, the type command includes 15R probability variation jackpot result information, normal jackpot result information, 2R probability variation jackpot result information, and the like as game result information.

  The variation command and type command set in steps S815 to S817 are transmitted to the sound lamp control device 82 in step S501 in the normal process (FIG. 26). The sound lamp control device 82 determines the contents of the effect at the game time based on the received change command and type command, and controls various devices so that the determined contents of the effect are executed. The voice lamp control device 82 transmits the received change command and type command to the display control device 212 as they are. The display control device 212 controls the display of the symbol display device 41 so that the symbol variation display corresponding to each game time is performed based on the variation command and the type command.

  After that, in step S818, the variation display of the pattern is started in the result display unit corresponding to the current game round among the first result display unit AS and the second result display unit BS. In this case, when the second result display unit flag is not stored in the RAM 204, the result display unit corresponding to the current game time is specified as the first result display unit AS, and the second result display unit flag is set. If stored, the result display unit corresponding to the current game time is specified as the second result display unit BS. Then, this variation start process is terminated.

  Returning to the description of the game times control process (FIG. 27), when the main display unit 43 is in a variable display, the game times progress process of steps S606 to S609 is executed. In the process for advancing game times, first, in step S606, it is determined whether or not the current game time fluctuation display time has elapsed. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the value of the variable display time information stored in the variable display time counter area of the RAM 204 is “0”. As described above, the value of the variable display time information is set in the variable display time setting process (FIG. 31). The set value of the variable display time information is decremented by 1 every time the timer interrupt process (FIG. 22) is started.

  If the variable display time has not elapsed, the variable display process is executed in step S607. In the process for variable display, the display mode in the result display section related to the current game time is changed. Thereafter, the game times control process is terminated.

  If the fluctuation display time has elapsed, a fluctuation end process is executed in step S608. In the variation end process, the address information stored in the RAM 204 in any of the processes in step S809, step S810, or step S812 of FIG. 29 is specified, and the picture mode corresponding to the address information is the result of this game round. The result display unit is controlled to be displayed on the display unit.

  In the subsequent step S609, a change end command is set. Thereafter, the game times control process is terminated. The change end command set in step S609 is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 82 in step S501 in the normal process (FIG. 26). The sound lamp control device 82 ends the effect in the game round based on the received variation end command. Further, the change end command is transmitted from the sound lamp control device 82 to the display control device 212, and the display control device 212 receives the change end command, thereby confirming and displaying the combination of the final stop symbols in the game round ( Final stop display).

<Game state transition processing>
Next, the gaming state transition processing in step S505 will be described with reference to the flowcharts in FIGS.

  In the gaming state transition process shown in FIG. 32, first, in step S1101, it is determined whether or not the opening / closing execution mode is in effect. If it is not in the opening / closing execution mode, the process proceeds to step S1102, and it is determined whether or not it is the timing when the variation display of the pattern in the first result display section AS or the second result display section BS of one game time is finished. If it is not the timing when the variable display is finished, the gaming state transition process is finished as it is.

  If it is the timing when the variable display is finished, it is determined in step S1103 whether or not the game result of the current game time corresponds to the transition to the opening / closing execution mode. Specifically, it is determined whether any of the 2R probability variation flag, the 15R probability variation flag, or the normal jackpot flag is stored in the RAM 204. If none of the above flags is stored, the gaming state transition process is terminated as it is.

  If any of the above flags is stored, in step S1104, a round display start process for informing the type of the current opening / closing execution mode is executed. In the round display start process, first, address information stored in the stop result address storage area of the RAM 204 is confirmed. Then, stop result data corresponding to the address information is specified from the stop result data group stored in the ROM 203, and the content of the number of rounds is confirmed from the specified stop result data. Thereafter, the content of the confirmed number of rounds is output to the round display unit RS in the main display unit 43. As a result, the round display section RS displays information about the round related to the output.

  In a succeeding step S1105, it is determined whether or not the current opening / closing execution mode is the high-frequency winning mode. Specifically, it is determined whether or not either the 15R probability variation flag or the normal jackpot flag is stored in the RAM 204. If it is not the high-frequency winning mode, that is, if it is the low-frequency winning mode, “2” is set in the first round counter area RC1 provided in the various counter areas 234 of the RAM 204 in step S1106. The first round counter area RC1 is a counter area for counting the number of times the special winning opening 32a is opened. On the other hand, if it is the high-frequency winning mode, “15” is set in the first round counter area RC1 in step S1107.

  After executing the process of step S1106 or step S1107, an opening command is set in step S1108. The set opening command is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 82 in step S501 in the normal process (FIG. 26). This opening command includes information indicating whether the high-frequency winning mode or the low-frequency winning mode is set. Based on the received opening command, the sound lamp control device 82 determines the contents of the effect corresponding to the opening / closing execution mode, and controls various devices so that the determined contents of the effect are executed. In addition, the opening command is transmitted from the sound lamp control device 82 to the display control device 212, and the display control device 212 receives the opening command, thereby displaying corresponding to the current opening / closing execution mode (for example, moving image display). Display control of the symbol display device 41 is performed. After executing the process of step S1109, the gaming state transition process is terminated.

  On the other hand, if it is in the opening / closing execution mode, an affirmative determination is made in step S1101, and a prize winning opening / closing process is executed in step S1109. In the big prize opening / closing process, when the big prize opening 32a is closed, the variable prize driving unit 32c is set in the driving state on condition that the first round counter area RC1 is “1” or more. The big prize opening 32a is opened. Further, when the big prize opening 32a is being opened, the variable prize driving unit is provided on the condition that the opening limit time has passed since the opening of the big prize opening 32a or the opening limit number has been won. The driving state of 32c is stopped and the special winning opening 32a is closed. Note that the opening limit time and the opening limit number are different between the high-frequency winning mode and the low-frequency winning mode as described above.

  In a succeeding step S1110, it is determined whether or not the value of the first round counter area RC1 is “0”. If the value of the first round counter area RC1 is not “0”, the gaming state transition process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if the value of the first round counter area RC1 is “0”, an ending command is set in step S1111. The set ending command is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 82 in step S501 in the normal process (FIG. 26). The sound lamp control device 82 ends the effect corresponding to the opening / closing execution mode based on receiving the ending command. In addition, the ending command is transmitted from the sound lamp control device 82 to the display control device 212, and the display control device 212 receives the ending command, thereby terminating the display corresponding to the current opening / closing execution mode.

  Thereafter, in step S1112, a transition process at the end of the opening / closing execution mode is executed. Here, the transition process at the end of the opening / closing execution mode will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  First, in step S1201, it is determined whether or not the 15R probability variation flag or the 2R probability variation flag is stored in the RAM 204. If any flag is stored, in step S1202, a flag erasure process for erasing information for specifying the gaming state is executed. Specifically, when the opening / closing execution mode flag, the high probability mode flag, and the high frequency support flag are stored, they are deleted, and when they are not already stored, the states are maintained. In the subsequent step S1203, the high probability mode flag is stored, and in step S1204, the high frequency support flag is stored. As a result, the gaming state shifts to a gaming state in which the success / failure lottery mode is the high probability mode and the support mode is the high frequency support mode. Note that these high probability mode and high frequency support mode are maintained at least until the next big win is won.

  In subsequent step S1205, a high-frequency support command (high-frequency support setting information) that is information for causing the sub-side control device to recognize that the support mode is the high-frequency support mode is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 82. Set as the target command. Thereafter, the migration process ends.

  If it is determined in step S1201 that both the 15R probability variation flag and the 2R probability variation flag are not stored, this means that the current opening / closing execution mode is performed based on the fact that the normal jackpot flag is stored. To do. In this case, the processing from step S1206 to step S1209 is executed. That is, in step S1206, the flag erasing process is executed. Thereafter, in step S1207, the high frequency support flag is stored, and in step S1208, “100” is set in the game number counter area provided in the various counter areas 234 of the RAM 204. As a result, the gaming state shifts to a gaming state in which the success / failure lottery mode is the low probability mode and the support mode is the high frequency support mode. However, the high-frequency support mode is ended when the number of game times continues 100 times, and thereafter, a transition is made to a normal game state in which the success / failure lottery mode is the low probability mode and the support mode is the low-frequency support mode.

  In the subsequent step S1209, a high frequency support command (high frequency support setting information), which is information for allowing the sub-side control device to recognize that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 82. Set as the target command. Thereafter, the migration process ends.

  Incidentally, the high frequency support command set in step S1205 or step S1209 is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 82 in step S501 in the normal process (FIG. 26). The voice lamp control device 82 transmits the high frequency support command and the low frequency support command to the display control device 212 as they are. Based on the reception of the high frequency support command, the display control device 212 specifies that the support mode is the high frequency support mode, and executes processing corresponding to the support mode.

  Returning to the description of the game state transition process (FIG. 32), after the transition process at the end of the opening / closing execution mode in step S1112 is terminated, a round display termination process is performed in step S1113. In this process, the display control of the round display unit RS is terminated so that the round display unit RS in the main display unit 43 is turned off.

  Then, in step S1114, after executing the opening / closing execution mode end processing, the gaming state transition processing ends. In the end processing of the opening / closing execution mode, if the 2R probability variation flag, the 15R probability variation flag, and the normal jackpot flag are stored, they are deleted, and if not already stored, the state is maintained.

<Telephone support processing>
Next, the electric role support process in step S506 will be described with reference to the flowcharts in FIGS.

  As shown in FIG. 34 and FIG. 35, in the electric power support process, first, in step S1301, it is determined whether or not it is being supported. Specifically, it is determined whether or not a supporting flag is stored in a supporting flag storage area provided in various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204. The in-support flag is a flag that is stored when the electric accessory 34a of the lower working port 34B is opened, and is erased when returning to the closed state.

  If no supporting flag is stored, the process advances to step S1302 to determine whether or not a support winning flag is stored in a support winning flag storage area provided in various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204. The support winning flag is a flag that is stored when the open state is won in the lottery for determining whether or not the electric accessory 34a is in the open state, and is deleted when the supporting flag is stored.

  If the support winning flag is not stored, the process advances to step S1303 to determine whether the value of the second timer area T2 provided in the various counter areas 234 of the RAM 204 is “0”. If the value of the second timer area T2 is not “0”, the main role support process is terminated.

  If the value of the second timer area T2 is “0”, it is determined in step S1304 whether or not it is the end timing of the variable display of the pattern on the accessory display unit 44. If it is the end timing of the variable display, in step S1305, after setting the out-of-line display, the main role support process is ended. By setting the out-of-display, the variable display of the pattern on the accessory display unit 44 is terminated in a state where the out-of-display is stopped.

  If the value of the second timer area T2 is “0” and it is not the end timing of the variable display, it is determined in step S1306 whether the value of the accessory reservation storage number SN is greater than “0”. When the value of the stored item reservation memory number SN is “0”, the main character support process is terminated as it is. If the value of the reserved item storage number SN is larger than “0”, it is determined in step S1307 whether or not the opening / closing execution mode is in progress, and in step S1308 whether or not the high frequency support mode is determined. .

  If it is not the opening / closing execution mode and the high-frequency support mode, the open lottery is performed in step S1309. Specifically, when the value stored in the accessory holding ball storage area is shifted and the value of the electric accessory release counter C4 shifted to the execution area is 0 to 190, the winning lottery is selected. Become. At the same time as the open lottery, “750” (that is, 1.5 sec) is set in the second timer area T2. The second accessory timer area T2 is decremented by 1 every time the timer interrupt process is activated.

  In the following step S1310, it is determined whether or not the result of the open lottery in step S1309 is a support winning. If it is not a support win, the process proceeds to step S1312, without executing the processing of step S1311, and if it is a support win, a support win flag is stored in step S1311 and provided in various counter areas 234 of the RAM 204. After setting “3” in the second round counter area RC2, the process proceeds to step S1312.

  In step S1312, it is determined whether or not the lottery mode is the low probability mode and the support mode is the high frequency support mode. If a negative determination is made in step S1312, the main role support process is terminated as it is. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1312, it is determined in step S1313 whether or not the game number counter area is “0”. The game number counter is decremented by 1 every time one game time is completed in the low probability mode and the high frequency support mode. If the game number counter area is not “0”, the main role support process is terminated. If the game number counter area is “0”, the high frequency support flag is erased in step S1314. In the subsequent step S1315, a low frequency support command (low frequency support setting information), which is information for allowing the sub-side control device to recognize that the support mode is the low frequency support mode, is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 82. Set as the target command. Thereafter, the main role support processing is terminated.

  The low frequency support command set in step S1315 is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 82 in step S501 in the normal process (FIG. 26). The sound lamp control device 82 transmits the low frequency support command to the display control device 212 as it is. Based on the reception of the low frequency support command, the display control device 212 specifies that the support mode is the low frequency support mode, and executes processing corresponding thereto.

  If it is in the opening / closing execution mode or not in the high frequency support mode, an open lottery is performed in step S1316. Specifically, when the value stored in the accessory holding ball storage area is shifted and the value of the electric accessory release counter C4 shifted to the execution area is 0 to 190, the winning lottery is selected. Become. Simultaneously with the open lottery, “14750” (that is, 29.5 sec) is set in the second timer area T2.

  In a succeeding step S1317, it is determined whether or not the result of the open lottery in the step S1316 is a support winning. If the support is not won, the main role support process is terminated. In the case of support winning, the support winning flag is stored in step S1318, and “1” is set in the second round counter area RC2, and then the main role supporting process is terminated.

  If the support winning flag is stored, an affirmative determination is made in step S1302, and the flow advances to step S1319 to determine whether or not the value of the second timer area T2 is “0”. When the value of the second timer area T2 is not “0”, since the variation display of the picture on the accessory display unit 44 is being performed, the main character support process is terminated as it is. If the value of the second timer area T2 is “0”, a win display is set in step S1320. As a result, the display of the variation of the pattern in the accessory display unit 44 is terminated in a state where the winning display is stopped. In the following step S1321, the supporting flag is stored, and after the support winning flag is erased, the main role support processing is terminated.

  If the in-supporting flag is stored, the process proceeds to step S1322, and after executing the electric combination opening / closing process for controlling the opening / closing of the electric combination 34a, the electric combination support process is terminated. The electric role opening / closing control process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  First, in step S1401, it is determined whether or not the electric accessory 34a is being opened. Whether or not the electric accessory 34a is being opened is determined by whether or not the electric accessory driving unit 34b is in a driving state. When the electric accessory 34a is opened, the process proceeds to step S1402, and it is determined whether or not the value of the second timer area T2 is “0”.

  When the value of the second timer area T2 is not “0”, the main utility opening / closing process is terminated as it is. If the value of the second timer area T2 is “0”, the process proceeds to step S1403 to perform a closing process for controlling the electric accessory 34a to the closed state, and the second timer area T2 is set to “250” (that is, 0.5 sec). ) Is set.

  Thereafter, in step S1404, after the value of the second round counter area RC2 is decremented by 1, it is determined whether or not the value of the second round counter area RC2 is “0” in step S1405. When the value of the second round counter area RC2 is not “0”, the main utility opening / closing process is terminated, and when the value of the second round counter area RC2 is “0”, the supporting flag is deleted. After that, the main role opening / closing process is terminated.

  On the other hand, when the electric accessory 34a is not open, a negative determination is made in step S1401, and the process proceeds to step S1407. In step S1407, it is determined whether or not the second timer area T2 is “0”. When the second timer area T2 is not “0”, the main utility opening / closing process is terminated as it is. If the second timer area T2 is “0”, an opening process for controlling the electric accessory 34a to the opened state is executed in step S1408.

  Thereafter, it is determined whether or not the opening / closing execution mode is in step S1409, and whether or not the high-frequency support mode is determined in step S1410. If it is not the opening / closing execution mode and the high-frequency support mode is set, “800” (that is, 1.6 sec) is set in the second timer area T2 in step S1411, and then the main utility opening / closing process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is in the opening / closing execution mode or not in the high frequency support mode, “100” (that is, 0.2 sec) is set in the second timer area T2 in step S1412, and then the main utility opening / closing process is terminated. .

<Return ball detection processing>
Next, the return ball detection process in step S507 of the normal process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  Here, the return ball detection process is based on the length of the cycle in which the passage detection sensor 74b of the launch rail 74 detects the passage of the game ball (the length of the cycle in which the game ball passes the detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b). The presence or absence of the return ball is detected. That is, as shown in Example 1 in FIG. 38A, in a normal state (a state in which no return ball exists on the launch rail 74), the game balls G1 that are successively launched from the launch position 74W by the launch device 75 are , Fired at a firing cycle (0.6 second cycle). For this reason, when the game ball G1 is continuously fired, the cycle in which the passage detection sensor 74b detects the game ball G1 is the predetermined cycle (0.6 second cycle). On the other hand, as shown in Example 2 in FIG. 38B, the game ball G1 that is launched from the launch position 74W and passes through the detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b cannot pass through the launch rail 74 completely. Suppose that the shooting ball 74 runs backward to become a return ball (game ball G1). At this time, the distance between the return ball (game ball G1) that started reverse running and the passage detection sensor 74b is shorter than the distance between the launch position 74W and the passage detection sensor 74b.

  For this reason, the time for the return ball (game ball G1) to pass through the passage detection sensor 74b arrives earlier than the scheduled time for the subsequent game ball G2 to pass through the detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b. The scheduled time for the subsequent game ball G2 to pass through the detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b is the time that the game ball G1 launched from the launch position 74w has passed through the detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b (return ball) This is the time that has passed by one firing cycle (0.6 second cycle) from the time when it has passed through the detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b. For this reason, in the case of Example 2, the return ball (game ball G1) is released before one firing cycle elapses from the time when the game ball G1 launched from the launch position 74w has passed the detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b. It will pass through the detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b.

  Further, as shown in Example 3 in FIG. 39A, in the state where the return ball (game ball G1) exists on the launch rail 74, the game ball G2 that follows with the return ball (game ball G1) is launched by the launching device 75. , The distance from the return ball (game ball G1) to the passage detection sensor 74b is shorter than the distance from the game ball G2 at the launch position 74W to the passage detection sensor 74b (one game ball). short). For this reason, the time during which the return ball (game ball G1) launched together with the subsequent game ball G2 passes through the detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b is the passage detection sensor 74b when the subsequent game ball G2 is launched alone. Arrives earlier than the scheduled time of passing through the detection range.

  Further, as in Example 4 of FIG. 39B, when the return ball (game ball G1) is running backward on the launch rail 74 and the subsequent game ball G2 is launched by the launch device 75, The return ball (game ball G1) is bounced by the game ball G2 (bounced in the firing direction). For this reason, the time for the bounced return ball (game ball G1) to pass through the detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b passes through the detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b when the subsequent game ball G2 is fired alone. Coming sooner than scheduled. In addition, while the game ball moves to a predetermined position on the launch rail 74 and runs backward in the direction of the launch position 74W, the game ball that follows from the ball feeder 76 is also shown in Example 5 in FIG. Since the launch position 74W is sequentially replenished, there is a possibility that the number of game balls on the launch rail 74 will increase to 2, 3,. In this case, since the distance between the return ball located at the head and the passage detection sensor 74b is further shortened, if the hitting force of the launcher 75 is applied to a plurality of game balls on the launch rail 74, the return ball located at the head However, the time for passing through the detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b arrives earlier than the scheduled time for passing through the detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b when the game ball at the launch position is fired alone.

  As described above, when a return ball is generated, the interval at which the passage detection sensor 74b (detection means) detects the game ball is the game ball firing cycle (the cycle at which the launching device 75 launches the game ball, 0.6 Generally, it is shorter than the second period. However, even if a return ball is generated, the interval at which the passage detection sensor 74b (detection means) detects the game ball depends on the condition of the launch rail (the presence of another return ball on the launch rail, etc.). The possibility of becoming longer or the same cannot be excluded. However, if even one game occurs in which the interval detected by the passage detection sensor 74b (detection means) is shorter than the firing cycle, it can be determined that at least one return ball is present on the firing rail 74.

  In the return ball detection process shown in FIG. 37, it is determined in step S1501 whether or not the “output state of the firing permission signal” is set to the HI level. That is, when the condition satisfaction signal input from the power supply / launch control device 98 described later is at the HI level and the cancel operation execution flag described later is released, the main control device 81 displays the “launch permission signal”. Is set to the HI level. Here, the case where the condition establishment signal is at the HI level is “when the player is touching the firing handle 8A and the firing stop operation is not performed”. The “output state of the firing permission signal” and the “condition establishment signal” will be described later.

  If it is determined in step S1501 that the “output state of the firing permission signal” is set to the HI level, it is determined in step S1504 whether or not the passage detection sensor 74b detects a game ball. If a negative determination is made in step S1504, the process proceeds to step S1505, where “1” is added to the detection interval counter TC2 provided in the various counter areas 234 of the RAM 204, and the return ball detection process is once ended. Here, the return ball detection process is a part of the normal process (FIG. 26), and is executed at a cycle of 4 msec. For this reason, when the passage detection sensor 74b does not detect a game ball, the count value set in the detection interval counter TC2 is incremented by 1 at a predetermined cycle (4 msec cycle). That is, the detection interval counter TC2 is a counter that determines a time during which the passage detection sensor 74b does not detect a game ball (a period during which non-detection is continued).

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S1504, the process advances to step S1506 to determine whether the value of the detection interval counter TC2 is less than “150”. Here, the case where the value of the detection interval counter TC2 is “150” indicates that the period during which the passage detection sensor 74b does not detect the game ball is “0.6 seconds”, which is less than “150”. The case where the passage detection sensor 74b does not detect a game ball is less than “0.6 seconds”. Here, as described above, “0.6 seconds” is a period corresponding to the game ball firing cycle. When the period during which the passage detection sensor 74b does not detect the game ball is less than “0.6 seconds” (when the detection interval is less than “0.6 seconds”), it is determined that a return ball has occurred. When the period during which the passage detection sensor 74b does not detect the game ball is “0.6 seconds” (when the detection interval is “0.6 seconds”), it is determined that no return ball is generated. .

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S1506, a return ball has been generated. Therefore, when the return ball flag is set, the process of step S1508 is executed, and the return ball detection process is terminated. If a negative determination is made in step S1506, no return ball has been generated, and thus the process of step S1508 is executed, and then the return ball detection process is terminated. Here, in the process of step S1508, a process of setting the value of the detection interval counter TC2 to “0” is performed.

  If it is determined in step S1501 that the “output state of the firing permission signal” is set to the LOW level, it is determined in step S1502 whether or not the detection interval counter TC2 is “0”. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1502, the return ball detection process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S1502, the process proceeds to step S1503, the process of setting the value of the detection interval counter TC2 to “0” is performed, and then the return ball detection process is terminated.

  Note that Modification 1 that determines whether or not “TC2 = 150” in Step 1506 of FIG. 37 can also be exemplified. In this modified example 1, if “TC2 = 150”, the process proceeds to step S1508 as it is. If not “TC2 = 150”, the process proceeds to step S1507, the return ball flag is set, and then the process proceeds to step S1508. That is, in the first modification, in Step 1506, it is determined whether or not the period during which the passage detection sensor 74b does not detect the game ball (hereinafter referred to as the non-detection period) matches the firing cycle. The return ball flag is set to.

  Furthermore, it is also possible to exemplify Modification 2 in which it is determined whether or not “TC2 = 125 to 175” in Step 1506 of FIG. In Modification 2, if “TC2 = 125 to 175”, the process directly proceeds to step S1508. That is, if the non-detection period is “0.5 seconds to 0.7 seconds”, the process directly proceeds to step S1508. On the other hand, if it is not “TC2 = 125 to 175”, the process proceeds to step S1507, and after setting the return ball flag, the process proceeds to step S1508. That is, when the non-detection period is “less than 0.5 seconds” or “exceeds 0.7 seconds”, the return ball flag is set, and then the process proceeds to step S1508.

  In this modified example 2, even if an error occurs between the non-detection period and the firing cycle, if the error is within the allowable range, it is determined that a return ball has not occurred. It is determined that a sphere has occurred. For example, even if the game is continued in a state where no return ball is generated, an inevitable variation in the firing cycle occurs in each pachinko machine 10 or the period of use of the target pachinko machine 10 becomes longer, resulting in launching. The device 75 may rattle or the like. For this reason, an error may occur between the non-detection period and the launch cycle, but if the error is within an allowable range (within a range that can be absorbed, that is, within a range that does not interfere with a smooth game) It is decided that it has not occurred. In the second modification, the “range in which it is determined that no return sphere has occurred” is “a range of plus or minus 0.1 seconds of the firing period (0.6 seconds)”. It may be different from 2. For example, if the lower limit of the range is “minus 1.5 seconds of the firing period (0.6 seconds)” and the upper limit of the range is “plus 1.0 seconds of the firing period (0.6 seconds)” The lower limit of the range is “minus 1.0 second of the firing period (0.6 seconds)”, and the upper limit of the range is “plus 1.5 seconds of the firing period (0.6 seconds)”. Also good.

<Return ball cancellation processing>
Next, the return ball elimination process in step S508 of the normal process will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.

  In the return ball cancellation process, it is determined in step S1601 whether or not a cancellation operation execution flag is set. Specifically, the process of step S1601 can be performed by determining whether or not the cancellation operation execution flag is stored in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204. Here, the cancellation operation execution flag is a flag indicating that an operation for canceling the return sphere (hereinafter referred to as cancellation operation) is being executed, and the return sphere cancellation is performed with the return sphere flag set. Set when the process is started.

  The canceling operation is an operation for canceling the return ball, and is an operation for moving the support member 77 obliquely upward as compared with the normal time (when the game ball is supported at the firing position 74W). More specifically, the solenoid 77a is excited, and the amount of protrusion of the plunger 77b is reduced as compared with the normal state (see FIG. 11). Thereby, as shown in FIG. 40B, the support member 77 is raised, and the support member 77 is retracted from the rear of the game ball. Then, the return ball G1 on the launch rail 74 and the game ball G2 newly supplied from the ball feeder 76 onto the launch rail 74 are discharged from the lower end of the launch rail 74 and pass through a communication passage (not shown). It is guided to the lower plate 72.

  If it is determined in step S1601 in FIG. 40A that the cancel operation execution flag is not set, it is determined in step S1602 whether or not a return ball flag is set. If a negative determination is made in step S1602, the return ball elimination process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1602, in step S1603, a process of setting a cancellation operation execution flag, a process of starting the cancellation operation, a process of erasing the return ball flag, and a cancellation operation end timer A process of setting “450 (1.8 seconds)” to te is executed, and the return ball elimination process is terminated. Here, the elimination operation end timer te is a timer that determines when the elimination operation is terminated when the elimination operation is started (when the elimination operation execution flag is set).

  If it is determined in step S1601 that the cancellation execution flag has been set, the value of the cancellation operation end timer te is decremented by 1 in step S1604. That is, the return ball cancellation process is a part of the normal process, and is executed at a cycle of 4 msec. Therefore, the count value set in the cancellation operation end timer te is decremented by 1 at a predetermined cycle (4 msec cycle).

  If step S1604 is performed, the process proceeds to step S1605. In step S1605, it is determined whether or not the value of the elimination operation end timer te is “0”. If the value of the canceling operation end timer te is not “0”, the return ball canceling process is ended as it is. On the other hand, if the value of the elimination operation end timer te is “0”, the process of ending the elimination operation and the process of erasing the elimination operation execution flag are performed in step S1606, and then the return ball Terminate the resolution process.

  When the value of the elimination operation end timer te becomes “0”, a process for terminating the elimination operation (a process for stopping the excitation of the solenoid 77a, lowering the support member 77, and supporting the game ball at the launch position 74W). However, if a process for ending this canceling operation is not performed, a warning sound may be generated or a warning lamp may be displayed. For example, a sensor for determining whether or not the position of the support member 77 is in a position for supporting the game ball at the launch position 74W is provided. Even when the value of the elimination operation end timer te becomes “0”, the sensor does not detect “the support member 77 at the position for supporting the game ball at the launch position 74W” for a certain period of time (for example, 2 seconds). The warning may be performed by a predetermined warning means (a means for warning by sound, a means for warning by light, a means for warning by vibration, a means for displaying a warning image (such as the symbol display device 41)).

  Further, in the game ball launch control process of FIG. 41 described later, when the position of the support member 77 is not in a position to support the game ball at the launch position 74W, the main controller 81 sets the output state of the launch permission signal to the HI level. It is good also as not setting. This point will be described later.

<Game ball launch control processing>
Next, the game ball launch control process in step S509 of the normal process will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.

  In the game ball launch control process, it is determined in step S1701 whether the condition satisfaction signal is at the HI level. Specifically, the determination in step S1701 is performed based on the condition satisfaction signal input from the power supply / launch control device 98.

  When the player is touching the firing handle 8A, a HI level signal is input from the touch sensor 87 to the power / fire control device 98, and when the fire stop operation is not performed, the power / fire control is performed from the stop switch 89. The device 98 is configured to receive a LOW level signal. Then, in the power source / launch control device 98, on the condition that the HI level signal is input from the touch sensor 87 and the LOW level signal is input from the stop switch 89, the HI level signal is transmitted to the main control device 81 as a condition establishment signal. It is configured to output. That is, the condition-satisfying transmission circuit 98d (see FIG. 16) of the power supply / emission control device 98 outputs a HI level signal to the main control device 81 as a condition-satisfying signal.

  In addition, when the HI level signal is input from the touch sensor 87 and the LOW level signal is not input from the stop switch 89, the power source / launch control device 98 outputs a LOW level signal to the main control device 81 as a condition establishment signal. It becomes the composition which is done. That is, the condition-satisfying transmission circuit 98d (see FIG. 16) of the power supply / emission control device 98 outputs a LOW level signal to the main control device 81 as a condition-satisfying signal. Then, the MPU 202 of the main control device 81 makes a negative determination in step S1701 based on this condition satisfaction signal.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S1701, the process proceeds to step S1702, and it is determined whether or not a cancel operation execution flag is set. If a negative determination is made in step S1702, the process proceeds to step S1703, where it is determined whether or not the launch is already permitted. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1703, the game ball launch control process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S1703, the launch permission state is set in subsequent step S1704. Specifically, the launch permission flag is stored in various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204.

  Thereafter, based on the fact that the launch permission flag is stored in step S1705, the output state of the launch permission signal is set to the HI level, and this game ball launch control process is terminated. The main control device 81 shown in the first embodiment is connected to a power / fire control device 98, and a fire permission signal is input to the power / fire control device 98 (a fire permission receiving circuit 98e shown in FIG. 16). It has become. In the power source / launch control device 98, the game ball is launched based on the fact that the launch permission signal is at the HI level.

  Returning to the description of step S1701, if a negative determination is made in step S1701, that is, if the condition satisfaction signal is at the LOW level, the process proceeds to step S1706. In step S1706, the firing permission state is canceled. Specifically, when the launch permission flag is stored in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204, it is deleted, and when the launch permission flag is not stored, it is maintained as it is. After executing the process of step S1706, the process proceeds to step S1707.

  In step S1707, based on the fact that the launch permission flag is not stored, the output state of the launch permission signal is set to the LOW level, and the game ball launch control process is terminated. In the power source / launch control device 98, the launch of the game ball is avoided based on the fact that the launch permission signal is at the LOW level.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S1702, that is, the condition satisfaction signal is at the HI level, but the cancellation processing execution flag is stored in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204, the processing in step S1706, the processing in step S1707 The process is executed in the order of processing, and the game ball launch control process is terminated. That is, even if the main controller 81 receives the HI level signal as the condition establishment signal, the output state of the firing permission signal is set to the LOW level. For this reason, in the power supply / launch control device 98, the launch of the game ball is avoided based on the launch permission signal being at the LOW level.

  It can be determined whether or not the position of the support member 77 is at a position (hereinafter referred to as a basic position) that supports the game ball at the launch position 74W by a driving state of the solenoid 77a (a state where excitation is stopped) or a sensor. In this case, as shown in FIG. 41B, a process in step S1702A may be provided between the process in step S1702 and the process in step S1703. That is, if a negative determination is made in step S1702, the process proceeds to step S1702A to determine whether or not the support member 77 is in the “basic position” (whether or not the support member 77 has returned to the basic position). . If the determination in step S1702A is affirmative, the process proceeds to step S1703. On the other hand, when a negative determination is made in step S1702A, the process proceeds to step S1706 and step S1707, and the output state of the firing permission signal may be set to the LOW level. In this case, it is desirable to perform a “predetermined warning” as described above.

  Next, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 42, a description will be given of the launch control process that is periodically executed by the power source / fire control apparatus 98 (specifically, the same period as the normal process in the MPU 202 of the main control apparatus 81: 4 msec period). To do.

  First, in step S5001, the main control device 81 determines whether or not the firing permission signal output to the power source / launch control device 98 (the firing permission receiving circuit 98e) is at the HI level. If the firing permission signal is at the HI level, 1 is added to the value of the firing cycle counter (not shown) provided in the power source / launch control device 98 in step S5002, and the firing permission signal is at the LOW level. In this case, the value of the firing period counter is cleared to “0” in step S5003. Here, the launch cycle counter sets the launch cycle of the game ball to a predetermined one in a situation where the game ball should be launched using the ball feeder 76 and the launch device 75 based on the operation of the launch handle 8A. It is a counter used for this purpose.

  When the process of step S5002 or the process of step S5003 is executed, it is determined in step S5004 whether or not the ball has been fed. The ball fed state is a state where supply of one game ball onto the firing rail 74 by the ball feeder 76 has already been completed in a situation where a game ball is to be launched based on the operation of the launch handle 8A. It is. The power supply / launch control device 98 (launch permission receiving circuit 98e) outputs a ball feeding drive signal in S5007 (the ball feeding solenoid 76b performs an on / off operation), and the ball has been fed. It can be recognized that the ball has been fed. In addition, when providing the detection sensor which detects presence of the game ball of the launch position 74W, when this detection sensor detects a game ball, you may recognize it as a ball-fed state.

  If the ball is not already fed, it is determined in step S5005 whether the value of the firing period counter is “150”. The firing cycle counter is incremented by 1 at a cycle of 4 msec (the same cycle as the normal processing) when the firing permission signal is at the HI level. Therefore, when the value of the firing cycle counter is “150”, when the firing permission signal becomes HI level and the output state of the HI level continues, or when one game ball is It means that 0.6 sec has passed in the state where the output state of the HI level launch permission signal has continued since the launch.

  If the value of the firing cycle counter is not “150”, the firing control process is once terminated. On the other hand, when the value of the firing period counter is “150”, the process proceeds to step S5006 to step S5008. In step S5006, the value of the firing period counter is cleared to “0”. In step S5007, a driving signal for ball feeding is output to the ball feeding device 76. In step S5008, the ball feeding state is set. That is, the ball feeding device 76 shifts one game ball to the firing position of the firing rail 74 by outputting a driving signal for ball feeding. Then, the firing control process is once ended.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S5004, 1 is added to the value of the counter after ball feeding provided in the power supply / launch control device 98 in step S5009. Based on the operation of the launch handle 8A, the post-ball feed counter drives and controls the launch device 75 after one game ball is supplied to the launch position of the launch rail 74 by the ball feed device 76, and the game ball It is a counter for specifying the timing which fires.

  In a succeeding step S5010, it is determined whether or not the value of the counter after ball feeding is “50”. The counter after the ball feeding is incremented by 1 at a cycle of 4 msec (the same cycle as the normal processing) in the ball feeding completed state. For this reason, the case where the value of the counter after ball feeding is “50” means that 0.2 sec has elapsed after the game ball is supplied to the launch position of the launch rail 74.

  When the value of the counter after the ball feeding is not “50”, the firing control process is once ended. On the other hand, when the value of the counter after ball feeding is “50”, the process proceeds to step S5011 to step S5013. In step S5011, the power supply / firing control device 98 grasps the firing intensity corresponding to the amount of rotation of the firing handle 8A based on the signal received from the variable resistor 88 of the firing handle 8A. In step S 5012, a driving signal for launching according to the launching intensity grasped in step S 5011 is output to the launching device 75. Thereby, the game ball supplied to the launch position of the launch rail 74 is launched at a launch intensity corresponding to the amount of turning operation of the launch handle 8A. Thereafter, in step S5013, the ball feeding completed state is canceled, and the firing control process is terminated. That is, the power source / launch control device 98 can recognize that the ball-feeded state has been canceled by outputting a launch drive signal to the launch device 75. As described above, when a detection sensor for detecting the presence of the game ball at the launch position 74W is provided, the detection sensor recognizes that the ball-sending state has been canceled because it no longer detects the game ball. it can.

  Next, using the timing charts of FIGS. 43 to 45, the relationship among the cancellation operation execution flag, the firing permission signal, the ball feeding operation performed by the ball feeding device 76, and the firing operation performed by the launching device 75 will be described.

  FIG. 43 shows a state in which the firing handle 8A is operated at the timing of t1 (the player's hand is touching the firing handle 8A) and a LOW level signal is output from the stop switch 89 (from the power supply / launch control device 98). The condition establishment signal input to the main controller 81 is in the HI level). At this time, if the cancellation operation execution flag is released, main controller 81 sets the output state of the firing permission signal to the HI level. In this case, the ball feeding device 76 performs a ball feeding operation at the timing t2 when 0.6 sec has elapsed from the timing t1, and supplies one game ball on the firing rail 74. Then, at the timing of t3 when 0.2 seconds have elapsed from t2, the launching operation of launching the game ball at the launch position 75W by the launching device 75 is executed. Thereafter, the ball feeding operation is performed at the timing t4 when 0.6 sec has elapsed from the timing t2, and the firing operation is performed at the timing t5 when 0.6 sec has elapsed from the timing t3. After that, when the condition establishment signal is at the HI level and the canceling operation execution flag is canceled, “ball feeding operation and the launch operation after 0.2” are repeated at a cycle of 0.6 sec. Can do.

  In addition, after one game ball is supplied onto the launch rail 74 by the ball feeder 76 at the timing of tx1, the output state of the launch permission signal is switched from the HI level to the LOW level at the timing of tx2. And In this case, the game ball on the launch rail 74 is launched by the launch device 75 at the timing of tx3. Thereafter, since the output state of the launch permission signal is at the LOW level at timing tx2, the game ball is not newly supplied on the launch rail 75, and the launch of the game ball is stopped.

  In FIG. 44, the firing handle 8A is operated (the player's hand is touching the firing handle 8A), and the LOW level signal is output from the stop switch 89 (input from the power / fire control device 98 to the main control device 81). In a state where the condition establishment signal is at the HI level), and when the cancellation operation execution flag is released (when the main control device 81 sets the output state of the firing permission signal to the HI level), The case where the cancellation operation execution flag is set at the timing is shown. However, at the timing of ty1, it is assumed that the ball has already been released.

  In this case, at the timing of ty1, since the firing permission signal is changed from the HI level to the LOW level, and since the ball feeding has been released, the ball feeding operation and the firing operation are performed while the cancellation operation execution flag is set. Never done. Then, the firing handle 8A is operated (the player's hand is touching the firing handle 8A) and the LOW level signal is output from the stop switch 89 (from the power supply / fire control device 98 to the main control device 81). It is assumed that the canceling operation execution flag is canceled at the timing of tz1 while the input condition satisfaction signal remains at the HI level. In this case, since the firing permission signal is changed from the LOW level to the HI level, the ball feeding device 76 performs the ball feeding operation at the timing of tz2 when 0.6 sec has elapsed from the timing of tz1, and one on the firing rail 74. Supply game balls. And the launch operation | movement which the game ball of the launch position 75W launches with the launch device 75 is performed at the timing of tz3 which passed 0.2 second from tz2.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 45A, after one game ball is supplied onto the firing rail 74 by the ball feeding device 76 at the timing tv1 before ty3, the cancellation operation execution flag is set. Suppose. In this case, the output state of the emission permission signal is switched from the HI level to the LOW level at the timing of ty3, but the timing of tv2 after 0.2 seconds from tv1 (regardless of the timing of tv2 and the timing of ty3) ), The launching operation is performed by the launching device 75. At this time, if the game ball on the launch rail 74 has already been discharged from the lower end of the launch rail 74, the launch operation by the launch device 75 is “empty shot (launch in a state where no game ball exists at the launch position 74W). Do the action). On the other hand, if the discharge is not completed, the launching operation of the launching device 75 may be performed on the game ball remaining on the launch rail 74 (the game ball remaining on the launch rail 74 is hit. There is a possibility of hitting at the part 75b). In addition, in order to prevent the latter situation (a situation where the remaining game ball is hit with the hitting portion 75b), the execution time of the canceling operation is increased (for example, 3.6 seconds, that is, six times the firing cycle). It is also possible to prohibit the launching device 75 from being performed at the timing of tv2, as shown in Modification 9 described later. Alternatively, when a sensor for detecting the presence of a game ball on the launch rail 74 (for example, a sensor for detecting the presence of a game ball at the launch position 74W) is provided, this sensor detects the game ball. Then, after a predetermined time (for example, 2 seconds) has elapsed, the canceling operation may be terminated (described later).

  According to the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment described in detail above, even if the game ball launched from the launch position 74W of the launch rail 74 generates a return ball that runs backward on the launch rail 74, the lower end of the launch rail 74 is The return ball can be discharged from the section. That is, the support member 77 can be retracted from behind the game ball on the launch rail 74 by exciting the solenoid 77a (built-in coil) based on the detection of the return ball by the passage detection sensor 74b. . Thereby, game balls existing on the launch rail 74 (all game balls including the return ball on the launch rail 74) can be discharged out of the launch rail 74 from the lower end portion of the launch rail 74.

  Here, in a conventional gaming machine that does not include a discharge means for discharging the return ball from the launch rail 74, if a return ball is generated or a large number of return balls are generated, the progress of the game may be hindered. Alternatively, a pachinko hall clerk or the like must once unlock the cylinder lock 17 (see FIG. 1), open the front door frame 14 to the inner frame 13, and remove the return ball from the firing rail 74. It is. In this case, the player needs to stop the game for a while.

  On the other hand, in the first embodiment, the discharge means (the process of step S1702 performed by the main control device 81 based on the detection result of the passage detection sensor 74b, the solenoid 77a that moves up the support member 77, etc.) Since the operation of automatically eliminating the return ball is performed, the smooth progress of the game is not hindered. In other words, the cylinder lock 17 (see FIG. 1) is locked, and the operation of eliminating the return ball is automatically executed while the front door frame 14 remains closed with respect to the inner frame 13. In addition, since the return ball is eliminated while the player is still turning the firing handle 8A, smooth progress of the game can be ensured. For example, even if the player performs a turning operation on the launch handle 8A and the stop switch 89 is not operated, the return ball is automatically discharged before the player notices, so the first implementation According to the form, the progress of the game is not impaired by the processing of the return ball.

<Other embodiments>
In addition, it is not limited to the description content of 1st Embodiment mentioned above, For example, you may implement as follows. Incidentally, each of the following configurations may be individually applied to each of the above embodiments, or a part or all of them may be combined and applied to each of the above embodiments. In addition, each of the following configurations may be applied to an embodiment other than the embodiment exemplified as an application target.

(1) In the first embodiment, the execution time of the canceling operation (the time during which the solenoid 77a is excited) is 1.8 seconds (three times the above-described firing cycle). Select from various times such as .6 seconds (previously firing cycle), 1.2 seconds (twice the aforementioned firing cycle), or 0.9 seconds (1.5 times the aforementioned firing cycle). Can do. If the execution time of the canceling operation is set to a sufficient time (for example, if it is set to be three times or more of the above-mentioned firing cycle), the canceling operation (the operation of discharging the return ball, etc.) can be performed reliably. If the execution time is excessively long (for example, if the execution period is set to be six times or more of the above-described launch cycle), the time during which the game does not proceed becomes long, which may give a redundant feeling to the player.

  Here, in an aspect in which the execution time of the canceling operation is selected from a plurality of times (for example, as described above, an aspect in which selection is made from 1, 1.5, 2 or 3 times the firing period), the selection is An execution time of the canceling operation may be set to one time when the pachinko machine 10 is designed or manufactured and the pachinko machine 10 is installed in the pachinko hall. Alternatively, at the stage where the pachinko machine 10 is shipped from the manufacturer, a plurality of candidates for execution time of the resolution operation are determined, and after the pachinko machine 10 is installed in the pachinko hall, by operating a predetermined selection means, One time may be selected from a plurality of “solving operation execution times”. This selection means may be one that can be operated by the player, or one that the player cannot operate (selection that can be operated by the manager of the pachinko machine 10 or a pachinko hall clerk and cannot be operated by the player) Means).

  Moreover, it is good also as changing the execution time of cancellation | release operation | movement based on the elapsed period (henceforth an installation period) after the said pachinko machine 10 was installed in the pachinko hall (it lengthens or shortens). . For example, the pachinko machine 10 may include an installation period measuring unit that measures the installation period, and an execution time setting unit that sets the execution time of the canceling operation based on the measurement result of the installation period measuring unit. For example, when the installation period of the pachinko machine 10 is determined to be less than “June” by the installation period measuring means, a time that is 1.5 times the firing cycle is set as the execution time of the canceling operation, and the installation period is “6”. If it is determined that the period is from “Month to December”, a time twice as long as the firing period is set as the execution time of the canceling operation. And when it determines with the said installation period exceeding "December," it is good also as setting the time of 3 times the discharge period as execution time of cancellation | release operation | movement. In this case, the longer the installation period (use period) of the pachinko machine 10, the longer the execution time of the canceling operation. That is, even when the pachinko machine 10 becomes old and is likely to generate a return ball, the canceling operation can be performed reliably.

  Furthermore, as shown in Modification 3 in FIGS. 46 and 47A, the execution time of the canceling operation may be changed according to the degree of achievement of the return ball canceling operation. That is, the predetermined cancellation operation is performed for a predetermined time, but when the return ball cancellation operation is insufficient, the execution time of the next cancellation operation may be longer than the predetermined time. Hereinafter, features of Modification 3 will be described.

  In this modified example 3, (a) the return ball cancellation process is performed based on FIG. 46, and (b) the return ball cancellation process (S508) and the game ball launch control process (S509) in the normal process (FIG. 26). 47 is different from the first embodiment in that a post-end time measurement process in FIG. 47 (a) is added, but the other points are the same as in the first embodiment. Further, in the return sphere elimination process of the modification 3, the point that the process of S1603A is performed instead of the process of S1603 and the point that the process of S1606A is performed instead of the process of S1606 are the same as the return sphere elimination process of the first embodiment. Although different, other points are the same as in the first embodiment.

  Here, also in the process of S1603A, the process of setting the cancellation operation execution flag, the process of starting the resolution operation, the process of erasing the return ball flag, and the process of setting the resolution operation end timer te are executed. However, in the third modification, the value set in the elimination operation end timer te differs depending on whether the achievement degree of the elimination operation is sufficient or insufficient.

  Specifically, when the value of the time measurement timer after the end is “0”, “450 (1.8 seconds)” is set in the cancellation operation end timer te, and the value of the time measurement timer after the end is “ In the case of “positive number”, “600 (2.4 seconds)” is set in the elimination operation end timer te. Here, the post-end time measurement timer ts is a timer for measuring an elapsed time since the previous return ball canceling operation, and an upper limit (initial) value is set in the processing of S1606A. That is, in the process of S1606A, in addition to the process of ending the cancellation operation and the process of erasing the cancellation operation execution flag, a process of setting “300 (1.2 seconds)” to the post-end time measurement timer ts is performed.

  As shown in FIG. 47A, when the time measurement process after the end of Modification 3 is started, it is determined in step S1650 whether or not the value of the time measurement timer ts after the end is “0”. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1650, the time measurement process after the end of Modification 3 ends. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S 1650, the process proceeds to step S 1651, the post-end time measurement timer ts is decremented by “1”, and the post-end time measurement process of modification 3 is once ended. Here, the post-end time measurement process is a part of the normal process (FIG. 26), and is executed at a cycle of 4 msec. For this reason, when a negative determination is made in step S1650, the value of the post-end time measurement timer ts is decremented by 1 at a predetermined cycle (4 msec cycle).

  In the third modification, after “1.2 seconds” have elapsed since the last canceling operation, the value of the time measurement timer ts after completion becomes “0”, and ends before “1.2 seconds” have elapsed. The value of the later time measurement timer ts becomes a “positive value”. Then, after “1.2 seconds” have elapsed since the previous return ball canceling operation, it is determined that the degree of achievement of the previous canceling operation is sufficient, so that the normal value ( “450 (1.8 seconds)”) is set.

  On the other hand, when the value of the time measurement timer ts after the end is “positive value”, that is, when a return ball is detected before “1.2 seconds” elapses, the degree of achievement of the previous canceling operation is It is determined that there may have been insufficient. For example, since it is determined that the game ball (return ball) remaining on the launch rail 74 has been detected (see FIG. 37) even after the previous cancellation operation has been performed, the normal value is set for the cancellation operation end timer te. A larger value (“600 (2.4 seconds)”) is set.

  According to this modified example 3, when a return ball is detected after a sufficient time has elapsed since the previous cancel operation, the degree of achievement of the previous cancel operation is sufficient (the return ball on the launch rail 74 is The execution time of the current resolution operation is set to the normal time. On the other hand, if a return ball is generated within a short period of time after the previous return ball canceling operation, the degree of achievement of the previous cancel operation may be insufficient (the return ball on the launch rail 74 is not canceled). The execution time of the current canceling operation is set to be long.

  In Modification 3, even if the execution time of the current canceling operation is set to be long, if a return ball is detected after a sufficient time has elapsed since the current canceling operation has been performed, The execution time is set to normal time. However, if the execution time of the current canceling operation is set longer and the return ball is detected after a sufficient time has elapsed since the current canceling operation is performed, the execution time of the next canceling operation is increased. It is good to do.

  In the third modification, if the achievement degree is insufficient even if the execution time of the elimination operation is set long as shown in FIG. 47B, the execution time of the elimination operation is further increased. It is good also as setting (henceforth the modification 4). That is, when a return ball is detected within a short period of time after the previous canceling operation is performed, the execution time of the current canceling operation is set long (set to 2.4 seconds). However, when a return ball is detected within a short period of time after performing the current canceling operation, the execution time of the next canceling operation is set longer (set to 3.0 seconds). Similarly, when a return ball is detected within a short period of time after the next canceling operation is performed, the execution time of the canceling operation subsequent to the “next canceling operation” is set longer (3.6). It may be set to seconds). In other words, the execution time of the canceling operation may be set longer until the degree of achievement is sufficient. In this case, after the achievement level of the resolution operation is sufficient, the execution time of the resolution operation subsequent to the resolution operation may be returned to the normal time. The “execution time” may be left as it is.

  In step S1606A in FIG. 46, the time (period) set in the post-end time measurement timer ts may be a long time (long term) such as 10 hours, 20 hours, 1 week, 1 month, or 1 year. In this case, when the post-end time measurement timer ts is “0” when performing the process of S1603A, it is determined that the return sphere occurrence frequency is the first frequency (low frequency), and the execution time of the canceling operation is set. Set to the first predetermined time. On the other hand, if the post-end time measurement timer ts is “positive number”, it is determined that the return sphere occurrence frequency is the second frequency (high frequency) higher than the first frequency, and the execution time of the canceling operation is the first time. You may set to 2nd predetermined time longer than predetermined time.

  In step S1603A in FIG. 46, when the post-end time measurement timer ts is a value close to “upper limit value set in step S1606A” such as “299” or “298”, the execution time of the canceling operation is substantial. Will be extended. That is, even if the planned “end time of the cancellation operation (1.8 seconds)” is reached, if the return ball is detected, the “end time of the cancellation operation” is substantially extended ( Will be extended for 2.4 seconds). Regardless of “the degree of achievement in the resolution operation”, the execution time of the resolution operation to be executed next can be made longer or shorter than the execution time of the resolution operation to be executed first. Furthermore, the elimination operation with a long execution time and the elimination operation with a short execution time may be performed alternately.

(2) In the first embodiment, the presence or absence of a return ball is detected by the length of the detection interval of the game balls (whether or not it is shorter than the firing cycle), but as shown in the return ball detection process of Modification 5 of FIG. Based on the ball speed of the game ball passing through the launch rail 74 (the time for the passage detection sensor 74b of the launch rail 74 to detect the passage of the game ball, that is, the time for the game ball to pass through the detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b). The presence or absence of a return ball may be detected. In addition, the return ball detection process of the modification 5 shows the other specific example of the return ball detection process in step S507 of a normal process.

  The return ball detection process of the modified example 5 is based on the time when the passage detection sensor 74b of the launch rail 74 detects the passage of the game ball (the time when the game ball passes the detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b). It detects the presence or absence of occurrence. In other words, the hitting force generated by the hitting portion 75b is directly applied to a game ball (hereinafter referred to as a normal launching ball) that is launched by the launching device 75 from the launch position 74W. On the other hand, the return ball that runs backward on the launch rail 74 runs backward on the launch rail 74 using gravity applied to the return ball, not the hitting force generated by the hitting portion 75b. For this reason, the ball speed (w2) at which the return ball runs backward on the launch rail 74 is slower than the ball speed (w1) at which the normal launch ball passes through the launch rail 74 (detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b). And in the modification 5, the presence or absence of a return ball is detected based on the length of time for which the passage detection sensor 74b detects a game ball.

  Unlike the first embodiment, the launch rail 74 is installed at a steep slope (for example, when the tilt angle is 50 to 80 degrees), a large number of return balls are generated, and a large number of game balls at the launch position 74W are returned. When firing together with a ball, if a large number of return balls reciprocate within the detection range of the passage detection sensor 74b or stop within the detection range, the time for the passage detection sensor 74b to detect the game ball becomes even longer. Further, the speed of passing through the passage detection sensor 74b (detection means) is slower in the return ball than in a normal game ball (a game ball fired by the launch device 74 in a state where the return ball is not present on the launch rail). It is common to become.

  However, depending on the condition of the launch rail (the presence of other return balls on the launch rail, etc.), the speed of passing the passage detection sensor 74b (detection means) may be faster for the return ball than for a normal game ball. There is also. However, the speed of passing through the passage detection sensor 74b (detection means) is normal speed (the speed at which the game ball launched by the launching device 74 passes through the passage detection sensor 74b in a state where the return ball is not present on the launch rail). If there is even one game ball that is later than (), it can be recognized that a return ball has occurred.

  In the return ball detection process shown in FIG. 48, it is determined in step S1511 whether or not the passage detection sensor 74b has detected a game ball. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1511, the process advances to step S1512 to add “1” to the detection time counter TC3 provided in the various counter areas 234 of the RAM 204, and the return ball detection process is temporarily ended. Here, the return ball detection process is a part of the normal process (FIG. 26), and is executed at a cycle of 4 msec. For this reason, when the passage detection sensor 74b detects a game ball, the count value set in the detection time counter TC3 is incremented by 1 at a predetermined cycle (4 msec cycle). That is, the detection time counter TC3 is a counter that determines a time (a period during which the detection is continued) detected by the passage detection sensor 74b.

  When a negative determination is made in step S1511, the process proceeds to step S1513, and it is determined whether or not the value of the detection time counter TC3 is “3” or more. If a negative determination is made in step S1513, it is determined that the detection time by the passage detection sensor 74b is short and the return ball is not detected. For this reason, the process proceeds to step S1515 to determine whether or not the value of the detection time counter TC3 is “0”, and when the value of the detection time counter TC3 is determined to be “0”, The return ball detection process is terminated. If a negative determination is made in step S1515, the process proceeds to step S1516. After the value of the detection time counter TC3 is set to “0”, the return ball detection process ends.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S1513, it is determined that the return ball is detected because the detection time by the passage detection sensor 74b is long. For this reason, when the process proceeds to step S1514 and the return ball flag is set, the process proceeds to step S1515. In step S1515 after step S1514, since a negative determination is made uniformly, the process proceeds to step S1516, the value of the detection time counter TC3 is set to “0”, and the return ball detection process is terminated. Here, the return ball flag of the modified example 5 is also a flag indicating that a return ball is generated. In the fifth modification, the mode in which it is determined that the return ball is present when the count value of the detection time counter TC3 is “3” or more is exemplified. However, the value of the detection time counter TC3 serving as a reference for the determination is described. That is, the ball speed of the game ball when it is determined that there is a return ball is not limited to that shown in the modified example 5, and various selections are made according to the angle of the firing rail 74 to be used, the type of the launching device 75 to be used, and the like. it can.

(3) In the first embodiment and the fifth modification, the mode in which the presence or absence of the return sphere is determined by the single passage detection sensor 74b is exemplified. However, a plurality of modifications as in the sixth modification illustrated in FIG. A mode in which the presence or absence of a return ball is determined using the individual passage detection sensors 74x and 74y can also be exemplified. In the sixth modified example, a first passage detection sensor 74 x and a second passage detection sensor 74 y are arranged in the middle of the firing rail 74. Among these, the first passage detection sensor 74x is a sensor disposed at a position close to the launch position 74W, and the second passage detection sensor 74y is a sensor disposed at a position farther from the launch position 74W than the first passage detection sensor 74x. It is. The structures of the passage detection sensors 74x and 74y are the same as those of the passage detection sensor 74b of the first embodiment.

  The game ball launched from the launch position 74W passes through the detection hole (through hole) of the first passage detection sensor 74x and the second passage detection sensor 74y in this order. Then, based on measuring the time from when the game ball passes the first passage detection sensor 74x until it passes the second passage detection sensor 74y (counting the count value of the counter TC4), Determine presence or absence. In addition, the presence or absence of a return ball can be determined by the order of the passage detection sensors 74x and 74y that detect a predetermined game ball. Specifically, when the order of detecting a predetermined game ball is the order of the second passage detection sensor 74y and the first passage detection sensor 74x, it is determined that the game ball has run backward on the launch rail 74 ( It is possible to determine that a return ball has been generated).

  Hereinafter, the return ball detection process of Modification 6 will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG. Here, in the flowchart shown in FIG. 49 (b), “first detection” indicates that the first passage detection sensor 74x has detected a game ball (when a game ball is detected), and “first detection” The “flag” is a flag indicating that the first passage detection sensor 74x has detected a game ball. The “second detection” indicates that the second passage detection sensor 74y has detected a game ball (when a game ball is detected), and the “second detection flag” indicates that the second passage detection sensor 74y has detected the game ball. It is a flag indicating that a game ball has been detected.

  In the return ball detection process of the modified example 6, it is determined in step S1521 whether or not the first passage detection sensor 74x has detected a game ball (whether or not the game ball has been detected by the first passage detection sensor 74x). judge. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1521, the return ball detection process is temporarily ended after setting the first detection flag.

  On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S1521, the process proceeds to step S1523 to determine whether or not the first detection flag is set. If the determination in step S1523 is affirmative, the process advances to step S1524 to add “1” to the detection interval counter TC4 provided in the various counter areas 234 of the RAM 204. In step S1525, the second passage detection sensor 74y It is determined whether or not a game ball has been detected (whether or not a game ball has been detected by the second passage detection sensor 74y). Here, the return ball detection process is a part of the normal process (FIG. 26), and is executed at a cycle of 4 msec. For this reason, the count value set in the detection interval counter TC4 is incremented by 1 at a predetermined period (4 msec period). The detection interval counter TC4 is a counter that determines the time from when the first passage detection sensor 74x detects a game ball until the second passage detection sensor 74y detects the game ball.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1525, the return ball detection process is once terminated. That is, when a game ball is detected by the first passage detection sensor 74x but the game ball is not detected by the second passage detection sensor 74y (the game ball is detected by the first passage detection sensor 74x and the second passage detection sensor 74y). In the case of passing between), the return ball detection process is once ended.

  On the other hand, when an affirmative determination is made in step S1525 (when the second passage detection sensor 74y detects a game ball), the process proceeds to step S1526, and whether or not the “value of the detection interval counter TC4” is “within an allowable range”. Determine whether. For example, when the game ball at the launch position 74 is fired in a normal state by the launch device 74 (when fired in a state where no return ball is present on the launch rail 74), the game ball is detected by the first passage detection sensor 74x. And the second passage detection sensor 74y is “0.1 seconds (the value of the detection interval counter TC4 is 25)”. In this case, if the “time” is within the range of “0.92 seconds (TC4 = 23) to 0.108 seconds (TC4 = 27)”, it is determined as “tolerable range”. On the other hand, if the “time” is less than “0.92 seconds” or exceeds “0.108 seconds”, it is determined as “out of tolerance”. Note that the “allowable range” of the “time” is not limited to the range shown in the modified example 6, but the installation state of the target pachinko machine, the rattling of the launch position 74, the angle of the launch rail 74 to be used, and the launch device to be used Various selections can be made according to 75 types.

  If an affirmative determination is made in step S 1526, the process proceeds to step S 1528, a process of deleting the “first detection flag”, a process of setting the value of the detection interval counter TC 4 to “0”, and the return ball detection process are ended. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S1526, the process proceeds to step S1527, and a return ball flag is set. Then, the return ball detection process is terminated through the process of step S1528.

  If it is determined in step S1523 that the first detection flag is not set, the process proceeds to step S1530, and whether or not the second passage detection sensor 74y has detected a game ball (second passage detection sensor 74y). It is determined whether or not a game ball is detected by. If a negative determination is made in step S1530, the return ball detection process ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1530, the process proceeds to step S1531, a process of setting a return ball flag is performed, and the return ball detection process is terminated. Here, a negative determination in step S1523 and a positive determination in step S1530 mean that a predetermined game ball has been detected in the order of the second passage detection sensor 74y and the first passage detection sensor 74x (that is, , The game ball has run backward on the firing rail 74). That is, after a negative determination in step S1523 and an affirmative determination in step S1530, the process proceeds to step S1531, and a return ball flag is set.

  According to Modification 6 described above, the following effects can be obtained in addition to the effects of the first embodiment. That is, in order to arrange the two passage detection sensors 74x and 74y on the launch rail 74, "the detection interval of the game ball between the first passage detection sensor 74x and the second passage detection sensor 74y" or "first passage By determining which one of the detection sensors 74x and the second passage detection sensor 74y has detected the game ball first, it is easy to recognize the occurrence of the return ball. . In particular, according to the modified example 6, the presence or absence of a return ball can be reliably recognized by considering the order in which the first passage detection sensor 74x and the second passage detection sensor 74y detect the game ball.

  Further, as shown in the modified example 7 of FIG. 50, the return ball may be determined only when the game ball is detected in the order of the second passage detection sensor 74y and the first passage detection sensor 74x. Also in the modified example 7, the arrangement interval between the first passage detection sensor 74x and the second passage detection sensor 74y may be the same as in the modified example 6 described above. That is, as shown in FIG. 49 (a), a certain amount of space is provided between the first passage detection sensor 74x and the second passage detection sensor 74y, and the “game ball detection range” in the first passage detection sensor 74x The “game ball detection range” in the second passage detection sensor 74y may be separated. However, as shown in FIG. 50A, two passage detection sensors 74x and 74y may be arranged close to each other in the middle of the firing rail 74. As shown in FIG. 50A, when the detection ranges of the passage detection sensors 74x and 74y are close to each other (for example, a distance of 2 mm to 10 mm), the game ball launched from the launch position 74 has no momentum. However, when the game ball passes the detection range of the first passage detection sensor 74x, the game ball reaches the detection range of the second passage detection sensor 74y. Further, when the game ball that runs backward on the launch rail 74 passes through the detection range of the second passage detection sensor 74y, the game ball reaches the detection range of the first passage detection sensor 74x. Therefore, the return ball can be detected more reliably regardless of the sphere of the return ball. In particular, if the first passage detection sensor 74x is disposed at a position close to the firing position 74 (disposed at a distance of one or two game balls), “ball clogging” is caused on the firing rail 74. Even if the firing operation is performed, it is effective when a large number of game balls reciprocate in the vicinity of the firing position 74 (when a large number of game balls hardly move).

  In Modification 7, the return ball detection process is performed based on the flowchart shown in FIG. In other words, in the modified example 7, in the return ball detection process, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1521, the first detection flag is set, and then the return ball detection process is temporarily terminated. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S1521, the process proceeds to step S1523 to determine whether or not the first detection flag is set. If the determination in step S1523 is affirmative, the process proceeds to step S1524B to determine whether or not the second passage detection sensor 74y has detected a game ball. If a negative determination is made in step S1524B, the return ball detection process is once terminated. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1524B, the process proceeds to step S1525B, the process of deleting the “first detection flag” is performed, and the return ball detection process is terminated.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1523, the process proceeds to step S1526B, and whether or not the second passage detection sensor 74y has detected a game ball (whether or not the second passage detection sensor 74y is detecting a game ball). Or not). If a negative determination is made in step S1526B, the return ball detection process ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1526B, the process proceeds to step S1527B, a process of setting a return ball flag is performed, and the return ball detection process ends.

  According to the modified example 7 described above, the following effects can be obtained in addition to the effects of the first embodiment. That is, in order to arrange the two passage detection sensors 74x and 74y on the launch rail 74, any one of the first passage detection sensor 74x and the second passage detection sensor 74y detects the game ball first. It is possible to easily recognize the occurrence of the return sphere.

(4) In the first embodiment, when the output state of the firing permission signal is at the HI level, the cancellation operation execution flag is set at the predetermined timing ty3, but at the timing tv1 before the timing ty3, the ball feeding device When one game ball is sent out on the launch rail 74 by 76, the launch operation is performed. However, as shown in the modified example 8 shown in FIG. 45 (b), the release operation execution flag is set. The firing operation may be prohibited (not performed).

  This modification 8 is also similar in that the value of the firing period counter is cleared to “0” in step S5003 of the firing control process of FIG. However, in step S5003, when the cancellation operation execution flag is set and the output state of the firing permission signal becomes the LOW level, it is determined whether or not the ball has been fed. If it is determined in step S5003 that the ball has been fed, the ball fed state is canceled. As described above, when the output state of the firing permission signal becomes the LOW level based on the setting of the canceling operation execution flag, if the ball is already fed, the ball fed state is canceled. Then, the launching device 75 does not perform the firing operation after the canceling operation execution flag is set.

  Moreover, in the modification 8, you may perform a discharge control process based on FIG. In the launch control process of FIG. 51, the process of step S5003A is performed instead of step S5003, the process of step S5004A is performed instead of step S5004, and the process of step S5008A is performed instead of step S5008. The difference is that the process of step S5009A is performed instead of step S5009, the process of step S5010A is performed instead of step S5010, and the process of step S5010 is omitted. This is the same as the launch control process 42.

  Also in the launch control process of FIG. 51, first, in step S5001, whether or not the launch permission signal output from the main control device 81 to the power source / launch control device 98 (launch permission receiving circuit 98e) is at the HI level. Determine. If the firing permission signal is at the HI level, 1 is added to the value of the firing cycle counter (not shown) provided in the power / fire control device 98 in step S5002.

  If the firing permission signal is at the LOW level, the value of the firing cycle counter is cleared to “0” in step S5003A. However, when the canceling operation execution flag is set and the output state of the firing permission signal becomes LOW level, it is determined whether or not the value of the firing counter (CTS) is positive (whether or not the ball has been fed). When the determination is made and the value of the firing counter (CTS) is positive, the value of the firing counter (CTS) is set to “0”. Thereby, when the value of the firing counter (CTS) is positive (the ball is already fed) and the canceling operation execution flag is set, the launching device 75 may perform the firing operation after setting the canceling operation execution flag. Absent. The game ball in the already fed state is removed from the lower end of the firing rail 74 when the return ball canceling operation is executed. Here, the firing counter (CTS) is configured by using a subtraction type counter and is provided in the power source / launch control device 98. When the supply of one game ball onto the launch rail 74 by the ball feeder 76 is completed, the upper limit value is set. When the counter value becomes “0”, the game ball on the launch rail 74 is launched. The

  When the process of step S5002 or the process of step S5003A is executed, the process proceeds to step S5004A. In the process of step S5004A, it is determined whether or not the value of the firing counter (CTS) is positive (whether or not the ball has been fed). If the firing counter (CTS) is “0” (if the ball is not already fed), it is determined in step S5005 whether or not the value of the firing cycle counter is “150”. If the value of the firing cycle counter is not “150”, the firing control process is once terminated.

  On the other hand, when the value of the firing cycle counter is “150”, the processing of step S5006 and step S5007 is executed, and then the processing of step S5008A is performed. In step S5008A, the upper limit value “50” is set as the value of the firing counter (CTS).

  On the other hand, if a positive determination is made in step S5004A, 1 is subtracted from the value of the firing counter (CTS) in step S5009A. In the subsequent step S5010A, it is determined whether or not the value of the firing counter (CTS) is “0”. The count value of the firing counter (CTS) is incremented by 1 at a period of 4 msec (the same period as the normal process). The case where the value of the launch counter (CTS) is “0” means that 0.2 sec has elapsed after the game ball is supplied to the launch position of the launch rail 74.

  If the value of the firing counter (CTS) is not “0”, the firing control process is once ended. On the other hand, if the value of the firing counter (CTS) is “0”, the process proceeds to step S5011, and the signal received by the power / fire control device 98 from the variable resistor 88 of the firing handle 8A. Based on the above, the firing intensity corresponding to the amount of rotation operation of the firing handle 8A is grasped. Subsequently, the process proceeds to step S5012, and a driving signal for launching according to the launching intensity grasped in step S5011 is output to the launching device 75. Thereby, the game ball supplied to the launch position of the launch rail 74 is launched with a launch intensity corresponding to the amount of rotation of the launch handle 8A, and the launch control process ends. When the value of the firing counter (CTS) becomes “0”, the ball feeding completed state is cancelled. In addition, in the launch control process of FIG. 51, a modification in which the process of step S5003 of the launch control process of FIG. 42 is performed instead of the process of step S5003A can be exemplified.

(5) In the first embodiment, detection signals from the touch sensor 87 and the stop switch 89 are input to the main control device 81 via the power supply / launch control device 98, and the main control device 81 receives these signals. On the basis of this, whether or not to fire is set, and a signal (launch permission signal) indicating that is input to the power source / launch control device 98. However, unlike the first embodiment, the detection signals from the touch sensor 87 and the stop switch 89 are transmitted to the control device (for example, the payout control device 97) different from the main control device 81 via the power supply / launch control device 98. It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the different control device is set to determine whether or not to fire based on these signals, and a signal indicating that is input to the power / fire control device 98. Further, in the configuration in which the power supply / launch control device 98 includes the MPU, the processing of S5008 in FIG. By deleting the flag from the “RAM provided in the MPU”, the processing of S5013 in FIG. 42 can be performed. In this case, the MPU can determine the state of the flag (stored or erased) to execute the process of S5004. In Modification 8, when the cancellation operation execution flag is set and the output state of the firing permission signal becomes the LOW level, the processing of S5003A in FIG. 47 may be performed by deleting the flag.

(6) In the first embodiment, when the return ball flag is set, the mode of setting the cancellation operation execution flag is illustrated. However, when the return ball flag is set as in Modification 9 shown in FIG. 52 and the like. , “Stop the ball feeding prior to the canceling operation (stop the ball feeding operation and perform the firing operation)”.

  As will be described later, in the modified example 9, when a return ball is generated without a return ball for a predetermined time (for example, 3.0 seconds) or longer, the first return ball flag is set and the ball feed stop flag is set. Is done. That is, when a return ball is generated in a state where no return ball is generated for a while, the first return ball flag is set and the ball feed stop flag is set. In the modified example 9, “3.0 seconds” is exemplified as the “predetermined time”, but the “predetermined time” is not necessarily “3.0 seconds”. For example, “6.0 seconds” , “12.0 seconds”, “1 hour”, “1 day”, “1 week”, “January”, etc. The “predetermined time” is set when the pachinko machine 10 is designed or manufactured, and the predetermined time (period) is set to one time when the pachinko machine 10 is installed in the pachinko hall. May be. Alternatively, when the pachinko machine 10 is shipped from the manufacturer, a plurality of candidates for the “predetermined time (predetermined period)” are determined, and after the pachinko machine 10 is installed in the pachinko hall, the predetermined selection means is operated. Thus, one time (period) may be selected from a plurality of “predetermined times (predetermined periods)”. This selection means may be one that can be operated by the player, or one that the player cannot operate (selection that can be operated by the manager of the pachinko machine 10 or a pachinko hall clerk and cannot be operated by the player) Means).

  In Modification 9, when the return ball is generated before the “predetermined time (for example, 3.0 seconds)” elapses after the first return ball flag is set, the second return ball flag is set. The cancellation operation execution flag is set. Further, when a return ball is generated after the “predetermined time (for example, 3.0 seconds)” has elapsed after the ball feed stop flag is cleared, it is determined that “the return ball has not been generated for a while”. The first return ball flag is set again, and the ball feed stop flag is set.

  Next, features of Modification 9 will be described using the timing chart of FIG. This timing chart shows the relationship between a ball feed stop flag, a cancellation operation execution flag, a firing permission signal, a ball feed operation performed by the ball feed device 76, and a launch operation performed by the launch device 75.

  FIG. 52 shows a case where the condition satisfaction signal input from the power source / fire control device 98 to the main control device 81 is at the HI level and the cancel operation execution flag is released (the main control device 81 is fired). In the case where the output state of the permission signal is HI level), a return ball is generated, and the ball feed stop flag is set at the timing of tw1. In this case, even after the timing of tw1 has elapsed, the launch permission signal is maintained at the HI level, and the launch operation performed by the launch device 75 can be performed. However, when the ball feed stop flag is set, the ball feed operation performed by the ball feed device 76 is not performed.

  While the ball feed stop flag is set (for example, 3 firing cycles are illustrated), a new game ball is not sent to the firing rail 74. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent a situation in which a new game ball is sent out to the launch rail 74 even though a return ball has already occurred on the launch rail 74. In addition, while the ball feed stop flag is set, the launching operation performed by the launching device 75 is performed. Therefore, if a game ball remains on the launch rail 74 when the ball feed stop flag is set, this remains. A game ball can be launched along the firing rail 74. In this case, the remaining game ball reaches the gap 7D (foul ball collection port) from the upper end of the launch rail 74, falls from the interval 7D, and can be discharged to the lower plate 72 through the foul ball passage.

  Thus, after setting the ball feed stop flag, the launch operation can be executed for a certain period of time (in the modified example 9, three launch cycles are exemplified), and the return ball may be eliminated by this launch operation. . When the set period of the ball feed stop flag (e.g., 3 firing cycles) is passed, the ball feed stop flag is cleared, and if no return ball is detected, “ball feed operation and launch operation 0.2 after that” Is performed in a cycle of 0.6 sec.

  On the other hand, although illustration is omitted, the ball feed stop flag is erased even if it is possible to execute the launch operation for a fixed time (three launch cycles) after the ball feed stop flag is set or the return ball is not eliminated. The However, if the return ball is confirmed before the predetermined time (for example, 3.0 seconds) elapses after the ball feed stop flag is erased, the cancel operation execution flag is set, and the firing permission signal is set to HI. From level to LOW level. When the canceling operation execution flag is set, the ball feeding operation and the firing operation are not performed. If a return ball is detected after a lapse of a predetermined time (for example, 3.0 seconds) after the ball feed stop flag is deleted, the ball feed stop flag is set again.

  This modification 9 is that in the normal process (FIG. 26), (a) the return ball detection process is performed based on FIG. 53, (b) the return ball cancellation process is performed based on FIG. ) A point where the preparation flag management process of FIG. 55A is performed between the return ball elimination process (S508) and the game ball launch control process (S509), and (d) the game ball launch control process (S509) shown in FIG. Although the points to be performed are different from those of the first embodiment, the other points are the same as those of the first embodiment.

  Next, the feature of the return ball detection process of Modification 9 will be described using the flowchart of FIG. In the return ball detection process of the modified example 9, instead of “if step S1506 is affirmed and step S1507 is executed, then step S1508 is executed” instead of “step S1506 is affirmatively determined” The point that step S1508 is executed after step S1507A or step S1507B is executed is different from the first embodiment. Note that the return ball detection process of the modification 9 is a modification of the return ball detection process (FIG. 37) of the first embodiment. 5 (FIG. 48), Modification 6 (FIG. 49), or Modification 7 (FIG. 50).

  In the return ball detection process of the modified example 9, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1506, the process proceeds to step S1506A to determine whether a preparation flag is set. Here, the preparation flag is a flag indicating that preparation for executing the canceling operation is performed, and is set after the stop of the ball feeding or after the canceling operation is ended, as will be described later.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1506A, the process proceeds to step S1507A to set a first return ball flag. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1506A, the process proceeds to step S1507B and a second return ball flag is set. Then, when the process of step S1507A or step S1507B is performed, the return ball detection process is terminated through the process of step S1508. Here, the “first return ball flag” is a flag indicating that the ball feed stop process is being performed, and the “second return ball flag” is a flag indicating that the return ball canceling operation is being performed.

  Next, the return ball elimination process of Modification 9 will be described using the flowchart of FIG. In the return ball elimination process of the modification 9, it is determined whether or not the ball feed stop flag is set in step S1611. Specifically, the process of step S1611 can be performed by determining whether or not the ball feed stop flag is stored in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204. Here, the ball feed stop flag is a flag indicating that the ball feed operation is being stopped, and is set when the return ball cancellation process is started in a state where the first return ball flag is set.

  If a negative determination is made in step S <b> 1611, the process proceeds to step S <b> 1612, and it is determined whether or not a canceling operation execution flag is set. Specifically, the process of step S1612 can be performed by determining whether or not the cancellation operation execution flag is stored in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204. Here, the cancellation operation execution flag is a flag indicating that the cancellation operation is being executed, and is set when the return ball cancellation process is started in a state where the second return ball flag is set. The meaning of the canceling operation is the same as in the first embodiment.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1611 and step S1612, it is determined in step S1613 whether the first return ball flag is set. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1613, in step S1614, a process of setting a ball feed stop flag, a process of stopping the ball feed operation, a process of deleting the first return ball flag, and a ball feed stop end A process of setting “450 (1.8 seconds)” to the timer tf is executed, and the return ball elimination process is terminated. Here, the ball feed stop end timer tf is a timer for determining when to stop the “ball feed operation stop” when the stop of the ball feed operation is started (when the ball feed stop flag is set).

  If a negative determination is made in step S1613, it is determined in step S1615 whether or not the second return ball flag is set. If a negative determination is made in step S1615, the return ball elimination process is terminated. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1615, in step S1616, a process of setting a cancellation operation execution flag, a process of starting the cancellation operation, a process of erasing the second return ball flag, and a resolution operation A process of setting “450 (1.8 seconds)” to the end timer te is executed, and the return ball elimination process is ended. Here, the elimination operation end timer te is a timer that determines when the elimination operation is terminated when the elimination operation is started (when the elimination operation execution flag is set).

  If it is determined in step S1611 that the ball feed stop flag is set, the value of the ball feed stop end timer tf is decremented by 1 in step S1620. That is, the return ball cancellation process is a part of the normal process, and is executed at a cycle of 4 msec. Therefore, the count value set in the cancellation operation end timer te is decremented by 1 at a predetermined cycle (4 msec cycle).

  After performing step S1620, the process proceeds to step S1621. In step S1621, it is determined whether or not the value of the ball feed stop end timer tf is “0”. If the value of the ball feed stop end timer tf is not “0”, the return ball elimination process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, when the value of the ball feed stop end timer tf is “0”, in step S1622, the process of ending “stop of the ball feed operation” and the process of deleting the ball feed stop flag are performed. Then, after the processing for setting the preparation flag and the processing for setting “750” to the counter tv for time measurement after completion, the return ball elimination processing is terminated. Here, the post-end time measurement counter tv is a counter for measuring the time after the ball feed stop flag or the cancellation operation execution flag is deleted. Here, the return ball detection process is a part of the normal process (FIG. 26), and is executed in a cycle of 4 msec. Therefore, the value set in the post-end time measurement counter tv is a predetermined cycle (4 msec cycle). Decrement by one.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1611, and a positive determination is made in step S1612, the process proceeds to step S1617. In step S1617, the value of the cancellation operation end timer te is decremented by 1. Then, after step S1617 is performed, the process proceeds to step S1618. In step S1618, it is determined whether or not the value of the elimination operation end timer te is “0”. If the value of the canceling operation end timer te is not “0”, the return ball canceling process is ended as it is. On the other hand, if the value of the elimination operation end timer te is “0”, in step S1619, the processing for terminating the elimination operation, the processing for erasing the elimination operation execution flag, and the preparation flag are set. After performing the process and the process of setting “750” to the time measurement counter tv after completion, the return ball elimination process is terminated. Even in the return ball elimination process of the modified example 9, in step S1619, the elimination operation is completed (excitation of the solenoid 77a is stopped, the support member 77 is lowered, and the game ball at the launch position 74W can be supported. If processing is not performed, a warning sound may be generated or a warning lamp may be displayed.

  With reference to FIG. 55A, the preparation flag management process of the modification 9 will be described. When the preparation flag management process is activated, it is determined in step S1671 whether or not a preparation flag is set. If a negative determination is made in step S1671, the preparation flag management process ends. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1671, the process proceeds to step S1672, the post-end time measurement timer tv is decremented by "1", and the process proceeds to step S1673.

  In step S1673, it is determined whether or not the value of the post-end time measurement timer tv is “0”. If the post-end time measurement timer tv is not “0”, the post-end time measurement process is ended. To do. On the other hand, if the post-end time measurement timer tv value is determined to be “0” in step S1673, the process proceeds to step S1674, and after the preparation flag is erased, the preparation flag management process is ended.

  That is, in the modified example 9, the preparation flag is “after the ball feeding stop is finished (after the ball feeding operation is stopped, but the state where the launching operation is continued)” or “after the canceling operation is finished”, Although time (for example, 3 firing cycles) is set, the time is erased when the time (for example, 3 firing cycles) elapses. For this reason, when a return ball is detected after the predetermined time (for example, three firing cycles) has elapsed, the first return ball flag is set and the ball feeding is stopped.

  Next, the features of the game ball launch control process of the modification 9 will be described with reference to FIG. The game ball launch control process of Modification 9 is different from the game ball launch control process of the first embodiment in that step S1705B, step S1705C, and step S1705D are added after the process of step S1705.

  That is, in the game ball launch control process of the modification 9, when step S1705 is executed, the process proceeds to step S1705B. In this step S1705B, it is determined whether or not a ball feed stop flag is set. If the ball feed stop flag is set, the process of S1705C is executed, and then the game ball launch control process is terminated. If the ball feed stop flag is not set, the process of S1705D is executed. Then, the game ball launch control process is terminated. Here, the process of S1705C is a process of setting the output state of the ball feed stop signal to the HI level based on the ball feed stop flag being set, and the process of S1705D is not set of the ball feed stop flag. Based on this, it is a process of setting the output state of the ball feed stop signal to the LOW level. Note that when the main controller 81 sets the output state of the ball feed stop signal to the HI level or the LOW level, the launch permission signal is input to the power source / launch controller 98 (the launch permission receiving circuit 98e shown in FIG. 16). It has become. The power supply / launch control device 98 stops the ball feeding operation based on the ball feeding stop signal being at the HI level.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 55 (b), a firing control process of Modification 9 will be described. When the process of S5006 is performed, the point of performing the process of S5006A is different from the launch control process of the first embodiment.

  In the launch control process of the modified example 9, when it is determined in the process of step S5006 that the value of the launch period counter is “150”, the process proceeds to S5006A, and whether or not the ball feed stop signal is at the HI level. Determine whether. If it is determined that the ball feed stop signal is not at the HI level, in step S5007, a ball feed drive signal is output to the ball feed device 76, and then the launch control process is performed through step S5008. Exit.

  On the other hand, if it is determined that the ball feed stop signal is at the HI level, the process of step S5007 is skipped, and the firing control process is terminated through step S5008. That is, the ball feeding device 76 does not move one game ball to the firing position of the firing rail 74, but sets the ball feeding completed state and ends the firing control process. As described above, in the modification 9, the launch permission signal is at the HI level, but when the ball feed stop signal is at the HI level, the process of step S5007 is skipped. In this case, the ball feeding operation is prohibited, and a new game ball is not sent out to the firing rail 74. However, since the ball feeding state is set, the processing of steps S5009 to 5013 is executed (see FIG. 42). .

  By the way, in the conventional gaming machine, if the ball feeding operation is continued even if a return ball is generated, a large number of game balls are accumulated on the firing rail 74, causing a ball clogging on the firing rail 74, or the degree of the ball clogging. It can get worse. On the other hand, in the modified example 9, when a return ball is generated, first, the ball feeding operation is stopped and the launching operation is continued. That is, the ball feeding operation is stopped, and the return ball is eliminated (excluded from the launch rail 74) by firing the game ball existing on the game ball to the launch rail 74. When the return ball is eliminated, the normal game is continued as it is. When the return ball is not eliminated, the return ball elimination process is performed. That is, in the modified example 9, even if the return ball flag is set, “stop the ball feeding operation” is first performed, and the execution frequency of the return ball cancellation process is reduced, which contributes to a smoother progress of the game. Can do. In the modified example 9, similarly to the modified example 3 (see FIGS. 46 and 47), the execution time of the canceling operation may be changed according to the degree of achievement of the return ball canceling operation. For example, the execution time of the canceling operation that is executed following the canceling operation may be made longer than the execution time of the canceling operation that is first executed after stopping the ball feeding operation.

  Moreover, although the launch control process of the modification 9 was made into the modification of the launch control process of 1st Embodiment, as shown in FIG.55 (c), the launch control process of the modification 9 is changed to the modification 8 (FIG. 51). This may be a modification of the launch control process. That is, if it is determined in step S5006 that the value of the firing period counter is “150”, the process proceeds to S5006A, where it is determined whether or not the ball feed stop signal is at the HI level. If it is determined that the ball feed stop signal is not at the HI level, in step S5007, a ball feed drive signal is output to the ball feed device 76, and then the launch control process is performed through step S5008A. Exit. On the other hand, if it is determined that the ball feed stop signal is at the HI level, the process of step S5007 is skipped, and the firing control process is terminated through step S5008A. That is, the ball feeding device 76 does not move one game ball to the firing position of the firing rail 74, but sets the ball feeding completed state and ends the firing control process. As described above, in the modification 9, the launch permission signal is at the HI level, but when the ball feed stop signal is at the HI level, the process of step S5007 is skipped. In this case, the ball feeding operation is prohibited, and a new game ball is not sent out to the firing rail 74. However, since the process of step S5008A is executed, the processes of steps S5009A, S5010A, 50111, and 5012 are executed ( (See FIG. 51).

(7) Further, as shown in Modification 10 shown in FIG. 57 (a), a notch 74E is provided at the lower end (rear end) of the firing rail 74 to facilitate the discharge of the game ball from the firing rail 74. You may plan. That is, by retracting the support member 77 from behind the game ball F, the game ball F on the launch rail 74 can be discharged from the lower end of the launch rail 74, but the discharge path at that time is the lower end of the launch rail 74. The notch 74E is widened by the amount provided. For this reason, smooth discharge of the game ball from the launch rail 74 can be achieved. As this notch 74E, an arc-shaped notch 74E having a radius of curvature larger than the diameter of the game ball can be exemplified, but the shape and size of the notch 74E can be such that at least a part of the game ball can enter. It does not matter.

  In addition, when the lower end part of the firing rail 74 is substantially linear in a plan view, when the interval between the lower end part of the firing rail 74 and the tip part (striking part 75b) of the launching device 75 is narrowed, the firing rail 74 is used. By providing the notch 74E at the lower end portion of this, the interval between the lower end portion of the firing rail 74 and the tip end portion (striking portion 75b) of the firing device 75 can be secured. Further, when the notch 74E is provided at the lower end portion of the launch rail 74, it is desirable that the center of gravity position GW of the game ball supported from behind by the support member 77 on the launch rail 74 exists on the launch rail 74.

(8) Furthermore, in the first embodiment, the support member 77 is operated to execute the return ball canceling operation, but the return ball canceling method is not limited to the method shown in the first embodiment. For example, as shown in Modification 11 of FIG. 57 (b), the lower end side (rear end) 74F of the firing rail 74 can be rotated with reference to the hinge 74G, and the lower end side (rear end) 74F is viewed from the front. The game ball F on the firing rail 74 may be discharged by rotating in the clockwise direction. 58, the launching device 75 is movable (retractable) in a direction away from the firing rail 74, and the support member 77 is moved and the launching device 75 is moved backward, thereby causing the launching rail. The game ball F on 74 may be discharged.

(9) Moreover, as shown in the modified example 13 of FIG. 59A, the firing rail 74 is movable in the firing direction (direction approaching the guide rail portion 5E). Thereby, the lower end side (rear end) W1 of the launch rail 74 moves in the launch direction (the direction close to the guide rail portion 5E), and the game ball is placed between the lower end side (rear end) W1 and the support member 77. It is good also as providing the clearance gap part W2 which can pass, and discharging | emitting the game ball F through this clearance gap part W2. That is, the launch rail 74 is moved in a predetermined direction, and the distance between the lower end side (rear end) W1 (the launch position 73) of the launch rail 74 and the support member 77 exceeds the diameter of the game ball. The game balls on the rail 74 can be discharged out of the firing rail 74.

(10) Further, as shown in Modification 14 of FIG. 59 (b), a rotation center W3 (a rotation center that can rotate in a plane parallel to the front surface of the pachinko machine 10) is provided on the upper end side of the firing rail 74. Provide. Then, the launch rail 74 is rotated with reference to the rotation center W3 (rotated in the clockwise direction when viewed from the front), and a gap portion through which the game ball can pass between the lower end side (rear end) W1 and the support member 77. W4 may be provided, and the game ball F may be discharged through the gap W4. In the modified example 14, the rotation of the firing rail 74 is executed until it comes into contact with the stopper W5.

  Similarly, as shown in the modified example 15 of FIG. 59 (c), the launch rail 74 can be rotated with reference to a rotation center W 6 provided in a plane substantially perpendicular to or intersecting with the front surface of the pachinko machine 10. Then, the launch rail 74 is rotated with respect to the rotation center W6, and the groove portion 74M of the launch rail 74 is tilted so as to be inclined downward, whereby the game ball F on the launch rail 74 is discharged in the direction in which the groove portion 74M is tilted. It is good to do. That is, as shown in Modifications 14 to 15, by rotating the launch rail 74, the game ball F on the launch rail 74 can be discharged out of the launch rail.

(11) Moreover, as shown in the modified example 16 of FIG. 60, the firing rail 74 has a contractible structure, and the lower end side (rear end) W7 of the firing rail 74 is in the firing direction (direction close to the guide rail portion 5E). It is good also as providing the clearance gap W8 which can pass a game ball between the said lower end side (rear end) W7 and the support member 77, and discharging | emitting the game ball F through this clearance gap W8. For example, the lower end portion W9 of the firing rail 74 is configured by a lower end portion of the first rail portion 74A and a second rail portion 74B that is slidably disposed on the first rail portion 74A. And when the return ball | bowl is not produced, the lower end side part of the 2nd rail part 74B protrudes in the opposite direction to a discharge direction rather than the lower end side of 74 A of 1st rail parts. Moreover, although the launch position 74W is provided on the upper surface of the lower end side portion of the second rail portion 74B, when a return ball is generated, the second rail portion 74B is moved to the first rail portion by using driving means such as solenoidoid. Slide on 74A in the firing direction. As a result, the “projection amount from the first rail portion 74A” at the lower end side portion of the second rail portion 74B is reduced. A gap portion W8 through which a game ball can pass is provided between the lower end side portion of the second rail portion 74B and the support member 77, and the game ball F may be discharged through the gap portion W8. An inclined surface W10 is provided on the upper end portion side of the second rail portion 74B so as to descend toward the first rail portion 74A, and a step is formed between the upper end portion side of the second rail portion 74B and the upper surface of the first rail portion 74A. Can be eliminated. For this reason, the game ball launched from the launch position 74W and passed through the upper surface of the second rail portion 74B smoothly moves toward the upper surface of the first rail portion 74A.

(12) In the first embodiment, a through-type proximity switch is used as the passage detection sensor 74b. However, the passage detection sensor 74b may be an optical sensor as in Modification 12 of FIG. For example, a light-emitting element 74m (light-emitting unit) configured by an LED and a light-receiving element 74n (light-receiving unit) configured by a phototransistor are disposed opposite to both sides of the launch rail 74. When the game ball passing through the launch rail 74 blocks the light emitted from the light emitting element 74m (passes through the passage detection sensor 74b), a HI level detection signal is output, and the game ball passing through the launch rail 74 emits light. If the light emitted from the element 74m is not blocked (does not pass through the passage detection sensor 74b), a LOW level detection signal may be output. However, also in this case, when the game ball passing through the launch rail 74 blocks light emitted from the light emitting element 74m, a LOW level detection signal is output, and the game ball passing through the launch rail 74 exits from the light emitting element 74m. If the light is not blocked, a HI level detection signal may be output.

  Also in this modified example 12, when the cycle in which the passage detection sensor 74b detects the detection signal at the HI level is shorter than the firing cycle, it can be determined that a return ball has occurred. Alternatively, if the time during which the passage detection sensor 74b outputs the detection signal at the HI level is normal time, it is determined that the game ball has been normally launched from the launch position 74w, and the passage detection sensor 74b has the HI level. If the time during which the detection signal is output is longer than the normal time, it can be determined as a return ball. Further, if the passage detection sensor 74b is configured by an optical sensor, the passage detection sensor 74b can be easily brought into a non-contact state with the game ball to be launched. That is, when the passage detection sensor 74b of the first embodiment is used, the game ball is configured to pass through the detection hole 74c of the passage detection sensor 74b. Since it is non-contact with the passing game ball, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the launched game ball is affected by the passage detection sensor 74b.

(12) A weight sensor for detecting the weight of the firing rail 74 may be used instead of the passage detection sensor 74b of the first embodiment or the modification 12. This weight sensor is provided with a support portion that supports the weight of the launch rail 74 and the weight of the game ball disposed on the launch rail 74, for example, below the launch rail 74. This support portion is assumed to compress and deform in proportion to the weight of the launch rail 74 and the weight of the game ball disposed on the launch rail 74. And a strain gauge is affixed on the surrounding wall part of a support part. This strain gauge is configured using an element that reduces the electrical resistance against strain in the compression direction, and is connected to the MPU 202 configuring the main control board 201 via a bridge circuit (not shown).

  When the support portion is compressed and the strain gauge is distorted, the electrical resistance changes according to the strain amount of the strain gauge. For this reason, the voltage output from the bridge circuit is input to the MPU 202 in accordance with the strain amount of the strain gauge. In the main controller 81, a signal level (hereinafter referred to as a first signal level) when one game ball is mounted on the launch rail 74 is determined in advance, and the first signal level and the bridge circuit The output signal level (hereinafter, the second signal level) is compared. When it is determined that a plurality of game balls are mounted on the launch rail 74, it may be determined that a return ball has been generated, and the return ball cancellation process may be executed. Thus, when the weight of the game ball on the launch rail 74 is larger (larger) than the predetermined value by the weight sensor, it may be determined that a return ball has occurred. In this case, the presence or absence of a return ball can be more reliably determined by the weight of the game ball on the launch rail 74. The weight sensor is not particularly limited in its form and structure as long as the weight of the game ball on the launch rail 74 can be measured. For example, a support portion that supports the entire area of the firing rail 74 may be provided below the firing rail 74, and a strain gauge may be provided on the support portion.

(13) In the first embodiment, the launch position 74w of the launch rail 74 is provided on the front side of the inner frame 13 (resin base 21), at a position on the right side below the attachment site of the game board 24, and fired. The rail 74 is gently raised from the right side to the left side and is arranged in an inclined shape (an inclination angle of about 25 to 35). Then, the game ball that has passed through the launch rail 74 is guided to the guide rail portion 5E provided on the left end side of the inner frame 13 (resin base 21). However, as in the comparative example of FIG. 61A, the firing rail 574 is located on the front surface of the inner frame 13 (resin base 21) and below the attachment portion of the game board 24. 21) is provided substantially at the center along the left-right direction (shown by a solid line) or near the left end of the inner frame 13 (resin base 21) (shown by a broken line), and the firing rail 574 has a steep upward slope from the right to the left ( A gaming machine provided at an inclination angle of about 50 to 80 has also been proposed.

  In this firing rail 574, as shown in FIG. 61 (b), a thick portion 574a having a large wall thickness and a thin wall portion 574z having a large wall thickness and a thin wall portion 574z disposed at an upper position are substantially obliquely continuous. The arrangement is arranged. In addition, the rail width excluding the lower end portion side of the launch rail 574 (width orthogonal to the launch direction of the game ball) is a width through which one game ball can pass, but on the lower end side of the thick portion 574a, the rail width Is provided with a reduced diameter portion 574c that gradually narrows downward.

  Near the lower end portion of the reduced diameter portion 574c, the rail width is substantially equal to the diameter of the game ball, and the game ball that has entered the firing rail 574 is supported from below by the inner wall surface 574d near the lower end portion of the reduced diameter portion 574c. . That is, this inner wall surface 574d constitutes a specific example of the firing position 574e. The reduced diameter portion 574c includes a left side forming portion 574m disposed on the left side and a right side forming portion 574n disposed on the right side. Further, a striking hole 574f is opened at the lowermost end portion (the lowermost end portion of the firing rail 574) of the reduced diameter portion 574c.

  Further, on the front surface of the inner frame 13 (resin base 21), a striking rod 574g is provided on the right side of the reduced diameter portion 574c. Then, it is possible to hit the game ball in which the hitting bar 574g is supported at the launch position.

  The firing rail 574 has a steep inclination angle and a substantially bag shape in which the firing rail 574 opens upward. For this reason, when a return ball is generated, there is a high possibility that two, three, and four game balls accumulate on the firing rail 574. In particular, when a so-called “choro strike” is attempted by reducing the amount of rotation operation applied to the launch handle 8A, game balls may accumulate on the launch rail 574, and it may be difficult to continue the game. In this case, it is necessary to eliminate game balls in the launch rail 574 manually by a pachinko hall clerk.

  On the other hand, in the modified example 17 shown in FIGS. 62A and 62B, the lower side of the left side forming portion 574m is a movable portion 574k operable in an oblique direction (operable in a direction substantially perpendicular to the firing direction). . And the solenoid 574j which comprises the drive source of this movable part 574k is provided, and the plunger 574p which protrudes from the solenoid 574j is mounted | worn with the movable part 574k. When the solenoid 574j (incorporated coil) is excited, the amount of protrusion of the plunger 574p decreases, and when the excitation of the solenoid 574j (internal coil) is stopped, the amount of protrusion of the plunger 574p increases.

  Further, a passage detection sensor 574b for detecting a game ball passing through the firing rail 574 is provided near the lower end of the thin portion 574z. Various types of the passage detection sensor 574b can be selected. For example, a magnetic detection type proximity sensor exemplified in the first embodiment, an optical sensor exemplified in the modified example 12, a weight sensor, or the like can be used.

  During normal operation (when the game ball is supported at the firing position), as shown in FIG. 62A, excitation of the solenoid 574j (built-in coil) is stopped, and the protrusion amount of the plunger 574p is reduced. At this time, since the inner wall surface of the movable portion 574k and the inner wall surface of the right-side forming portion 574m become a distance that can hold the game ball (because the distance is smaller than the diameter of the game ball), 574e can be supported. On the other hand, when a reverse running ball is generated (specifically, when the passage detection sensor 574b detects a return ball), as shown in FIG. 62 (b), the solenoid 574j is excited, and the protrusion amount of the plunger 574p. Is reduced. For this reason, since the inner wall surface of the movable part 574k and the inner wall surface of the right side forming part 574m exceed the distance that can hold the game ball (because the distance is larger than the diameter of the game ball), the game ball on the launch rail 574 Passes through the upper part of the movable part 574k and is discharged from the lower end of the firing rail 574. Then, it passes through a communication passage (not shown) and is guided to the lower plate 72.

  Thus, according to the modified example 17, since the discharge means (the process of step S1702 performed by the main controller 81 based on the detection result of the passage detection sensor 74b, the solenoid 574j that operates the movable portion 574k, etc.) is provided. Even if the launch rail 574 is disposed at a steep slope or the launch rail 574 has a structure that tends to cause ball clogging, the return ball can be automatically discharged to ensure smooth game progression.

  In the modified example 17, the movable part 574k constituted by a part of the thick part 574m is operated to discharge the return ball, but various places can be selected as the movable part 574k. For example, in the thick part 574a, it is comprised by a lower end surface part (bottom part) and the other part (henceforth a main-body part), and the impact hole 574f (refer FIG. 61) is provided in a lower end surface part (bottom part). The lower end surface portion (bottom surface portion) is supported by a hinge or the like with respect to the main body portion, the lower end surface portion (bottom surface portion) is used as a movable portion, and the lower end of the main body portion is closed (however, the impact hole 574f is opened). And a non-use state in which the lower end of the main body portion is opened (however, the striking hole 574f is open). When the passage detection sensor 574b does not detect the return sphere, the solenoid 574j is excited (or the excitation is stopped) to constitute a non-use state, and when the passage detection sensor 574b detects the return sphere. The excitation of the solenoid 574j may be stopped (or excited) to constitute a non-use state.

Further, in the modified example 17, the discharge rail 574 (particularly, the thick portion 574a), the discharge hole through which the game ball can pass (drop) to the portion whose outer peripheral surface faces downward, and the discharge hole are opened and closed. Provide a shutter. When the passage detection sensor 574b does not detect the return ball, the solenoid 574j is excited (or the excitation is stopped), the discharge hole is closed by the shutter, and the passage detection sensor 574b detects the return ball. Alternatively, the excitation of the solenoid 574j may be stopped (or excited), the shutter may be operated, and the discharge hole may be opened.

(15) In the first embodiment and its modifications, the drive means (actuator) of the discharge means is constituted by a solenoid, but other drive means (actuator) such as a motor may be used. In the first embodiment and its modification, the solenoid is excited when the return ball discharge operation (resolving operation) is executed, and the solenoid is stopped when the return ball discharge operation (resolving operation) is stopped. Although the mode of (de-energized) is exemplified, the solenoid is de-energized when executing the discharge operation (cancellation operation), and the mode of exciting the solenoid when stopping the discharge operation (resolving operation) of the return ball is illustrated. You can also.

(16) In the first embodiment, the end time of the return ball discharge operation (return ball cancellation operation) is uniformly set to “1.8 seconds” after the return ball discharge operation is started. The end time may be changed depending on whether or not the normal gaming state was established at the start of the operation. That is, in the modified example 18 of FIG. 63, when the return ball discharge operation is started, the main control device 81 receives “a LOW level condition establishment signal at the start of the return ball discharge operation (the player releases "When the handle 8A is not touched or the stop switch 89 is operated)", the end time of the return ball discharge operation (return ball cancellation operation) is set to "1.8 seconds after the return ball discharge operation starts." "

  However, if the main control device 81 receives the “HI level condition establishment signal” when the return ball discharge operation is started, “after a time obtained by subtracting a predetermined time from 1.8 seconds has elapsed. The return ball discharge operation (return ball cancellation operation) may end.

  For example, as shown in Modification 18 in FIG. 63, a predetermined firing cycle (hereinafter referred to as a first firing cycle) is started at timing T1, and fired at timing T2 of 0.2 seconds after the start of the first firing cycle. Assuming the action was performed. Then, it is assumed that the canceling operation is started at a timing T3 of 0.3 seconds after the first firing cycle is started. In this case, the firing cycle that should have started after the first firing cycle (hereinafter referred to as the second firing cycle) and the firing cycle that should have started after the second firing cycle. (Hereinafter referred to as the third firing cycle) are executed sequentially, the return ball discharge operation (return ball elimination operation) is finished at the timing T4 when the third launch cycle ends.

  That is, since the main controller 81 continues to receive the HI level condition establishment signal during the first to third firing periods, the canceling operation execution flag is set. The output state of the firing permission signal is set to the LOW level. Then, at the timing T4 when the third firing cycle ends, the canceling operation execution flag is canceled, and the output state of the firing permission signal is set to the HI level. Then, the ball feeding operation is performed at the timing T5 when 0.6 seconds have elapsed from the timing T4, and the launching operation is performed at the timing T6 after 0.2 seconds.

  Next, “intra-period elapsed time measurement processing” will be described with reference to FIG. This “in-cycle elapsed time measurement process” is a process for measuring the time from the start of the firing cycle when a predetermined firing cycle is being executed. This “in-period elapsed time measurement process” is performed as the normal process of FIG. 26 and is executed following the process of S509. And if the elapsed time measurement process in a period is performed, it will transfer to the process of step S510. In addition, the normal process of the modification 18 is the same as the normal process of 1st Embodiment except the point to which the elapsed time measurement process in a period is added, and the point from which a part of return sphere cancellation | release process differs.

  Also in the period elapsed time measurement process, first, in step S1901, it is determined whether or not the output state of the firing permission signal has been changed (see FIG. 41). That is, when the output state of the firing permission signal has been changed from the HI level to the LOW level or from the LOW level to the HI level, an affirmative determination is made in step S1901. If an affirmative determination is made in step S1901, the process proceeds to step S1905, where the counter TC5 for measuring elapsed time in the cycle is cleared to “0”.

  Here, the counter TC5 for measuring the elapsed time within the cycle is a counter for measuring the elapsed time after starting the predetermined firing cycle, and whether the firing cycle starts (whether affirmative determination is made in step S1902 described later). When the output state of the firing permission signal is changed to the HI level (when an affirmative determination is made in step S1901), “0” is cleared.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1901, it is determined in step S1902 whether or not the value of the counter TC5 for measuring the elapsed time within the period is “150”. This intra-period elapsed time measurement process is a part of the normal process (FIG. 26). As will be described later, the count value of the intra-period elapsed time counter TC5 is incremented by 1 every 4 msec. Moreover, when the output state of the firing permission signal is the LOW level and the firing cycle has not started, the count value of the counter TC5 for measuring the elapsed time within the cycle is “0”. The value of the counter TC5 for measuring the elapsed time within the period “150” indicates that 0.6 seconds have elapsed after the start of the predetermined firing cycle (the predetermined firing cycle is ended). Yes. For this reason, when an affirmative determination is made in step S1902, the process proceeds to step S1905, and after clearing “0” of the counter TC5 for measuring the elapsed time in the cycle, the elapsed time measuring process in the cycle is once ended.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1902, the process proceeds to step 1903 to determine whether or not the output state of the firing permission signal is at the LOW level. When the output state of the firing permission signal is LOW level, the in-cycle elapsed time measurement process is terminated as it is. When the output state of the firing permission signal is HI level, The value of the counter TC5 is incremented by “1”, and the in-cycle elapsed time measurement process is terminated.

  Next, the features of the return ball elimination process of the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. The return ball cancellation process of the modification 18 differs from the return ball cancellation process of the first embodiment in that the process of step S1603B is performed instead of the process of step S1603. In the process of step S1603B as well as the process of step S1603, the process of setting the cancellation operation execution flag, the process of starting the cancellation operation, the process of erasing the return ball flag, and the cancellation operation end timer te are set. Perform the process. However, in the process of step S1603B, the set value of the elimination operation end timer te is selected according to the state of the condition satisfaction signal.

  More specifically, when the condition establishment signal received from the power / fire control device 98 is LOW level (when the player is not touching the launch handle 8A or operating the stop switch 89). , “450 (1.8 seconds)” is set in the elimination operation end timer te. When the condition establishment signal is at the HI level, the value of the counter TC5 for measuring the elapsed time within the period is acquired. Then, after the start of the cycle, a value “450-TC5” is set in the elimination operation end timer te.

  According to the above modification 18, in addition to the effects of the first embodiment, the following effects can be obtained. That is, even if the player is touching the launch handle 8A and the stop switch 89 is not operated, even if the canceling operation is started, it is difficult for the player to feel uncomfortable. That is, even if the player is touching the firing handle 8A and the canceling operation is started without operating the stop switch 89, the firing operation is paused for a period that is a multiple of the firing cycle (0.6 seconds). Is done.

  A player who has abundant gaming experience feels the firing interval (interval of the firing operation), and remembers that this firing interval is “0.6 seconds”. For this reason, the player who touches the firing handle 8A emits a game ball every time the firing interval (0.6 seconds) elapses, or there is a sound that the foul ball is guided to the lower plate 72. If you don't, you will feel uncomfortable. In the modified example 18, the player who has touched the firing handle 8A is guided to the lower plate 72 in one cycle and two cycles of the firing operation that should be performed periodically during the canceling operation. After that, the firing operation is regularly resumed, so that even if the canceling operation is performed, there is no sense of incongruity. In other words, a player who has touched the firing handle 8A, with the exception that the firing operation is paused several times in the middle, the firing operation is executed with a good rhythm before and after the pause. It is unlikely to have a “different feeling”.

(17) In the modification 18, the mode of determining the end of the canceling operation according to the situation is illustrated, but the determination method of the end of the canceling operation is not limited to the method shown in the modified example 18. For example, as shown by the phantom line in FIG. 9, a sensor 874b that detects a game ball discharged from the launch rail 74 is provided, and the game ball discharged from the sensor 874b is not detected for a certain time (for example, 2 seconds). It may be determined that the discharging operation has been completed. In addition, a launch rail 74 and a weight sensor for detecting the weight of the game ball are provided, and this weight sensor is in a state where the game ball on the launch rail 74 is not detected (a state in which only the weight of the launch rail 74 is detected) and is constant. It may be determined that the discharge operation has been completed after a lapse of time (for example, 2 seconds).

(18) Further, in the first embodiment and the modification thereof, the mode in which the return ball canceling operation is performed automatically is exemplified, but the return ball canceling operation may be started manually based on the player's operation. Good. For example, the return ball elimination operation may be performed by an input action performed by the player on a predetermined input means provided in the gaming machine. Here, as the input means, “a contact type input means in which a player touches and performs an input action like a button or the like”, “a non-contact type input means that reacts when the player holds his hand”, “ For example, “voice input means that reacts to the voice of the player” or the like. And when the input timing of an input means comes, you may alert | report (warn) by an alerting | reporting means, or you may prompt the input with respect to an input means. Examples of the input timing include “a timing when a return ball is detected”, “a timing when a predetermined time has elapsed (that is, every predetermined time)”, and the like. Further, in the aspect in which the notification is performed at the “timing at which a predetermined time has elapsed”, for example, a time measuring unit or a real time clock (RTC) may be provided in the main control device 81 and the notification may be performed every time the predetermined time elapses. Here, as the notification means, “notification means using sound from the speaker section 64”, “notification means using display of the symbol display device 41”, “light emitting means (for example, various types around the window section 61) For example, “notification means using a lamp unit”, “notification means using vibration”, and the like. Also, when it is determined that a predetermined time has elapsed based on a time measurement result such as a time measuring means or a real time clock (RTC) (for example, when it is determined that a predetermined time has elapsed since the previous cancellation operation) It is good also as performing.

  Furthermore, in an aspect in which the input unit is input to perform the return ball elimination operation, an input action may be performed on the input unit at each of the start and end of the cancellation operation. At this time, the input mode at the start and the input mode at the end may be the same or different. Here, as an input mode of the input unit, for example, when the input unit is a button, an input mode specified by the number of presses or an input mode specified by the type of the button to be pressed (when there are a plurality of buttons) Etc. can be illustrated. Moreover, you may provide the alerting | reporting means which alert | reports completion | finish of the said cancellation | release operation, when the cancellation | release operation of a return ball | bowl is complete | finished. Examples of the notification means include “notification means using sound”, “notification means using display”, “notification means using light emitting means”, “notification means using vibration”, and the like.

  In addition, in a gaming machine that performs an operation of eliminating the return ball by applying an input to the input means, it is not necessary to provide sensors such as the aforementioned passage detection sensors 74b and 574b. Moreover, the aspect which performs the cancellation | release operation of a return ball | bowl by giving an input to an input means is not restricted to 1st Embodiment, It can apply also to other aspects (modifications 11-17 etc.). For example, in the eleventh modification, by inputting to the input means, the lower end side (rear end) 74F of the firing rail 74 rotates clockwise with respect to the hinge 74G, and the game ball on the firing rail 74 It is good also as discharging F.

  In addition, although the aspect which comprises a launch path | route structure means by a launch rail part was illustrated in 1st Embodiment, a launch rail part provided with the groove part which goes up a launch path | route structure means toward a launch direction and passes a game ball in an inclined form, and A specific example may be illustrated that includes a guide rail portion that guides the game ball that has passed through the launch rail portion to the game area. In this specific example, the guide rail portion is provided in the vertical direction on the left side of the game area and receives the game ball that has passed through the firing rail portion at the lower end portion from the end portion along the firing direction. You may comprise by the clearance gap part provided between the edge part along the discharge direction of a discharge rail part, and a guide rail part. In this case, the game ball that runs backward in the direction opposite to the launch direction of the guide rail portion can be discharged by the gap portion. In this case, the groove portion of the launch rail portion is arranged at an inclination angle of 25 degrees to 35 degrees toward the launch direction, and the lower end portion of the guide rail portion is substantially the same as the tilt angle along the launch direction of the groove portion. May be provided. In this case, since the launch rail portion is not arranged at a steep slope, a phenomenon in which a plurality of game balls accumulate on the launch rail portion (ball pool phenomenon) can be made difficult to occur.

(Second Embodiment)
Also in the second embodiment, an example of a “pachinko machine” will be described in detail based on the drawings. This pachinko machine 10B changes the mode of the launch rail 674 so that the return ball discharge operation (return ball cancellation operation) can be executed without electrical control. In the second embodiment, FIGS. 1 to 4 are used as they are, but for the sake of convenience, the pachinko machine of the second embodiment is expressed as “pachinko machine 10B” for the sake of distinction from the pachinko machines of other embodiments. (See parentheses in FIGS. 1-4).

  The pachinko machine 10B of the second embodiment includes an outer frame 11, a gaming machine main body 12, and a game board 24 similar to the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment. The “configuration of the front door frame 14” and the “configuration of the back side” of the pachinko machine 10B of the second embodiment are the “configuration of the front door frame 14” and the “configuration of the back side” of the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment. Is the same. And about the structure same as the said 1st Embodiment, the description is abbreviate | omitted fundamentally.

  Hereinafter, the characteristics of the firing rail 674 of the second embodiment will be mainly described. Here, FIGS. 65 (a) and 65 (b) are schematic plan views for showing the firing rail 674, FIG. 66 (a) is a sectional view taken along the line 5-5 in FIG. 65 (a), and FIG. FIG. 66 is a cross-sectional view along 6-6 in FIG. FIG. 65A shows a state in which the game ball moves on the launch rail 674 in the launch direction, and FIG. 65B shows a state in which the game ball moves on the launch rail 674 in the direction opposite to the launch direction. .

  As shown in FIG. 66A, the firing rail 674 of the second embodiment includes a resin pedestal portion 674a and an exterior portion 674b that covers the pedestal portion 674a. The exterior portion 674b is formed by bending an aluminum plate into a substantially M shape, and covers the front surface portion, the upper surface portion, and the back surface portion of the pedestal portion 674a. Further, a groove portion 674c on which a game ball is mounted and fired is configured by a portion that covers the upper surface portion of the pedestal portion 674a and whose longitudinal section (longitudinal section that longitudinally cuts the pachinko machine 10B longitudinally) is substantially V-shaped. And the firing position 674W is comprised by the lower end part side of this groove part 674c (refer FIG. 65). In the first embodiment, the structure and the like of the firing rail 74 are briefly described. However, the firing rail 74 of the first embodiment also covers the pedestal portion and the pedestal portion like the firing rail 674 of the second embodiment. The exterior part is formed by bending an aluminum plate into a substantially M shape, and covers the front part, the upper part and the rear part of the pedestal part. Further, a groove portion 674c for mounting and launching a game ball is constituted by a portion that covers the upper surface portion of the pedestal portion and has a substantially V-shaped longitudinal section (longitudinal section that longitudinally cuts the pachinko machine 10B longitudinally), and the groove portion 674c. The firing position 674W is constituted by the lower end side of the.

  As shown in FIG. 66 (a), the groove 674c has a pair of edges (a pair of edges along the longitudinal direction) 674d and 674e along the firing direction. As shown in FIG. 65A, the groove 674c includes a notch 674f in the vicinity of the firing position 674W. The notch 674f is provided from a part of the rear edge 674d of the pair of edges 674d and 674e toward the vicinity of the groove bottom 674g.

  As shown in FIG. 66 (a), the groove portion 674c has a front inclined portion 674j that rises from the groove bottom portion 674g toward the front of the gaming machine 10 (see arrow FR in the drawing), and the rear of the gaming machine 10. And a rear inclined portion 674k that is inclined upward. As shown in FIG. 66 (b), the notch 674f is provided by notching a part of the rear inclined portion 674k (near the launch position 674W) to the vicinity of the groove bottom 674g. In the following description, for convenience, a portion of the firing rail 674 that is not provided with the notch 674f is referred to as a complete rail portion 674A, and a portion that is provided with the notch 674f is referred to as an incomplete rail portion 674B. .

  The vicinity of the launch position 674W is, for example, a case where the edge on the launch position 674W side of the notch 674f is a distance 1.5 to 2.5 times the diameter of the game ball from the launch position 674W. The vicinity of the groove bottom portion 674g is an edge along the firing direction of the cutout portion 674f, and an edge close to the groove bottom portion 674g is 0.1 to 0 times the diameter of the game ball from the groove bottom portion 674g. .It refers to the case where the distance is twice (1.1 to 2.2 mm). Furthermore, the case where the width | variety along the firing direction of the notch part 674f is 1.5 times-2.5 times the diameter of a game ball can be illustrated.

  As described above, the groove 674c of the firing rail 674 includes the front inclined portion 674j and the rear inclined portion 674k. As shown in FIG. 66 (a), in the complete rail portion 674A, the front inclined portion 674j and the rear inclined portion 674k are arranged symmetrically with the groove bottom portion 674d interposed therebetween. However, as shown in FIG. 66 (b), in the incomplete rail portion 674B, the rear inclined portion 674k is shorter than the front inclined portion 674f. As for the forward inclined portion 674f, the complete rail portion 674A and the incomplete rail portion 674B have the same size.

  As shown in FIG. 66 (a), in the complete rail portion 674A, in the groove portion 674c having a substantially V-shaped cross section composed of the front inclined portion 674j and the rear inclined portion 674k, “about 1 / Accept part 4 ”. At this time, the front inclined portion 674j and the rear inclined portion 674k have the same size, and the game balls passing through the groove portion 674c can be uniformly supported from the front-rear direction.

  As shown in FIG. 66 (b), in the incomplete rail portion 674B, the length of the rear inclined portion 674j (length from the groove bottom portion 674g to the edge) is the length of the front inclined portion 674k (groove bottom portion 674g). To the end edge). For this reason, the groove part 674c of the incomplete rail part 674B becomes a substantially cross-sectional L shape, and can accept the game ball F. However, the game balls passing through the groove 674c cannot be supported evenly from the front-rear direction. It should be noted that the length of the rear inclined portion 674k constituting the incomplete rail portion 674B is about “1/4” of the length of the front inclined portion 674j.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 66 (b), a portion located below and behind the notch 674f in the pedestal portion 674a constituting the firing rail 674, and a portion located behind the notch 674f in the exterior portion 674b. However, it constitutes a recess 675a into which a game ball can enter. Further, in the base member 678, an opening 678b is provided in a portion located behind the recess 675a, and in the inner frame 13 (resin base 21), a recess 21b is provided in a portion located behind the opening 678b. The space 675a, the opening 678b, and the recess 21b communicate with each other to form a discharge passage 675h that can discharge the game ball toward the lower plate 72. The means for discharging the return ball from the firing rail 674 is not limited to the discharge passage 675h. For example, it may be a discharge passage that discharges the return ball directly below the firing rail 674.

  As shown in FIG. 65 (a), the game ball F disposed at the firing position 674W of the firing rail 674 is supported by the support member 677 disposed obliquely rearward and is fixed to the firing position 674W. That is, a screw (not shown) inserted in a mounting hole (not shown) penetrating the support member 677 in the front-rear direction is screwed to the base member 678 to be fixed to the base member 678. However, since the mounting hole (not shown) of the support member 677 is a long hole, the mounting position of the support member 677 with respect to the base member 678 can be finely adjusted by loosening the screwed screw (not shown). Can do.

  When the game ball F at the launch position 674W is launched by the launching device 675 in a state where there is no return ball on the launch rail 674, the game ball F passes through the launch rail 674 and reaches the guide rail portion 5E (see FIG. 7). That is, the game ball F that is launched from the launch position 674W includes a complete rail portion 674A (a lower side of the launch rail 674 than the notch portion 674f), an incomplete rail portion 674B (a portion where the notch portion 674f is formed), It passes in the order of the complete rail portion 674A (above the firing rail 674 relative to the notch portion 674f). At this time, since the return ball does not exist on the launch rail 674 and the game ball F launched from the launch position 674W has momentum (because the ball speed is fast), a notch 674f is provided in the middle of the launch rail 674. Despite the presence, the game ball F passes through the launch rail 674 and reaches the guide rail portion 5E.

  That is, the game balls F launched from the launch position 674W are supported uniformly from the front-rear direction in the complete rail portion 674A, and thus pass through the complete rail portion 674A in a stable state. In addition, the game balls F launched from the launch position 674W are not evenly supported from the front and rear directions in the incomplete rail portion 674B, but the game balls F have momentum (because the ball speed is fast), so the notch 674f. Passes through the incomplete rail portion 674B without falling toward the center.

  The game ball F launched from the launch position 674W together with the return ball in the state where the return ball runs backward on the launch rail 674 or the return ball exists on the launch rail 674 has no momentum (because the ball speed is slow). There is a high possibility of falling toward the notch 674f. That is, as shown in FIGS. 65 (a) and 65 (b), the game ball F is not evenly supported from the front-rear direction in the incomplete rail portion 674B, and thus may fall toward the notch portion 674f. Is expensive. For example, a game ball without momentum loses balance (front-rear balance) when passing through the incomplete rail portion 674B, and is likely to fall toward the notch portion 674f.

  In particular, as shown in FIG. 67 (a), the return ball reciprocates on the firing rail 674, and the momentum of the return ball is further reduced by increasing the number of return balls. In the case of weakening, there is a higher possibility that the return ball will fall toward the notch 674f.

  In the second embodiment, “Electrical configuration (FIGS. 15 and 16)”, “Display contents of the symbol display device 41 (FIG. 17)”, “Various counters (FIG. 18)”, “Attack table (FIG. 19)” ”,“ Destination of game results for jackpot type counter C2 (FIG. 20) ”,“ Matters related to reach display (reach state) ”,“ Reserved ball storage area 232 (FIG. 21) ”,“ Timer interrupt processing (FIG. 22) To FIG. 25) ”is the same as in the first embodiment. However, in the “electrical configuration (FIGS. 15 and 16)” of the second embodiment, the passage detection sensor 74b and the solenoid 77a (the driving source of the support member) are not required. In the “normal process” of the second embodiment, the “return ball detection process” and the “return ball cancellation process” are not executed and the contents of the “game ball launch control process” are different from those of the first embodiment. This is the same as the “normal processing” in the form.

  That is, the “game ball launch control process” of the second embodiment is the same as the “game ball launch control process (FIG. 42)” of the first embodiment, except that the process of step S1702 is omitted. The “fire control process” of the second embodiment is the same as the “fire control process” of the first embodiment.

  According to the above second embodiment, the following effects can be obtained in addition to the effects of the first embodiment. That is, according to the second embodiment, it is not necessary to drive the support member 77 by the “drive source (solenoid 77a or the like of the first embodiment)” or to perform electrical control to process the return ball. The mechanical structure of the pachinko machine 10B can be simplified or the control burden can be reduced.

  Further, according to the second embodiment, a large number of return balls accumulate on the launch rail 674, and the return balls that have lost momentum move on the launch rail 674 and are discharged from the notch 674f. Smoothness can be secured. Furthermore, according to the second embodiment, since the discharge means (notch portion 674f) is provided, even if the launch rail 674 is arranged at a steep slope or the launch rail 674 has a structure that easily causes clogging, The return ball can be discharged smoothly to ensure a smooth game progression. In the second embodiment, the incomplete rail portion 674B may be provided with a discharge port including the groove bottom portion 674g, and the return ball may be dropped from the discharge port. However, when a discharge port is provided, a step occurs at the discharge port portion in the incomplete rail portion 674B, and a game ball (normal launch ball) disposed at the launch position 674W in a state where there is no return ball on the launch rail 674 , May be affected by the outlet. On the other hand, in the second embodiment, the incomplete rail portion 674B includes the groove bottom portion 674g and the short rear inclined portion 674j, so that a normal launch ball can be launched in a stable state.

<Other embodiments>
In addition, it is not limited to the description content of 2nd Embodiment mentioned above, For example, you may implement as follows. Incidentally, each of the following configurations may be individually applied to each of the above embodiments, or a part or all of them may be combined and applied to each of the above embodiments. In addition, each of the following configurations may be applied to an embodiment other than the embodiment exemplified as an application target.

(1) In 2nd Embodiment, as shown in the modification 19 of FIG.67 (b), the protrusion part 674s of the back inclination part 674g which comprises the incomplete rail part 674B may be roundish. According to the modification 19, discharge (induction to the notch 674f) can be performed more smoothly.

(2) As a modification of the second embodiment, a method of processing a return ball using a support member 7L that can be operated without requiring electric power can be exemplified. For example, as shown in Modification 20 in FIG. 68 (a), the return ball may be processed by operating the support member 7L using the biasing force of the biasing means 7H (for example, a coil spring). That is, in the modified example 20, the support member 7L is movable left and right along the guides 7P and 7P disposed above and below the support member 7L. That is, the support member 7L is movable left and right while sliding the outer peripheral surface of the right portion 7M on the guides 7P and 7P. Further, an urging means 7H is disposed between the right portion 7M of the support member 7L and the wall portion 7J disposed on the right side thereof. Furthermore, the left portion 7N of the support member 7L is located on the left side of the guides 7P and 7P.

  The left end portion of the support member 7L can support the game ball supplied from the ball feeder 76 at the launch position 74W. That is, if there is one game ball present on the launch rail 74 (launch position 74W), the left portion 7N of the support member 7L is placed on the right side of the guides 7P and 7P (a single game ball at the launch position 74W). Projecting by the amount necessary to support the However, the urging force of the urging means 7H is set so that “one game ball can be supported but two or more game balls cannot be supported (moves in the right direction)”. Yes. Then, as shown in FIG. 68 (b), when a return ball is generated on the launch rail 74 and a plurality of game balls are arranged on the launch rail 74, a plurality of game balls are placed on the support member 7L. Since the weight is loaded, the support member 7L moves to the right along the guides 7P and 7P. Then, since the empty space is created as much as the support member 7L moves to the left side, the game ball on the firing rail 74 is discharged from the lower end of the firing rail 74.

  According to the modified example 20, as in the second embodiment, since electrical control is not used to process the return ball, the mechanical structure of the pachinko machine is not complicated, and the control device that constitutes the pachinko machine is used. The control burden can be reduced. In the modified example 20, when a plurality of game balls exist on the launch rail 74 and the support member 7L moves to the right, all the game balls present on the launch rail 74 are removed from the launch rail 74. One game ball may be left on the launch rail 74 and the other game balls may be ejected from the launch rail 74. In the modification 20, the mode in which the support member 7L moves in the left-right direction is illustrated (mode in which the support member 7L protrudes in the left-right direction from the guides 7P, 7P). Or you may. Further, in the aspect that appears in the left-right direction and the front-rear direction, similarly to the first embodiment, a predetermined actuator (drive means) that drives the support member 7L and a drive control means are provided, and the predetermined detection means uses a return ball. When detected, the support member 7L may be driven to discharge the return ball from the firing rail 74.

(3) In the gaming machine 10B of the second embodiment, since the notch 674f is provided in the rear inclined portion 674j, the game ball (return ball) is discharged backward (in a direction away from the player). Can do. However, the notch 674f may be provided in the front inclined portion 674j or may be provided in the groove bottom 674g.

(4) In the gaming machine 10B of the second embodiment, the cutout portion 674f is kept open all the time, and the return ball enters the cutout portion 674f without touching the return ball. The structure discharged | emitted from the discharge channel 675h was illustrated. However, as shown in Modification 21 shown in FIGS. 69 and 70, an opening / closing member 674n for opening / closing a discharge portion (notch portion 674f or opening portion) for discharging the return ball may be provided. Here, the opening / closing member 674n of Modification 21 includes a main body portion 674p and a base portion 674q that are disposed in an inclined manner.

  A solenoid 674r that constitutes a driving means is attached to the opening / closing member 674n. That is, a part of the plunger 674s protrudes from the solenoid 674r, and the opening / closing member 674n is attached to the protruding end of the plunger 674s. When the solenoid 674r (built-in coil) is excited, the amount of protrusion of the plunger 674s decreases, and when the excitation of the solenoid 674r (built-in coil) is stopped, the amount of protrusion of the plunger 674s increases. The solenoid 674r is connected to a main control device 81 as drive control means. Moreover, in the modification 21, although a solenoid is illustrated as a drive means which drives the opening / closing member 674n, the aspect of a drive means is not limited to a solenoid. For example, other actuators such as a motor can be used.

  When normal (when the game ball is supported at the firing position 74W), as shown in FIGS. 69 (a) and 70 (a), the excitation of the solenoid 674r (built-in coil) is stopped, and the plunger 674s The amount of protrusion is increased. At this time, the notch 674f is closed by fitting the main body 674p into the notch 674f. Further, when the main body portion 674p is fitted into the notch portion 674f, the upper surface of the main body portion 674p is flush with the upper surface of the groove portion 674c. Then, the game ball moving on the firing rail 674 does not enter the cutout portion 674f and is held on the firing rail 674.

  On the other hand, when the game ball on the launch rail 674 is to enter the discharge passage 675h through the notch 674f, the solenoid 674r is excited. At this time, as shown in FIGS. 69 (b) and 70 (b), the protrusion amount of the plunger 674s decreases, and the opening / closing member 674n moves rearward, so that the notch 674f is opened.

  According to the modification 21, for example, when the MPU 202 of the main control device 81 determines that the return ball is not generated, the excitation of the solenoid 674r (built-in coil) is stopped and the notch 674f is closed. State. On the other hand, when the MPU 202 of the main control device 81 determines that a return ball has been generated, the solenoid 674r (built-in coil) is excited and the notch 674f is opened.

  In Modification 21, in addition to the effects of the second embodiment, the following effects can be obtained. That is, when a return ball is not generated and a normal launch is to be performed by the launching device 675, the notch 674f is closed, so that the game ball launched by the launching device 675 is accidentally cut. A situation such as entering the notch 674f can be reliably prevented. Further, when a return ball is generated, the notch portion 674f is opened, so that the return ball can enter the notch portion 674f to be processed. That is, the notch 674f can be opened and closed flexibly.

(5) In the modification 21, the mode in which the opening / closing member 674n is electrically driven and controlled has been illustrated, but the opening / closing member 674n may be manually driven based on the player's operation. For example, the return ball elimination operation may be performed by an input action performed by the player on a predetermined input means provided in the gaming machine. Here, as the input means, “a contact type input means in which a player touches and performs an input action like a button or the like”, “a non-contact type input means that reacts when the player holds his hand”, “ For example, “voice input means that reacts to the voice of the player” or the like. And when the input timing of an input means comes, you may alert | report (warn) by an alerting | reporting means, or you may prompt the input with respect to an input means.

(Third embodiment)
Next, an example of the “pachinko machine” of the third embodiment will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In the pachinko machine 10C of the third embodiment, the point that the fraud prevention device 50 is provided, the point that the electric accessory 34a is not provided, the point that the passage selection mechanism 51 is provided, and the configuration of the main display unit 43 are different. Different from the “pachinko machine” of the first embodiment. In addition, in 3rd Embodiment, the description is abbreviate | omitted fundamentally about the structure same as the pachinko machine 10 of 1st Embodiment. In the third embodiment, FIGS. 1 to 4 are used as they are, but for the sake of convenience, the pachinko machine of the third embodiment is expressed as “pachinko machine 10C” for the sake of distinction from the pachinko machine of the other embodiments. (See parentheses in FIGS. 1-4).

  According to the pachinko machine 10C of the third embodiment, the destination of the game ball can be appropriately distributed according to its passing speed by the fraud prevention device 50 constituting a specific example of the distributing means.

  That is, as a type of gaming machine, a pachinko machine is known in which a gaming ball is launched into a gaming area, and the gaming ball is caused to flow down while colliding with a nail (failure nail) or the like. And in various pachinko machines, for example, by changing the passing speed of the game ball depending on how the game ball is launched (for example, by launching so that the flow speed becomes faster), an advantageous result for the player is obtained. (For example, refer to the gaming machines shown in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2011-10741 and 2000-350831).

  In these pachinko machines, in order to deal with various problems that may occur due to the passing speed of the game ball (for example, the speed of flow), the destination of the game ball is appropriately distributed according to the passing speed (for example, the speed of flow). Is required. And the distribution means which comprises the high-order concept of the fraud prevention apparatus 50 of 3rd Embodiment distributes the destination of a game ball suitably by the passage speed.

Here, the gaming machine provided with the distribution means can be specified as follows.
That is, the gaming machine according to the superordinate concept of the third embodiment is
“A game area where game balls fired by predetermined launch means flow down,
A game machine comprising: an advantageous pitching portion that generates a possibility of acquiring a gaming privilege for a player based on a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area,
An introduction passage through which the game ball is introduced;
Detecting means for detecting introduction of a game ball into the introduction passage;
A distribution main body that distributes the destination of the game ball passing through the introduction passage to a special passage that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion;
Driving means for driving the sorting main body;
Drive control means for controlling the drive of the drive means;
A distribution means comprising:
The distribution main body portion communicates the introduction passage with the normal passage and the communication with the special passage, and communicates the introduction passage with the special passage and the normal passage. A second state that is interrupted, and
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The drive control means sets the sorting main body to the first state until the predetermined time elapses after the detecting means detects the game ball, and the predetermined time after the detecting means detects the game ball. When the time elapses, the drive of the drive means is controlled so that the distribution main body is in the second state. "
According to the gaming machine having this feature, since the sorting means is provided, the destination of the game ball can be appropriately sorted according to its passing speed.

  A pachinko machine 10C according to the third embodiment includes an outer frame 11 similar to the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, and a gaming machine main body 12. Further, the “configuration of the front door frame 14” and the “configuration of the back side” of the pachinko machine 10C of the third embodiment are the “configuration of the front door frame 14” and the “configuration of the back side” of the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment. Is the same. The game ball launching mechanism 7A of the third embodiment is the same as the game ball launching mechanism 7A of the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment. Here, the game board 10 which comprises the pachinko machine 10C of 3rd Embodiment differs from the structure of the pachinko machine 10 of 1st Embodiment. This point will be described later.

  Here, in the third to sixth embodiments and the modifications of these embodiments, the distribution unit is used as a “fraud prevention device (fraud prevention unit)”. That is, in a pachinko machine, a player generally obtains a prize ball by winning a game ball flowing down the game area into a predetermined winning slot, or obtains a lottery opportunity together with the prize ball. However, fraudulent acts such as acquiring an unfair prize ball or unfairly winning a lottery by making the speed at which the game balls flow down the game area faster or slower than the regular game balls. May be performed. For example, a low-viscosity oil (for example, lubricating oil, salad oil, etc.) is attached to a game ball (hereinafter, such illegal balls are referred to as oil balls), and friction against a nail (obstruction nail) of a game ball flowing down the game area, etc. By increasing the ball speed of the game ball, etc., increasing the winning efficiency (winning probability) to the predetermined winning mouth, winning illegal balls, or illegally winning lottery opportunities Actions (hereinafter referred to as oil ball goto) have been reported. In particular, when a variable winning device having a so-called “special area” is provided and the game ball reaches the “special area” within a time limit after the variable winning apparatus is opened, a predetermined profit (open / close execution mode) In a gaming machine that can obtain a benefit of transition, a benefit of transition to a high probability mode after the opening / closing execution mode ends, etc., it is easy to be targeted by this oil ball goto. In other words, when the variable winning device is in the open state, the game ball with oil attached thereto is fired by the launching means, and the game ball may reach the variable winning device as soon as possible to try to obtain an unfair advantage. For this reason, based on the electrical resistance of the game ball, a game machine that detects that oil has been attached (applied) to the game ball has been proposed (see, for example, JP 2009-279267 A).

  However, it is desired to improve fraud countermeasures against oil ball goto than the technique disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-279267. For example, even if oil content is applied to the game ball, if the viscosity of the oil content is low, the game ball will directly touch the electrode, so the electrical resistance is measured to the extent that it is identified as if no oil content is attached. There is a possibility that. That is, the above-mentioned Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-279267 only discloses a technique in which it is difficult to prevent oil ball goto even though the structure is complicated by providing electrodes on a plate member or the like. Absent. In this way, it is possible to sort out an illegal game ball such as an oil ball and a regular game ball (a game ball that has not been subjected to a process for intentionally changing the speed of flowing down the game area). Although difficult, there is an urgent need for anti-fraud measures to remove only the illegal game balls without causing any adverse effects on the legitimate game balls.

  On the other hand, in the third embodiment to the sixth embodiment and the modifications of these embodiments, a countermeasure against a fraudulent game ball subjected to a process for increasing the speed of flowing down the game area is taken. An object is to provide a gaming machine that can be improved (details will be described later). A game ball lent to a player from a pachinko hall or a game ball pre-encapsulated in a so-called “enclosed game machine” is referred to as a regular (legitimate) game ball. This legitimate (legitimate) game ball is a game ball that has not been subjected to a process for changing the speed of flowing down the game area. Further, for convenience of explanation in the present specification, the following definitions are made according to the type of oil using the “oil ball” and “oil ball goto”. In other words, an oil ball that is applied or painted with a low-viscosity oil component (for example, a smooth oil component) and that flows faster in the game area than the regular ball is referred to as a first type oil ball. The “oil ball goto” using the first type oil ball is referred to as “first type oil ball goto”. An oil ball that is coated or coated with a high-viscosity oil component (for example, a sticky oil component) and that flows slower in the game area than the regular ball is referred to as a second type oil ball. The “oil ball goto” using the second type oil ball is referred to as “second type oil ball goto”.

  Next, the structure of the game board 24 of 3rd Embodiment is demonstrated based on FIG. The gaming board 24 of the third embodiment is formed with a plurality of large and small openings penetrating in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. Each opening has a general winning port 31, a variable winning device 32, an upper operating port (first starting ball entering portion or non-priority starting entering ball portion) 33, and a lower operating port (second starting ball entering portion or priority starting ball). Section) 34, variable display unit 36, fraud prevention device 50 (distribution means), passage selection mechanism 51, main display section 43, and the like. Unlike the first embodiment, the game board 24 does not include the through gate 35 because the lower working port 34 does not include an electric accessory. Further, the game board 24 of the third embodiment is different from the game board 24 of the first embodiment in that the path selection mechanism 51 is provided and the configuration of the main display unit 43 is different.

  The passage selection mechanism 51 receives a game ball flowing down the game board 24, and then distributes the destination of the game ball to the lower operation port 34 to a passage having a high possibility of winning or a passage having a low possibility of winning (as a destination, The lower working port 34 selects a passage having a high winning possibility or a passage having a low winning possibility). As shown in FIG. 72, the passage selection mechanism 51 flows into the receiving member 51b, the first passage pipe 51c, the second passage pipe 51d, and the second passage pipe 51d provided on the surface of the game board 24. A cron 51e that can receive a game ball and a third passage pipe 51g that communicates with an outlet 51f provided in the center of the cron 51e. Among these, the terminal part of the 3rd channel | path pipe | tube 51g has joined the intermediate part of the 1st channel | path pipe | tube 51c. The terminal portion of the first passage pipe 51c is exposed to the front side of the game board 24 as a discharge port 51t, and the game ball can be released substantially vertically downward on the front side of the game board 24. Since the lower operation port 34 is disposed substantially vertically below the discharge port 51t, a game ball released from the terminal portion of the first passage pipe 51c wins the lower operation port 34 with a high probability.

  A back structure 51H constituting the passage selection mechanism 51, that is, a portion excluding a terminal end portion (discharge port 51t) of the first passage pipe 51c, a second passage pipe 51d, a third passage pipe 51g, and a crune 51e; Three fourth passage pipes 51x, which will be described later, are arranged on the back side of the game board 24, and the game board 24 is transparent (for example, made of a transparent resin). The back structure 51H is visible through the board 24. However, it is not always necessary to make the entire game board 24 transparent, and it is sufficient that at least the front side of the back structure 51H in the game board 24 is transparent.

  As shown in FIG. 73, the receiving member 51b includes a substantially case-shaped member body 51j that opens upward, a selection member 51m that can swing left and right (front view) with respect to the shaft member 51k, and a selection member 51m. A weight 51n mounted (embedded) on the right end side (front view). A partition 51p is provided near the opening of the member main body 51j. Then, as shown in FIG. 73 (b), the game ball entering the receiving member 51b from the left direction through the opening of the receiving member 51b can reach the left side of the receiving member 51b, that is, the left end side of the selection member 51m. The nature is getting higher. Further, as shown in FIG. 73 (c), there is a high possibility that the game ball entering the receiving member 51b from the right direction reaches the right side of the receiving member 51b, that is, the right end side of the selection member 51m.

  When the selection member 51m is inclined downward to the left, a portion located behind the left end of the selection member 51m is provided with a first entrance 51s, and the first entrance 51s includes a first passage pipe 51c. The starting end is in communication. In addition, when the selection member 51m is in the downward-right-tilting posture, a second advancement inlet 51r is provided at a portion located behind the right end of the selection member 51m, and the second advancement pipe 51d is provided at the second advancement entrance 51r. The leading end of is in communication. However, since the weight 51n is provided on the left end side (front view) of the selection member 51m, it is easy to assume a right downward inclined posture.

  For this reason, in the game area PE, when a game ball flowing down a portion on the right side of the center frame 42 to be described later (hereinafter referred to as a right-handed area R) enters the receiving member 51b, the right end of the selection member 51m is highly likely. Therefore, the possibility of entering the second passage pipe 51d through the second entrance 51r is high. On the other hand, in the game area PE, when a game ball flowing down a left part of the center frame 42 (hereinafter referred to as a left-handed area L), which will be described later, enters the receiving member 51b, the left end side of the selection member 51m with high probability. To reach. In this case, the posture of the selection member 51m tends to change from the right downward inclination posture to the left downward inclination posture with the weight of the game ball falling to the left end side, but a weight 51n is embedded on the right end side of the selection member 51m. Therefore, the selection member 51m is in the left downward inclination posture, and the game ball enters the first passage pipe 51c through the first entrance 51s, and the selection member 51m remains in the left downward inclination posture, and the game ball enters the second entrance. A case of entering the second passage pipe 51d through the mouth 51r occurs at a half rate.

  As shown in FIG. 74 (a), the crune 51e has a substantially mortar shape, and has an outlet 51f at the bottom. In addition, the game ball that has entered the second passage pipe 51d through the second entrance 51s is released along the circumferential direction into the clown 51e. Then, the released game ball rolls along a path (substantially spiral path) that descends while circling in the crone 51e. At this time, since a plurality of (three) holes 51p are provided on this route, the game balls that have entered any of the holes 51p use the fourth passage pipes 51x connected to the respective 51p to play a pachinko machine. 10 is guided outside (only one of the three 51p is shown in FIG. 72). Of the game balls released into the crone 51e, those that have not reached the hole 51p and have reached the outlet 51f enter the first passage pipe 51c through the third passage pipe 51g. Moreover, the probability of reaching the outflow port 51f among the game balls released into the crune 51e is low (for example, 1/5).

  Returning to FIG. 71, the main display unit 43 of the third embodiment will display the winning display corresponding to the shift to the open state of the electronic lottery based on the prize display unit (the result of the internal lottery based on winning in the through gate 35) Although it is different from the main display unit 43 of the first embodiment in that it does not include an accessory display unit that displays whether or not it is a result, the other points are the same as the main display unit 43 of the first embodiment.

  Further, as described above, the gaming board 24 of the third embodiment is different from the gaming board 24 of the first embodiment in that the gaming board 24 includes the fraud prevention device 50. This fraud prevention device 50 shows a specific example of “distribution means”, and out of the game balls flowing down the game area PE, the destination of what is taken into the fraud prevention device 50 is designated as a normal passage NR or a special passage. It is for distributing to SR. Moreover, in 3rd Embodiment, as shown in FIG. 71, the fraud prevention apparatus 50 is arrange | positioned at the lower left side (front view) of the center frame 42. As shown in FIG. However, the fraud prevention device 50 can be arranged on the lower right side (front view) of the center frame 42 or on the left and right of the center frame 42. Further, in the third embodiment, an electric combination is used as the fraud prevention device 50, but a so-called “non-electric combination” can also be used (see the sixth embodiment described later).

  The fraud prevention device 50 will be described with reference to FIGS. 74 (b), 75 and 76. FIG. The fraud prevention device 50 is a bridge-shaped electric accessory, and is introduced into the fraud prevention device 50, a cover body 52a disposed in front of the board surface of the game board 24, a base member 52b disposed behind the cover body 52a. A passage portion 52c through which the played game ball passes.

  The upper surface of the passage portion 52c is slightly inclined downward from the left end toward the right end (front view). Further, the right end of the passage portion 52c is a recess 52h that is recessed in a step shape compared to other portions, and a discharge sensor 211f is provided in the recess 52h to detect a game ball that has passed through the recess 52h (FIG. 74, FIG. 75). Further, the game ball guided to the recess 52h is discharged out of the pachinko machine 10C. For example, it is good also as providing the downward inclination which goes to the back of the pachinko machine 10C in the recessed part 52h, and returning the game ball induced | guided | derived to the recessed part 52h to island equipment. In addition, the front surface of the recess 52h is in an open state, and the recess 52h is provided with a downward slope toward the front of the pachinko machine 10, whereby the game ball guided to the recess 52h is temporarily returned to the game area 24, and the game area The game ball returned to 24 may be discharged from the pachinko machine 10 through the out port 37 without entering any ball entrance (winning port, operation port). Or, each time one game ball is guided to the recess 52h, one game ball may be paid out as a prize ball. Note that a game ball can pass through a space between the cover body 52a and the board surface of the game board 24 and located below the passage portion 52c. For this reason, game balls that have not been introduced into the fraud prevention device 50 can pass through. In addition, a warning (by sound, light, etc.) may be given every time it is guided to the recess 52h, or a warning (by sound, light, etc.) may be given when the frequency of being guided to the recess 52h is more than a certain level. (Described later).

  An opening 52j is provided at a position near the right end of the passage 52c, and the opening 52j is opened and closed by a shutter 52k. Further, in the passage portion 52c, the introduction passage 52p is constituted by a portion on the left side of the opening 52j. Further, an electric accessory driving unit 34b is disposed behind the opening 52j, and drives a shutter 52k connected to the electric accessory driving unit 34b. In the third embodiment, a solenoid is used as the electric accessory driving unit 34b, but other actuators such as a motor may be used. The introduction of the game ball into the fraud prevention device 50 from the entrance 52y of the fraud prevention device 50 can be detected by the detection sensor 211g provided at the entrance 52y. Furthermore, the distance X (see FIG. 74) from the entrance 52y (center position) to the opening 52j (left edge) is predetermined if the speed of the game ball passing through the passage 52c is appropriate (below a predetermined speed). It is a distance that requires time (1.5 seconds in this embodiment), and if the speed is inappropriate (speed exceeding a predetermined speed), it is less than the predetermined time. If the speed is not appropriate, the vehicle passes over the opening 52j (on the opening 52j closed by the shutter 52k) and reaches a normal passage NR, which will be described later, before a predetermined time elapses. The opening 52j and the shutter 52k constitute a specific example of the sorting main body, and the electric accessory driving part 34b constitutes a specific example of the driving means. Further, a specific example of the drive control means is constituted by a main control device 81 to be described later.

  Next, the function of the fraud prevention apparatus 50 will be described with reference to FIGS. 75 and 76. The game ball introduced into the introduction passage 52p through the entrance 52y rolls in the direction of the shutter 52k (opening 52j) using the downward slope of the introduction passage 52p. When a legitimate game ball (a game ball other than the first type oil ball) is about to reach the opening 52j, the speed of the game ball is equal to or lower than a predetermined speed, so that a predetermined time (third embodiment) Then, the game ball does not reach the opening 52j before 1.5 seconds elapses). That is, since a predetermined time (1.5 seconds is exemplified in the third embodiment) elapses until the game ball reaches the opening 52j, the shutter 52k has already opened the opening 52j and introduced through the opening 52j. The passage 52p and the special passage SR communicate with each other. Therefore, it is possible to guide the game ball rolling in the introduction passage 52p to the special passage SR. As shown in FIG. 71, the special passage of the third embodiment is not limited to “special passage SR in fraud prevention device 50”, but also “special passage SR in fraud prevention device 50” and “fraud prevention device 50. It is comprised with the outside special channel | path A1 "(refer FIG. 71). That is, the game is constituted by the “special passage SR in the fraud prevention device 50” communicated with the opening 52j and the “special passage A1 outside the fraud prevention device 50” constituted by the guide nails 38b on the surface of the game board 24. The sphere can be guided to the receiving member 51b and thus to the lower working port. However, the special passage may be configured only by “a special passage outside the fraud prevention device 50”. For example, the game ball may be guided directly from the opening 52j to the “special passage A1 outside the fraud prevention device 50”. The same applies to the normal passage described later, and the normal passage may be constituted by “a normal passage NR in the fraud prevention device 50” and “a normal passage outside the fraud prevention device 50”, or by a shutter 52k. The game ball that has passed through the closed opening 52j may be guided directly to the “normal passage outside the fraud prevention device 50”.

  On the other hand, if the game ball introduced into the introduction passage 52p is the first type oil ball, the speed of the game ball exceeds a predetermined speed, and thus a predetermined time (1.5 seconds is exemplified in the third embodiment) elapses. Before playing (before the electric accessory driving unit 51d is driven), the game ball passes over the shutter 52k that closes the opening 52j. That is, if the game ball is the first type oil ball, the speed of the game ball exceeds a predetermined speed, and therefore the predetermined time (1 in the third embodiment) after the game ball passes through the shutter 52k (opening 52j). E.g. 5 seconds). Thus, when a predetermined time elapses after passing through the shutter 52k (opening 52j), it is guided to the normal path NR and can be made an out-ball (because it is not guided to the special path SR), the first The seed oil ball goto can be eliminated.

  If it demonstrates further using FIG. 71, the inner rail part 5A and the outer rail part 5B are attached to the game board 24 of 3rd Embodiment similarly to the game board 24 of 1st Embodiment, These inside The rail portion 5A and the outer rail portion 5B constitute a guide rail portion 5E, and a game ball launched from the game ball launch mechanism 7A similar to the first embodiment is guided to the upper part of the game area PE. Yes.

  Next, the configuration on the back side of the gaming machine main body 12 of the third embodiment is the same as the configuration on the back side of the gaming machine main body 12 of the first embodiment. The electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10C according to the third embodiment is the same as the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10C according to the first embodiment except for the following points. That is, the lower working port 34 is not provided with an electric accessory, and the through gate 35 is not provided in the game area PE. Therefore, unlike the first embodiment, the MPU 202 is not connected to the input port of the MPU 202 to detect that it has passed through the through gate 35, and the MPU 202 executes the support generation lottery based on winning through the through gate. do not do. In addition, the output side of the MPU 202 is not connected to an electric accessory driving unit that opens and closes the electric accessory of the lower working port 34. Further, a drive unit (solenoid) constituting the fraud prevention device 50D is connected to the output side of the MPU 202, and the detection sensor 211g (see FIG. 73, FIG. 74, etc.) is driven based on detection of the passage of the game ball. Part drives.

  Further, the display content of the symbol display device 41 of the third embodiment and the display content of the symbol display device 41 of the first embodiment are the same (see FIG. 17), and the meaning of “reach display (reach state) is also the first implementation. Further, in the third embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the MPU 202 uses “various counter information shown in FIG. 18” in the game. However, in the third embodiment, since no electric accessory is provided in the lower operation port 34 and no through gate is provided in the game area PE, the electric accessory release counter C4 is not provided among the various counters shown in FIG. That is, the first embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that it does not include the electric accessory release counter C4 used for the lottery to determine whether or not the electric accessory 34a of the lower working port 34 is in the electric utility open state. In this case, the MPU 202 does not set the display of the accessory display unit using the counter information of the electric accessory release counter C4.

  Also in the third embodiment, the “configuration of the reserved ball storage area 232” is the same as that in the first embodiment (see FIG. 21).

  Next, in the pachinko machine 10C of the third embodiment, a timer interrupt process and a normal process that are executed when the MPU 202 in the main control device 81 advances the game in each game time will be described. In the pachinko machine 10C according to the third embodiment, the MPU 202 also receives a main process activated upon power-on and input of a power failure signal to the NMI terminal (non-maskable terminal) in addition to the timer interrupt process and the normal process. The NMI interrupt process to be started is executed, but the description of these processes is omitted.

  First, the timer interrupt process of the third embodiment is that “the contents of step S103” and “the passing process for step S105B through instead of the winning process for through of step S105” are performed. Different from timer interrupt processing. That is, the contents of “Step S101”, “Step S102”, and “Step S104” are the same as those of the timer interrupt process of the first embodiment.

  Also in step S103 constituting the timer interrupt process of the third embodiment, the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, and the reach random number counter C3 are updated. However, in the third embodiment, since the lower working port 34 is not provided with an electric accessory, the electric accessory release counter C4 is not updated.

  Next, the “through processing for through” in step S105B will be described with reference to FIG.

  In step S401B, it is determined whether or not a game ball is introduced from the entrance 52y to the fraud prevention device 50. Here, whether or not a game ball has been introduced from the entrance 52y (whether or not it has entered) is determined by determining whether or not the detection sensor 211g provided at the entrance 52y has detected a game ball. Can do. And when it determines with having introduced from the entrance 52y by step S401B, it transfers to step S402B and determines whether the passage flag has already been set. In other words, in the third embodiment, when the subsequent game ball enters the fraud prevention device 50 before the shutter 52k is opened and closed based on the game ball previously entered in the fraud prevention device 50 (in a short time). (When two game balls enter continuously) is also considered.

  For this reason, the first passage flag and the second passage flag are assumed as passage flags, and the first passage flag, the second passage flag, the first passage flag, the second passage flag,... Are set in this order (RAM204). (The passage flag is stored in the passage flag storage area in the various flag storage areas 235). This passage flag is stored when the detection sensor 211g detects a game ball in a state where “both the first passage flag and the second passage flag” are not set. Then, it is erased when an opening preparation flag described later is set.

  When step S402B is executed, it is determined in step S403B whether both the first passage flag and the second passage flag are set. If the determination in step S403B is affirmative, the through process for through is terminated as it is. That is, when two or more subsequent game balls are introduced into the fraud prevention device 50 before the shutter 52k is opened and closed based on the game balls introduced into the fraud prevention device 50 first, the second ball The shutter 52k is not opened / closed based on the subsequent game balls. However, in the third embodiment, three or more passage flags may be provided, and the shutter 52k may be opened and closed based on the second and subsequent game balls.

  If it is determined negative in step S403B and it is determined that the second passage flag is set in step S404B, the set time (that is, the setting of the first passage flag is set) in step S405B. The first passage flag with information relating to the time) added thereto is set in the passage flag storage area, and the passage processing is terminated. In addition, even when a negative determination is made in step S402B, in step S405, the first pass flag in a state to which information regarding the set time (that is, the set time of the first pass flag) is added is stored as a pass flag. The area is set and the passing process is terminated.

  If it is determined negative in step S403B and it is determined in step S404 that the first passage flag is set, in step S406, the set time (that is, the second passage flag is set). Is set in the passage flag storage area, and the passage process is terminated. Information about the set time can be acquired from a clock circuit (transmitter) mounted on the MPU 202, for example.

  On the other hand, when the game ball is not introduced from the entrance 52y of the fraud prevention device 50, the main winning process is terminated without performing the processes after step S402. In the first embodiment, it is assumed that one game ball can be discharged into the special passage SR when the shutter 52k is opened and closed once. However, a plurality of game balls are provided in the special passage SR. The case where the discharge is possible will be described later {see the modified example 23 in FIG. 85 (a)}.

  Next, normal processing of the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. The normal processing of the third embodiment is that (a) the transition processing at the end of the open / close mode constituting the gaming state transition processing (FIG. 32) is performed based on FIG. 79, and (b) “electric role support in step S506” Instead of “processing”, the “electricity driving process” in step S506B is performed, and (c) after performing the “game launch control process” in step S509, the “abnormality monitoring process” in step S509B is performed, Although the point which transfers to a process differs from 1st Embodiment, the other point is the same as that of the normal process of 1st Embodiment. That is, the contents of step S501 to step S505, step S507 to step S509, and step S510 to step S512 are the same as in the first embodiment. Therefore, among the processes constituting the normal process of the third embodiment, the “electric role driving process” in step S506B and the “abnormality monitoring process” in step S509B will be described below.

<Transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode>
In step S1112 of FIG. 32, a transition process at the end of the opening / closing execution mode is executed based on the flowchart of FIG.

  First, in step S1201, it is determined whether or not the 15R probability variation flag or the 2R probability variation flag is stored in the RAM 204. If any flag is stored, in step S1202, a flag erasure process for erasing information for specifying the gaming state is executed. Specifically, when the opening / closing execution mode flag and the high probability mode flag are stored, they are deleted, and when they are not already stored, the states are maintained. In the subsequent step S1203, the high probability mode flag is stored. As a result, the gaming state shifts to a gaming state in which the winning / failing lottery mode is the high probability mode. Thereafter, the migration process ends. Note that these high probability modes are maintained at least until the next big win is won. Thereafter, the migration process ends.

  If it is determined in step S1201 that both the 15R probability variation flag and the 2R probability variation flag are not stored, this means that the current opening / closing execution mode is performed based on the fact that the normal jackpot flag is stored. To do. In this case, in step S1204, the above flag erasure process is executed, and the transition process is terminated.

<Electronic drive processing>
Next, the electric power driving process of step S506B will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. This electric combination driving process is a driving process related to one electric combination provided in the fraud prevention device 50. That is, the first passing flag, the second passing flag, the first passing flag, the second passing flag,... Are set in the order of passing through the entrance 52y. And the electric combination based on the second passage flag is set as the second electric combination opening / closing process. That is, since a game ball may pass continuously through the entrance 52y, a first passing flag and a second passing flag are provided.

  In the electric role driving process, it is determined in step S1301B whether or not a passage flag is set. Specifically, the process of step S1301B is performed by determining whether or not a passage flag (first passage flag, second passage flag) is stored in the passage flag storage area in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204. Can do. Then, if a negative determination is made in the process of step S1301B, the electric role driving process is terminated.

  When an affirmative determination is made in the process of step S1301B, it is determined which of the first passage flag and the second passage flag is the passage flag set first. That is, if it is determined in the process of step S1302B that the first passage flag has been set first, after the first electric combination opening / closing process of step S1303B is performed, the electric combination driving process is terminated. If it is determined in step S1302B that the second passage flag has been set first, the second power combination opening / closing process in step S1304B is performed, and then the power combination driving process is terminated. Next, the contents of the first electric combination opening / closing process and the second electric combination opening / closing process will be described. The contents of the first electric combination opening / closing process and the second electric combination opening / closing process are the same.

  As shown in FIG. 81, in the electric utility opening / closing process, it is determined in step S1401B whether an opening permission flag is set. Specifically, the process of step S1401B can be performed by determining whether or not the release permission flag is stored in the release permission flag storage area in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204. Here, “a flag indicating that the shutter 52k is allowed to open after a predetermined time (1.5 seconds later)” is set, and the first opening permission flag is set in the first electric utility opening / closing process. In the second power combination opening / closing process, the second release permission flag is set.

  In the first electric utility opening / closing process, if it is determined in step S1401B that the first release permission flag is not set, the process of deleting the first passage flag and the first release permission flag are set in step S1402B. And 375 (1.5 seconds) is set in the first release start timer TS1, and the first electric utility opening / closing process is terminated. The first release start timer TS1 is decremented by 1 every time the normal process is started. The first opening start timer TS1 is a timer that determines when the shutter 52k starts to open based on when the first opening permission flag is set. The second opening start timer TS2, which will be described later, is a second opening permission flag. Is a timer that determines when the shutter 52k starts the opening operation with reference to the time when is set.

  If the first opening permission flag is set, it is determined in the process of step S1403B whether the opening 52j is being opened. Whether or not the opening 52j is open is determined by whether or not the electric accessory driving unit 34b is in a driving state. If it is determined in step S1403B that the opening 52j is not open, the process proceeds to step S1404B. In step S1404B, it is determined whether or not the value of the first release start timer TS1 is “0”. If the value of the first release start timer TS1 is not “0”, the main utility opening / closing process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, when the value of the first opening start timer TS1 is “0”, in step S1405B, an opening process for controlling the opening 52j to the opened state is executed, and the first opening end timer TE1. Is set to “375 (1.5 seconds)”, and the first electric utility opening / closing process is terminated. That is, the first opening end timer TE1 and the second opening end timer TE2 described later are based on the time when the electric accessory driving unit 34b performs the opening operation of the shutter 52k. It is a timer that determines when to perform an action.

  If it is determined in step S1403B that the opening 52j is being opened, the process proceeds to step S1406B. In step S1406B, it is determined whether or not the value of the first release end timer TE1 is “0”. If the value of the first opening end timer TE1 is not “0”, the main utility opening / closing process is ended as it is. On the other hand, when the value of the first opening end timer TE1 is “0”, in step S1407B, a closing process for controlling the opening 52j to the closed state is executed, and the main utility opening / closing process is ended. To do.

  In the second electric utility opening and closing process, if it is determined in step S1401B that the second release permission flag is not set, step S1402B is executed, and if it is determined that the second release permission flag is set, step After the negative determination in S1403B and the negative determination in step S1404B, the second electric utility opening / closing process is temporarily ended, or the negative determination in step S1403B and the positive determination in step S1404B are performed, and then the process in step S1405B is executed. 2 Ends the electric utility opening / closing process.

  If the second release permission flag is set and an affirmative determination is made in step S1403B, the process in step S1407B is executed after the affirmative determination in step S1406B, or the second electric utility opening / closing process is terminated, or in step S1406B After a negative determination, the second electric utility opening / closing process is terminated. Note that the electric utility opening / closing process is a part of the normal process, and is executed at a cycle of 4 msec. The count values set in the release start timer TS (first release start timer TS1, first release start timer TS2) and release end timer TE (first release end timer TE1, second release end timer TE2) are predetermined. It is decremented by 1 at a cycle (4 msec cycle).

<Abnormality monitoring processing>
Next, the abnormality monitoring process in step S509B of the normal process will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. This abnormality monitoring process is a process for monitoring whether or not “abnormality that a predetermined number of first type oil balls have been fired during a certain period of time” has occurred.

  In the abnormality monitoring process, when it is suspected that a predetermined number (for example, 10 balls) of first type oil balls have been fired within a certain period (for example, 30 seconds), a notification process is executed. Specifically, when it is determined that a predetermined number (for example, 10 balls) of first type oil balls have been fired within a certain period (for example, 30 seconds), a large number of first type oil balls have been fired. The notification to that effect is executed through the sound lamp control device 82, and information indicating that a large number of first type oil balls are being fired is output to the hall computer through the external terminal board.

  In the abnormality monitoring process, in step S1801, it is determined whether or not the notification period counter ITC provided in the various counter areas 234 of the RAM 204 is “0”. The notification period counter ITC is a counter that determines a period for executing notification.

  When an affirmative determination is made in step S1801, the process proceeds to step S1802, in which “7500” is set in the notification period counter ITC, and the value of the detection counter TC1 provided in the various counter areas 234 of the RAM 204 is set to “0”. To do. Here, the detection counter TC1 is a counter for counting the number of fires of the first type oil ball every certain period (for example, 30 seconds). The notification period counter ITC value of “0” indicates that the detection counter TC1 has performed counting for 30 seconds. The abnormality monitoring process is a part of the normal process and is executed at a cycle of 4 msec. For this reason, the count value set in the notification period counter ITC and the detection counter TC1 is decremented by 1 at a predetermined cycle (4 msec cycle).

  When a negative determination is made in step S1801, or after executing the process of step S1802, the process of step S1803 is executed. In the process of step S1803, it is determined whether or not a detection signal corresponding to discharge detection is input. If affirmative in step S1803, the detection counter TC1 provided in the various counter areas 234 of the RAM 204 is incremented by “1” in step S1804, and the value of the detection counter TC1 is “10” in step S1805. It is determined whether or not. The discharge detection is executed when the discharge sensor 211f provided in the recess 52h detects the game ball.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1805, the abnormality monitoring process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1805, the notification process is executed in subsequent step S1806, and then the abnormality monitoring process is terminated. Here, in the abnormality notification process, a notification execution command corresponding to detection of illegal spheres is output to the voice lamp control device 82 and information corresponding to detection of fraud is output to the hall computer through the external terminal board. The sound lamp control device 82 receives the notification execution command to turn on the error display lamp portion and output a warning sound from the speaker portion 64. Furthermore, there are many illegal spheres on the display screen G of the symbol display device 41. Displays a message that it has been fired.

  According to the pachinko machine 10C of the third embodiment described in detail above, the following effects can be obtained in addition to the effects of the first embodiment or the second embodiment. That is, according to the pachinko machine 10 </ b> C of the third embodiment, since the fraud prevention device 50 is provided on the lower left side of the center frame 42, the first type oil balls that flow down the left-handed region L flow down toward the lower working port 34. Even so, the first type oil ball does not reach the lower working port 34. That is, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, since the anti-fraud device 50 is provided, the first type oil balls are removed from the game balls that flow down the left-handed region L and go to the lower working port 34. Are provided with a bridge-like accessory (shutter 52k) that always moves in a constant manner, and a switch (detection sensor 211g) for starting its operation, and the first type oil ball is left as it is or directed to the out port 37. A dodging mechanism is installed on the game board 24 side.

  Then, by moving the bridge-shaped accessory (shutter 52k) after a predetermined time has passed since passing through the switch (detection sensor 211g), if the first type oil ball is passed, the passage speed is fast. 52h), it can be an out ball, and it is not guided to the special passage SR. Moreover, if it is not a 1st type oil ball (if it is a valid game ball), it will head to the lower working port 34, without crossing a bridge. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10C of the third embodiment, it is possible to remove the first type oil ball and improve the countermeasure against fraud. That is, it is difficult to select a game ball (first type oil ball) to which low-viscosity oil adheres and a legitimate game ball (game ball that is not the first type oil ball), but in this embodiment, the game ball Paying attention to the difference in speed when the (first type oil ball) and a legitimate game ball (game ball that is not the first type oil ball) pass through the same distance (the first type oil ball is faster), the first The seed oil ball can be removed. Moreover, it is possible to remove only the first type oil ball without adversely affecting the legitimate game ball. In other words, a legitimate game ball (regular game) using the introduction passage 52p of a constant distance (same distance) and the shutter 52k that opens the opening 52j in a fixed time (same time) after passing through the switch (detection sensor 211g). Sphere) and the first type oil sphere can be distributed.

  By the way, in a pachinko machine that does not use the fraud prevention device 50, it is expected that by executing the first type oil ball goto, the “winning rate to the lower working port 34” is increased and an unfair profit is obtained. . In other words, a low-viscosity oil component is applied to the game ball to reduce the friction of the game ball flowing down the game area PE against the nail, thereby increasing the ball speed of the game ball and improperly inserting the game ball into the lower operation port 34. A situation where a ball is made is assumed. In this case, it is possible to obtain an unreasonable profit on the winning ball, or to increase the possibility of winning a big win based on the winning to the lower operating port 34 as compared with the case of using a legitimate game ball. , May give undue benefits to the actor. On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10C of the third embodiment, since the fraud prevention device 50 is used, the first type oil ball can be removed, which is effective in preventing such fraud.

  Further, in the present embodiment, when a game ball is fired in the right-handed region R, the possibility of winning in the lower working port 34 is lower than when a game ball is fired in the left-handed region L. 50 is arranged only on the left side (front view) below the center frame 42. In other words, the fraud prevention device 50 is effectively arranged to prevent the gaming board 24 from being narrowed. However, the fraud prevention device is provided in both the left-handed region L and the right-handed region R. (It will be described later). Furthermore, you may provide the fraud prevention apparatus for protecting the other operation port 33 and other winning ports (general winning port 31, large winning port 32a, etc.) from 1st type oil ball goto (it mentions later).

<Other embodiments>
In addition, it is not limited to the description content of 3rd Embodiment mentioned above, For example, you may implement as follows. Incidentally, each of the following configurations may be individually applied to each of the above embodiments, or a part or all of them may be combined and applied to each of the above embodiments. In addition, each of the following configurations may be applied to an embodiment other than the embodiment exemplified as an application target.

(1) In the third embodiment, “illegal game ball (hereinafter referred to as“ illegal ball ”)” shall be “applied” with a low-viscosity oil (for example, lubricating oil, salad oil, etc.) attached thereto. The first type oil ball in which the speed of flowing down the game area PE is faster than that of a regular game ball (a game ball lent at a pachinko hall) is exemplified. However, other forms of illegal spheres can also be exemplified, for example, an illegal sphere in which the speed of flowing down the game area PE is made faster than the regular game sphere by making the weight heavier than the regular game sphere. You can also.

(2) Further, as described above, in the third embodiment, the mode in which the anti-fraud device 50 is disposed on the left (front view) below the center frame 42 is illustrated, but the game ball that has flowed down the left-handed region L May be provided with a fraud prevention device 50 for distributing the destination of the game and a fraud prevention device 50 for distributing the destination of the game ball that has flowed down the right-handed region R, or the destination of the game ball that has flowed down the right-handed region R Only the fraud prevention device 50 for distributing the information may be provided. Note that when the two anti-fraud devices 50 are arranged in a mirror-like state on the left and right (for example, in a state of being symmetric with respect to a virtual plane passing through the operation port 33 in the vertical direction), the shutter 52k is in an open state. The right and left fraud prevention devices 50 may not coincide with each other. For example, the timing at which the shutter 52k is opened in the right fraud prevention device 50 may be made faster than the timing at which the shutter 52k is opened in the left fraud prevention device 50 (see the fourth embodiment to be described later). ). However, in the third embodiment, the left-handed region L has a higher firing frequency than the right-handed region L. Therefore, even in the case where only the fraud prevention device 50 for distributing the destinations of the game balls flowing down the left-handed region L is provided. It is possible to effectively take measures against fraud.

(3) In the third embodiment, regions (left-handed region L) and (right-handed region R) having a sufficient size (sufficiently large for providing a winning opening, an operating port, etc.) on the left and right of the center frame 42 However, the center frame 42 is narrowed so that either one of the left and right areas of the center frame 42 is narrowed (for example, a single game ball can pass through and a winning hole, an operating hole, etc. cannot be provided). ) The fraud prevention device 50 can also be arranged for the game board. For example, in a game board in which the right-handed region R is narrowed, the fraud prevention device 50 may be arranged only on the left (front view) below the center frame 42.

(4) In 3rd Embodiment, in the pachinko machine 10 provided with the two operation ports 33 and 34, the fraud countermeasure to the operation port 34 was illustrated. That is, it is more advantageous in terms of the number of winning balls and the like when winning a big hit based on winning the lower working port 34 than when winning a big winning based on winning the upper working port 33 Since the lower operating port 34 is likely to be a target of fraud, the mode of taking countermeasures against the lower operating port 34 is illustrated. However, the upper operation port 33 may be excluded from the game board 24 of the third embodiment, or the warp passage W, the stage S, and the like may be excluded. Alternatively, a countermeasure against fraud may be applied to the warp passage W.

(5) In the third embodiment, the structure in which the fraud prevention device 50 is arranged in the game area PE is illustrated, but the fraud prevention device 50 may be provided as an internal structure of the operation port or other winning award.

(6) As shown in the modified example 22 of FIG. 83, a fraud prevention device 50A may be provided as an internal structure of the center frame 42. Also in this case, since the fraud prevention device 50A is provided as the internal structure of the center frame 42, the structure of the fraud prevention device 50A can be simplified.

  In the pachinko machine according to the modified example 22, an inlet 58a is opened at the upper part of the center frame 42, and the fraud prevention device 50A is connected to the inlet 58a. The route distribution device 58c is connected to the lower part of the special passage SR of the fraud prevention device 50A, and the route below the route distribution device 58c is branched into a normal route 58d and a special route 58f. Further, the lower end of the normal route 58d and the lower end of the special route 58f merge to form an outlet 58e, and the working port 33A is opened almost directly below the outlet 58e. Note that the probability that a game ball passing through the special route 58f reaches the exit 58e is high (for example, 100%), and the probability that a game ball passing through the normal route 58d reaches the exit 58e is low (for example, 10%). Has been. A detection sensor 211g for detecting a game ball entered from the entrance 58a is provided close to the entrance 58a. In addition, since a croon 58x similar to the clown 51e of the third embodiment is provided in the middle of the normal route 58d, the game ball that has entered the normal route 58d reaches the end of the normal route 58d (exit 58e). The probability is low.

  As shown in FIG. 84, the route distribution device 58c distributes the game balls received from the special passage SR to the normal route 58d or the special route 58f, and is rotatable (swingable) by the shaft 58j. The distribution piece 58h is supported, and the distribution piece 58h is generally lightly upward and inclined (hereinafter referred to as a basic position). A weight 58g is embedded on the right side of the shaft 58j of the sorting piece 58h. In the route distribution device 58c, when one game ball is received from the special passage SR, the game ball rolls leftward on the distribution piece 58h. At this time, the sorting piece 58h rotates to the left by the weight of the game ball (hereinafter referred to as a left rotation posture).

  In this pachinko machine, when the game ball reaches the left end of the sorting piece 58h, the gaming ball is released from the sorting piece 58h to the normal route 58d. At this time, a space 58k through which a game ball can pass is formed on the right side of the sorting piece 58h. When the sorting piece 58h releases the gaming ball, the sorting piece 58h rotates to the right, Returned to posture. However, if the subsequent game ball is received by the route distribution device 58c before the distribution piece 58h assumes the basic posture, the subsequent game ball passes through the space 58k and is guided to the special route 58f.

  In the pachinko machine according to the modified example 22, by performing the first type oil ball goto, it is possible to cause a plurality of game balls to continuously reach the route distribution device 58c. For example, when the fraud prevention device 50A is not provided, a plurality of first type oil balls enter from the entrance 58a immediately after entering a legitimate game ball from the entrance 58a, so that a plurality of toward the route distribution device 58c. It is possible to reach the game balls. In this case, when the sorting piece 58h is set to the left rotation posture, the succeeding game ball can reach the route sorting device 58c, and the succeeding game ball can reach the special route 58f. However, since the modification 22 includes the fraud prevention device 50A, the first type oil ball can be prevented from reaching the route sorting device 58c.

(7) When a plurality of game balls are continuously introduced into the fraud prevention device 50 as in Modification 23 shown in FIG. 85 (a), the plurality of game balls (for example, Y1, Y2) are used once. When the shutter 52k can be guided to the special passage SR through the opening operation of the shutter 52k, the passing flag based on the incoming game ball may not be set. For example, as shown in FIG. 85B, which is an explanatory diagram showing a part of the flowchart, the first passage flag is not set when the through passage occurs within a minute time t seconds after the second passage flag is set. (See step S404C), or the second passage flag may not be set when the through passage occurs within a minute time t seconds after the first passage flag is set (step S404D is changed). reference).

(8) When a plurality of game balls are introduced into the fraud prevention device 50 in a short period of time as in the modified example 24 shown in FIG. 85 (c), the plurality of game balls (for example, Y3, Y4) are combined. When the opening 52j cannot be guided to the special passage SR by opening and closing the shutter 52k, the delay process for delaying the closing of the shutter 52k may be performed (see the broken line in the drawing). For example, in a short period (substantially continuously), two game balls (Y3, Y4) are introduced into the fraud prevention device 50, and at the same time as the second game ball reaches the opening 52j, the shutter 52k When performing the closing operation, a delay process is performed in which the closing of the shutter 52k based on the introduction of the first game ball is delayed and the passage flag is not set based on the introduction of the second game ball. Before the shutter 52k is closed, the second game ball may be guided to the special passage SR through the opening 52j.

(9) As an illegal ball according to the application example, an illegal ball subjected to a process for making the speed of flowing down the game area PE slower than a regular game ball (a game ball lent at a pachinko hall) is illustrated. You can also As this treated ball, for example, “a high-viscosity oil (oil having high viscosity such as oil-based hair styling agent, hand cream, etc.) is attached (applied) so that the speed at which the game area PE flows down is a regular game ball. A game ball (that is, a second type oil ball) that is slower than the above can be exemplified. In addition, as a processing ball that has been processed to make the speed of flowing down the game area PE slower than that of a regular game ball, for example, by attaching an adhesive component such as an adhesive, the game area PE flows down. An example of a game ball that is slower than a regular game ball or that easily stays on the game area PE is also possible.

  That is, in a game ball (hereinafter referred to as a delay ball) to which a second type oil ball or an adhesive is attached, the speed of flowing down the game area PE is slower than that of a regular game ball. Then, for example, by launching a delay ball in the same manner as a regular game ball, a deliberate ball by a delay ball (game ball) on a predetermined part of the game area PE (for example, around a predetermined obstacle nail). There has also been reported an illegal act (hereinafter referred to as a delayed ball goto) in which a jam (so-called “ball jam called grape”) is caused to improve the winning probability to a predetermined winning opening intentionally. In this case, based on the technique shown in the aforementioned Japanese Patent Application No. 2009-279267, it is conceivable to detect that oil (high-viscosity oil) is attached (applied) to the game ball.

  However, even when a high-viscosity oil component is attached (applied) to the game ball (even if it is a type 2 oil ball), the oil component is impregnated with a conductive substance (carbon or the like). If this is the case, the electrical resistance may be measured as small as if the oil is not attached to the game ball. That is, the above-mentioned Japanese Patent Application No. 2009-279267 discloses a technique in which it is difficult to prevent type 1 oil ball goto despite the fact that an electrode is provided on a plate member and the structure is complicated. It ’s just that. Thus, it is difficult to sort out the second type oil balls and the regular game balls (game balls that have not been subjected to processing for slowing down the flow speed of the game area). For this reason, it is also eagerly desired to take a countermeasure against fraud by removing only the illegal game balls without causing any adverse effects on the legitimate game balls. A specific example of this delay ball goto (for example, second type oil ball goto) will be described as application example 1.

  The pachinko machine 10 of the application example 1 is the same as the pachinko machine 10C of the third embodiment except that the configuration of the fraud prevention device is different in the following points. Also in the application example 1, FIGS. 7 to 22 (however, the contents of step S103 and the process of step S105B are performed instead of the process of step S105 ", FIG. 23, FIG. 24, FIG. 26 to FIG. 45, and FIG. 74 to FIG. 82 are applicable. The fraud prevention device of Application Example 1 also has the same configuration as that of the fraud prevention device of the third embodiment, and among the game balls flowing down the game area PE, the destination of what is taken into the fraud prevention device 50 is a normal path. However, the normal passage NR shown in FIGS. 74 to 76 is used as a special passage in the anti-fraud device of the application example 1, and the special passage SR shown in FIGS. 1 is used as a normal path with the tamper-proof device.

  For this reason, in the fraud prevention device of the application example 1, when the game ball is guided to the special passage (NR in FIG. 74 to FIG. 76) of the application example 1, the ball entrance (winning entrance, operation port) through the recess 52h. ). On the other hand, in the fraud prevention device of the application example 1, when the game ball is guided to the normal passage (SR in FIGS. 74 to 76) of the application example 1, the game ball is discharged out of the pachinko machine 10. . In addition, the normal path | pass (SR in FIGS. 74-76) of the application example 1 is good also as providing the downward inclination which goes to the back of the pachinko machine 10C of the application example 1, and returning a game ball to island equipment, for example.

  In addition, while the front portion of the normal passage of application example 1 (SR in FIGS. 74 to 76) is in an open state, the game ball is guided by providing a downward slope toward the front of the pachinko machine of application example 1 Is once returned to the game area 24, and the game ball returned to the game area 24 does not enter any entrance (winning entrance, operation entrance) and is discharged from the pachinko machine 10 through the out entrance 37. Good. Alternatively, one game ball may be paid out as a prize ball every time one game ball is guided to the normal passage (SR in FIGS. 74 to 76) of Application Example 1.

  Next, the function of the fraud prevention apparatus 50 of the application example 1 is demonstrated using FIG. 75 and FIG. The game ball introduced into the introduction passage 52p through the entrance 52y rolls in the direction of the shutter 52k (opening 52j) using the downward slope of the introduction passage 52p. And when a delay ball (for example, the 2nd type oil ball) tries to reach the opening 52j, the speed of the game ball is equal to or lower than the specific speed, so before the specific time (t1 second) elapses. The game ball does not reach the opening 52j.

  That is, since a specific time elapses until the game ball reaches the opening 52j, the shutter 52k has already opened the opening 52j when the delay ball reaches the opening 52j. Therefore, since the introduction passage 52p and the normal passage (SR in FIGS. 74 to 76) communicate with each other through the opening 52j, the game ball rolling on the introduction passage 52p is in the normal passage (in FIGS. 74 to 76). SR) and can be an out sphere (not guided to the special path NR in FIGS. 74 to 76). Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the delay ball goto (for example, the second type oil ball goto).

  On the other hand, if the game ball introduced into the introduction passage 52p is a regular (legitimate) game ball (for example, a regular ball that is not a second type oil ball), the speed of the game ball exceeds the specific speed, and therefore the specific time Before (t1 seconds) elapses (before the electric accessory driving unit 51d is driven), the opening 52j is reached. At this time, since the opening 52j is closed, the game ball passes over the shutter 52k closing the opening 52j and is guided to a special passage (NR in FIGS. 74 to 76).

(Fourth embodiment)
Next, an example of the “pachinko machine” of the fourth embodiment will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In the pachinko machine 10D of the fourth embodiment, a fraud prevention device 50B having a configuration different from that of the third embodiment is provided at a position where a game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 7A always passes. Hereinafter, the pachinko machine 10D of the fourth embodiment will be described in detail. In addition, about the structure same as the pachinko machine 10 of 1st Embodiment, the description is abbreviate | omitted fundamentally. In the fourth embodiment, FIGS. 1 to 4 are used as they are, but for the sake of convenience, the pachinko machine of the fourth embodiment is represented as “pachinko machine 10D” for the sake of distinction from the pachinko machine of the other embodiments. (See parentheses in FIGS. 1-4).

  First, as shown in FIG. 86, the game board 24 of the fourth embodiment is the same as the game board 24 of the first embodiment, and thus the description thereof is omitted. Also in the gaming machine 10D of the fourth embodiment, as shown in FIG. 87, the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 7A is above the game area PE (upper left corner) using the guide rail portion 5E. To be guided. Also in the gaming machine 10D of the fourth embodiment, a spacing portion 7D is provided between the upper end portion of the launch rail 74 constituting the game ball launch mechanism 7A and the lower end of the guide rail portion 5E, and the launch device 75 is provided. The game ball that has been launched and jumped over the interval portion 7D is guided to the guide rail portion 5E and can reach the game area PE. Then, a game ball that has been launched by the launching device 75 but could not jump over the interval portion 7D, or is guided to the guide rail portion 5E by jumping over the interval portion 7D, but without reaching the game area PE The game ball that has returned from the portion 5E falls as a foul ball to the interval portion 7D. Then, the foul ball dropped through the interval portion 7D is discharged to the lower plate 72.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 87, the configuration of the game ball launching mechanism 7A is the same as that of the first embodiment except that the launching rail 74 includes a mounting hole 7K. The mounting hole 7K is provided on the upper end side (right end side) of the firing rail 74, and is used for mounting the fraud prevention device 50B. As shown in FIG. 85, a passage sensor 74b similar to that of the first embodiment is mounted in the middle of the firing rail 74.

  As shown in FIG. 87, the fraud prevention device 50B includes a housing 55a, a detection sensor 55b, an opening / closing member 55c, and a solenoid that drives the opening / closing member 55c (not shown; hereinafter referred to as an opening / closing solenoid). Prepare. Among these, the housing 55a has a substantially cylindrical shape having an inner diameter through which a game ball can pass, and is mounted on the firing rail 74 in a state where its axis is along the path of the firing rail 74. In the inner wall portion of the housing 55a, a portion (hereinafter referred to as a passage forming portion) 55d disposed below is disposed substantially flush with the upper surface portion (portion through which the game ball passes) of the firing rail 74. The opening / closing solenoid is driven by the main control device 81 (the main control device 81 is a drive control means). Also in the fourth embodiment, the open / close solenoid is used as the drive unit of the open / close member 55c, but other actuators such as a motor may be used.

  The housing 55a is arranged with the right end (lower end) facing the launch position 74W (toward the lower end of the launch rail 74) and the left end (upper end) facing the lower end side of the guide rail portion 5E (upper end side of the launch rail 7B). ing. Then, the game ball launched by using the launching device 75 passes through the housing 55a in the axial direction from the right end (lower end) inlet 55e of the housing 55a toward the left end (upper end) outlet 55f. Then, it is guided toward the guide rail portion 5E.

  A step portion is provided at the inlet 55e of the housing 55a, and a detection sensor 55b is mounted. The detection sensor 55b can detect the entry of a game ball into the housing 55a. In addition, an opening 55g is provided near the exit 55f of the passage forming portion 55d so as to pass through the passage forming portion 55d, and a branch passage 55h into which a game ball can enter is connected to the opening 55g. Yes. The opening / closing member 55c operates like an opening / closing door with reference to a fulcrum portion 55j disposed at the edge near the outlet 55f of the opening 55g, and closes the opening 55g (second state); The state (first state) in which 55g is opened can be executed. A cushion material (for example, a rubber sheet material) 55k is attached to the lower surface of the opening / closing member 55c (the lower surface when the opening / closing member 55c is in a state of closing the opening 55g).

  Here, in the passage forming portion 55d, the introduction passage 55p is configured by a portion below (on the right side) the opening 55g. Further, in the passage forming portion 55d, a special passage SR is formed by a portion above (on the left side of) the communication hole 55e, and a normal passage NR is formed by the branch passage 55h. The distance P from the entrance 55e to the lower edge of the opening 55g (see FIG. 87) is a distance that requires a predetermined time if the speed of the game ball passing through the passage forming portion 55d is appropriate (below the predetermined speed). If the speed is inappropriate (a speed exceeding a predetermined speed), it is less than a predetermined time. Therefore, if the speed of the game ball detected by the detection sensor 55b is inappropriate, the opening 55g is opened when the game ball reaches the opening 55g (not closed by the opening / closing member 55c). ). On the other hand, if the speed is appropriate, the opening 55g is closed (closed by the opening / closing member 55c) when the game ball reaches the opening 55g. Here, the opening 55g and the opening / closing member 55c constitute a specific example of the sorting main body, and the opening / closing solenoid constitutes a specific example of the driving means. The main control device 81 constitutes a specific example of drive control means.

  Next, the function of the fraud prevention device 50B will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 88 (a), when a game ball launched using the launching device 75 detects entry into the introduction passage 55p (detection sensor 55b), the opening / closing member 55c opens the opening 55g and introduces it. A state (first state) is established in which the passage 55p communicates with the normal passage NR. If the game ball introduced into the introduction passage 55p is the first type oil ball, the speed of the game ball exceeds the predetermined speed, and the first type oil ball is positioned at the opening 55g before the predetermined time elapses. To reach. At this time, as shown in FIG. 88 (b), since the opening / closing member 55c opens the opening 55g, the first type oil balls that have passed through the introduction passage 55p are guided to the normal passage NR. In this way, since the first type oil ball is guided to the normal passage NR and can be made an out ball (because it is not guided to the special passage SR), the oil ball goto can be eliminated. Since the cushioning material 55k on the lower surface of the opening / closing member 55c that opens the opening 55g faces the inlet 55e, the first type oil ball that has passed through the introduction passage 55p collides with the cushioning material 55k, After the momentum declines, it is usually guided to the passage NR.

  On the other hand, when a legitimate game ball (a game ball other than the first type oil ball) tries to reach the opening 55g, the speed of the game ball is equal to or lower than a predetermined speed, and therefore, before the predetermined time elapses. Does not reach the opening 55g. That is, since the predetermined time has already passed when the launched game ball reaches the opening 55g, the opening / closing member 55c closes the opening 55g as shown in FIG. 88 (c). At this time, since the introduction passage 52p and the special passage SR are in communication via the opening / closing member 55c (because it is in the second state), the game ball that has entered the introduction passage 55p can be guided to the special passage SR. .

<Electrical configuration>
Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10D of the fourth embodiment can also be described based on the block diagrams of FIGS. 15 and 16. However, a detection sensor 55b that detects that a game ball launched by the launching device 74 has entered the fraud prevention device 50B is connected to the input port of the MPU 202. An opening / closing solenoid is connected to the output side of the MPU 202.

  The pachinko machine 10D of the fourth embodiment is the same as the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment with respect to the display content of the symbol display device 41 (see FIG. 17). Also in the pachinko machine 10D of the fourth embodiment, the counter used in the game is the same as that of the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment (see FIG. 18). Furthermore, also in the fourth embodiment, the “configuration of the reserved ball storage area 232” is the same as that in the first embodiment (see FIG. 21).

<Various processes executed by main controller 81>
Next, various processes executed by the main controller 81 in the pachinko machine 10D according to the fourth embodiment will be described. In the fourth embodiment, the description of the main process and the NMI interrupt process is omitted.

<Timer interrupt processing>
First, as shown in FIG. 89 (a), the timer interruption process of the fourth embodiment is that the passage detection process of step S105C is performed after the winning winning process of S105, the timer of the first embodiment. Different from interrupt processing. Hereinafter, the passage detection process will be described.

<Pass detection process>
Next, the passage detection process will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.

  In step S401C, it is determined whether or not a game ball has been introduced from the entrance 55e to the fraud prevention device 50B. Here, whether or not a game ball is introduced from the entrance 55e (whether or not it has entered) is determined by determining whether or not the detection sensor 55b provided at the entrance 55e has detected a game ball. Can do. However, even if the game balls are continuously fired as described above, the interval between the game balls entering the entrance 55e (the launch interval of the game balls) is a sufficient length (0.6 second interval). In the through process for through in the fourth embodiment, only one flag is used as the pass flag. This passage flag is stored when the detection sensor 55b detects a game ball, and is erased when a release preparation flag described later is set.

  If the determination in step S401C is affirmative, in step S402C, a passage flag is set in the passage flag storage area, and the passage processing ends. On the other hand, if a negative determination is made in step S401C, the main passage process is terminated as it is.

<Normal processing>
In the normal process of the fourth embodiment, as shown in FIG. 90, after performing the “game launch control process” in step S509, the “abnormality monitoring process” in step S509B is performed, and the “distribution” in step S509C is performed. The process is performed and the process proceeds to step S510, but the other points are the same as the normal process of the first embodiment. That is, the contents of step S501 to step S509 and step S510 to step S512 are the same as in the first embodiment. The contents of the “abnormality monitoring process” in step S509B are the same as those in the third embodiment. Therefore, the “distribution process” in step S509C will be described below among the processes constituting the normal process of the fourth embodiment.

<Distribution processing>
Next, the distribution process in step S509C will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. In this distribution process, it is determined whether or not a passage flag is set in step S1801B. Specifically, the process of step S1801B can be performed by determining whether or not a passage flag is stored in the passage flag storage area in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204.

  When an affirmative determination is made in step S1801B, in step S1802B, the process of deleting the passage flag, the process of setting the discharge permission flag, and the discharged game ball are discharged (guided) into the normal passage NR. A process for starting the discharge operation and a process for setting a predetermined value to the discharge end timer TU are performed. Then, when the process of step S1802B is executed, the distribution process ends. Here, the process of starting the discharge operation of discharging (inducing) the game ball into the normal passage NR is a process of changing the fraud prevention device 50B from the second state to the first state.

  If a negative determination is made in step S1801B, it is determined whether a discharge permission flag is set in step S1803B. Specifically, the process of step S1803B can be performed by determining whether or not a permission flag is stored in the discharge permission flag storage area in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204. Here, the discharge permission flag is “a flag indicating that it is permitted to guide the launched game ball to the normal passage NR”. In the fourth embodiment, when the passage flag is canceled, the discharge permission flag is set.

  Here, the game ball is discharged into the normal passage NR by driving the opening / closing member 55c with an opening / closing solenoid, opening the opening 55g, and allowing the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage 55p to enter the normal passage NR. Executed. The discharge end timer TU is decremented by 1 every time the normal process is started. In the second embodiment, the value (predetermined value) set in the discharge end timer TU is determined based on the operation amount of the firing handle 8A. That is, as shown in FIG. 91 (b), when the operation amount of the firing handle 8A is small and the firing speed of the game ball is relatively slow (so-called “left-handed”), the discharging operation is performed at time T1. When the operation amount of the firing handle 8A is large and the firing speed of the game ball is relatively slow (so-called “right-handed”), the discharging operation is performed for a time T2 (however, the time T2 is longer than the time T1). Set to end at (time).

  If the passage flag and the discharge permission flag are not set, the sorting process is ended as it is. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1803B that the discharge permission flag is set, it is determined in step S1804B whether or not the discharge end timer TU has reached a predetermined value (whether or not the discharge operation end timing has come). To do. If a negative determination is made in step S1804B, the distribution process is terminated as it is. In this case, the discharging operation is further continued. However, if the game ball detected by the detection sensor 55b is the first type oil ball, the speed of the game ball exceeds the predetermined speed, so that the predetermined time has not elapsed. In addition, the first type oil ball collides with the cushion material 55k. And it is induced | guided | derived to the normal channel | path NR through the opening part 55g, and can be set as an out ball | bowl.

  On the other hand, if an affirmative determination is made in step S1804B, in step S1805B, a process for ending the discharge operation and a process for erasing the discharge permission flag are executed, and the distribution process ends. In this case, if the game sphere detected by the detection sensor 55b is a regular sphere (legitimate sphere), the speed of the game sphere is equal to or less than a predetermined speed, so that the game sphere arrives at the opening 55g after a predetermined time has elapsed. . Therefore, the game ball passes over the opening / closing member 55c and is guided to the special passage SR.

  According to the pachinko machine 10D of the fourth embodiment described in detail above, the following effects can be obtained in addition to the effects of the first embodiment. That is, since the fraud prevention device 50B is disposed on the path through which the game ball fired by the launching device 75 always passes (on the path formed by the firing rail 7B), the first type oil ball can be more reliably excluded. Specifically, in response to the detection sensor 55b detecting that the game ball launched by the launching device 7C has entered the fraud prevention device 50B, the opening / closing member 55c opens the opening 55g. Open (becomes the first state). Then, when the predetermined time has elapsed, the opening / closing member 55c closes the opening 55g (becomes the second state), but the ball speed of the game ball launched by the launching device 7C is influenced by the oil content attached to the game ball. If it is unexpectedly fast, the game ball reaches the open opening 55g before the predetermined time elapses, so that the first type oil ball is guided to the normal passage NR.

  Moreover, according to the pachinko machine 10D of the fourth embodiment, when the first type oil ball is fired by the launching device 7C, the part located on the start end side in the path of the game ball (on the way of the launch rail 7B) ), The first type oil balls are discharged, so that the range in which the pachinko machine 10D is contaminated with oil can be stopped in a narrow range. In other words, since the gaming machine in which the first type oil ball is used without using the fraud prevention device 50B is contaminated with oil, the pachinko hall clerk and the cleaning staff from the pachinko machine 10D after the pachinko hall business ends. The trouble of wiping off the oil increases. However, according to the pachinko machine 10D provided with the fraud prevention device 50B of the fourth embodiment, the first type oil ball does not reach the game area PE even if the first type oil ball goto is performed. The trouble of cleaning (wiping off oil, etc.) does not increase.

<Other embodiments>
In addition, it is not limited to the description content of 4th Embodiment mentioned above, For example, you may implement as follows. Incidentally, each of the following configurations may be individually applied to each of the above embodiments, or a part or all of them may be combined and applied to each of the above embodiments. In addition, each of the following configurations may be applied to an embodiment other than the embodiment exemplified as an application target.

(1) In the fourth embodiment, the mode in which the fraud prevention device 50B is arranged on the launch rail 7B is exemplified. However, as the position where the fraud prevention device 50B is arranged, that is, the “position where the launched game ball always passes”. Can illustrate other positions. For example, the fraud prevention device 50B is disposed at the position (guidance rail portion 5E) indicated by the imaginary line V1 in FIG. 86 (hereinafter referred to as a modified example 25), or guided at the position indicated by the imaginary line V2 in FIG. The case where it arrange | positions (henceforth the modification 26) to the position of the vicinity of the terminal end of the rail part 5E can be illustrated. In the fourth embodiment, the fraud prevention device 50B is arranged at a position where the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 7A always passes. However, even if the fraud prevention device 50B is arranged at a position where the probability of passing is high. Good.

(2) It is also possible to exemplify a mode in which the fraud prevention means is arranged at a position other than the position near the terminal end of the guide rail portion 5E in the game area PE. For example, as shown in the modified example 27 shown in FIG. 92, the anti-fraud means 150B through which the game ball flowing down the left-handed region L always passes, and the anti-fraud means 151B through which the game ball flowing down the right-handed region R always passes. A pachinko machine provided with can be illustrated. That is, the fraud prevention means 150B includes a detection sensor 152B provided on the upper end side of the left-handed region L, and a recovery device 153B provided at a predetermined interval below the detection sensor 152B. The fraud prevention means 151B includes a detection sensor 154B provided on the upper end side of the right-handed region R, and a recovery device 155B provided at a predetermined interval below the detection sensor 154B. Here, the fraud prevention means 150B and 151B also constitute a specific example of “distribution means”.

  The detection sensor 152B is provided with a width capable of detecting all the game balls flowing down the left-handed region L, and the detection sensor 154B is provided with a width capable of detecting all of the game balls flowing down the right-hand region R. The collection devices 153B and 155B include collection ports 156B and 157B that lead to the back side of the game board 24, and opening / closing doors 158B and 159B that open and close the collection ports 156B and 157B. Each of the open / close doors 158B and 159B is connected to a drive unit such as a solenoid provided on the back side of the game board 24, and normally the game ball is in a state of closing the collection ports 156B and 157B. In the game area PE, a portion between the detection sensors 152B and 154B and the collection devices 153B and 155B is an introduction passage, and a lower portion of the collection devices 153B and 155B is a special passage. A normal passage is provided behind the recovery ports 156B and 157B.

  In this modified example 27, when the detection sensor 152B detects a game ball, the open / close door 158B rotates forward with respect to the lower fulcrum, and is tilted forward, and the recovery port 156B is opened. When the first predetermined time elapses after the detection sensor 152B detects the game ball, the open / close door 158B rotates rearward with respect to the lower fulcrum and takes a standing posture, and the recovery port 156B is closed. Therefore, if the game ball flowing down the left region L is the first type oil ball, the game ball reaches the recovery port 156B (opening / closing door 158B) before the first predetermined time elapses. The sphere enters the recovery port 156B and is guided to the normal passage. On the other hand, if the game ball flowing down the left region L is a legitimate ball, the game ball reaches the recovery port 156B (opening / closing door 158B) after the first predetermined time has elapsed, so that the game ball is recovered by the recovery port 156B. It passes through (the front part of the open / close door 158B) and is guided to a special passage.

  Further, when the detection sensor 154B detects a game ball, the open / close door 159B rotates forward with respect to the lower fulcrum and assumes a forward leaning posture, thereby opening the recovery port 157B. When the second predetermined time elapses after the detection sensor 154 detects the game ball, the open / close door 159B rotates backward with reference to the lower fulcrum, and the recovery port 157B is closed. Therefore, if the game ball flowing down the right region R is the first type oil ball, the game ball reaches the discharge port 157B (opening / closing door 159B) before the second predetermined time elapses. The sphere enters the discharge port 157B and is guided to the normal passage. On the other hand, if the game ball flowing down the right region R is a legitimate ball, the game ball reaches the collection port 157B (opening / closing door 159B) after the second predetermined time has elapsed, so the game ball is collected at the collection port 157B. It passes through (the front part of the open / close door 159B) and is guided to a special passage.

  For this reason, the same effect as that of the third embodiment can be obtained by the modification 27. Even when the fraud prevention means 150B is provided in the left-handed area L and the fraud prevention means 151B is provided in the right-handed area R as in Modification 27, the ball speed of the game ball flowing down the right-handed area R is left Generally, it becomes faster than the ball speed of the game ball flowing down the hitting region L. Therefore, the first predetermined time may be longer than the second predetermined time, or the distance between the detection sensor 152B and the recovery port 158B may be shorter than the distance between the detection sensor 154B and the recovery port 157B.

  In the modified example 27, when the flow velocity of the game ball is faster than planned, the game ball is collected by the collection devices 153B and 155B, and when the flow velocity is lower than the planned velocity, the front portion of the collection devices 153B and 155B. Although the aspect which passes is illustrated, another specific example can also be illustrated. For example, in the game area PE, discharge routes X1 and X2 are provided near the inner rail portion 5A to allow the game balls to flow toward the out port 37. In addition, a flow direction change projection that can be moved back and forth by a solenoid or the like is provided at the position of the recovery devices 153B and 155B. Then, when in the second state, the flow direction changing projection is retracted, the front portion of the flow direction changing projection is substantially flush with the game area PE, and the game ball that has passed through the detection sensors 152B, 154B becomes the flow direction changing projection. It passes through the front part and is guided to a special passage. On the other hand, in the first state, the flow direction changing protrusion is advanced, and the flow direction changing protrusion is protruded forward from the game area PE. When the game ball that has passed through the detection sensors 152B and 154B reaches the upper surface portion of the flow direction changing projection (the upper surface portion is the left inclined surface for the left flow direction changing projection and the right inclined surface for the right flow direction changing projection). Then, it is guided by a downward inclined surface to the inner rail portion 5A of the upper surface portion, and is guided to the discharge route (X1 or X2). When the speed at which the game ball flows down the portions (introduction passages) between the detection sensors 152B and 154B and the flow direction changing protrusion exceeds the predetermined speed, the flow direction changing protrusion protrudes and is discharged through the discharge routes X1 and X2. , Discharged from the outlet 37. On the other hand, when the speed at which the game ball flows down the portion (introduction passage) between the detection sensors 152B and 154B and the flow direction change projection is below the predetermined speed, the flow direction change projection is retracted, and the game ball is moved to the special path. You may be guided to.

  Thus, the mode of the anti-tamper means provided at the position where the game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 7A always passes is not limited to the mode shown in the second embodiment. Further, in the fourth embodiment, when the opening at the end of the introduction passage is closed, the introduction passage and the normal passage are communicated, and when the opening is opened, the introduction passage and the special passage are communicated. In the embodiment, the opening passage at the end of the introduction passage is opened, the introduction passage and the normal passage are communicated, and when the opening is closed, the introduction passage and the special passage are communicated. As described above, the modes of the sorting unit (tamper prevention unit) and the sorting main body are not limited to the modes illustrated in the embodiments.

  Next, the function of the fraud prevention device of the application example 2 will be described with reference to FIGS. 87 and 88. FIG. In this application example 2, the purpose is to remove a delay ball (for example, the second type oil ball). In this application example 2, the state of the fraud prevention device 50B is detected by the detection sensor 55b. Then, it will be in a 2nd state until specific time passes (it will be set as the 2nd state which closed the opening part 55g). And if specific time passes after detection sensor 55b detects a game ball, fraud prevention device 50B will be in the 1st state (the 1st state which opened opening 55g).

  If the game ball introduced into the introduction passage 55p is a valid game ball (a normal ball that is not the second oil ball), the speed of the game ball exceeds a specific speed, and thus before a specific time (t1 second) elapses. The game ball passes over the opening / closing member 55c that closes the opening 55b. That is, if the game ball is a valid game ball, the speed of the game ball exceeds a specific speed, so the game ball passes over the opening / closing member 55c and enters a special passage (SR in FIGS. 84 to 86). Be guided.

  On the other hand, when the delay ball (for example, the second type oil ball) reaches the opening 55g, the speed of the game ball is equal to or lower than the specific speed, so that the specific time (t1 second) is The game ball does not reach the opening 55g. That is, since the specific time elapses before the game ball reaches the opening 55g, the game ball is guided to the normal passage (NR in FIGS. 87 to 88) through the opening 55g that has already been opened. Is done. For this reason, the delay sphere (for example, the second type oil sphere) can be set as the out sphere (because it is not guided to the special passage SR in FIGS. 87 to 88), and therefore the delay sphere goto (for example, the second type oil ball). Oil ball goto) can be eliminated.

(Fifth embodiment)
Also in the fifth embodiment, an example of the “pachinko machine” will be described in detail based on the drawings. This pachinko machine 10E is provided with a time limit for entering into the advantageous entrance area. If the launch mechanism 7A has the features of the first to second embodiments described above, it is possible to prevent the return ball and the ball clogging from occurring within the time limit, which is effective. However, the description of the same configuration as that of the first embodiment is basically omitted. In the fifth embodiment as well, FIGS. 1 to 4 are used as they are, but for the sake of convenience, the pachinko machine of the fifth embodiment is expressed as “pachinko machine 10E” for the sake of distinction from the pachinko machines of other embodiments. (See parentheses in FIGS. 1-4).

  A pachinko machine 10E according to the fifth embodiment includes an outer frame 11 similar to the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, and a gaming machine main body 12. However, the board configuration of the game board 24 of the fifth embodiment is different from the board configuration of the game board 24 of the first embodiment as described below. The configuration on the back side of the pachinko machine 10E of the fifth embodiment is the same as the configuration on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment.

  Here, the structure of the game board 24 which comprises the pachinko machine 10E of 5th Embodiment is demonstrated based on FIG. The game board 24 is formed with a plurality of large and small openings penetrating in the front-rear direction by being subjected to router processing. Each opening has a general winning port 31, a first variable winning device 32C, a second variable winning device 32D, a first working port (first starting ball entering portion) 33C, and a second working port (second starting ball entering portion). 34C, a through gate 35, a variable display unit 36, a main display unit 43, a display unit 44 for an accessory, and the like are provided.

  Further, on the back side of the game board 24, a detection sensor (corresponding to each of the general winning port 31, the first variable winning device 32C, the second variable winning device 32D, the first operating port 33C, and the second operating port 34C). (Not shown) is provided, and if a ball enters the general winning port 31, the first variable winning device 32C, the second variable winning device 32D, the first operating port 33C, and the second operating port 34C, it responds. The predetermined number of prize balls are paid out based on the detection result. In this case, when a game is entered into the general prize opening 31, 10 game balls are paid out, and a game is entered into the first variable prize winning device 32C or the second variable prize winning device 32D. 15 game balls are paid out, and when a ball enters the first operation port 33C, three game balls are paid out and a ball enters the second operation port 34C. In this case, four game balls are paid out. The number of game balls to be paid out is not limited to the above.

  In addition, an out port 37 is provided at the lowermost part of the game board 24, and game balls that have not entered various winning ports etc. are discharged from the game area PE through the out port 37. The game board 24 is provided with a large number of nails 38 in order to disperse and adjust the falling direction of the game ball as appropriate, and various members (functions) such as a windmill.

  The first working port (first starting ball entering portion) 33C is disposed between the center frame 42 and the out port 37, and the second working port (second starting ball entering portion) 34C is disposed in the right-handed region R. ing. Further, the first working port (first starting ball entering portion) 33C and the second working port (second starting ball entering portion) 34C are both opened upward. In addition, the second working port (second starting ball entering portion) 34C is provided with an electric accessory 34a as a guide piece made up of a pair of left and right movable pieces. In addition, the arrangement | positioning location of the 1st operation port 33C and the 2nd operation port 34C is not limited to the location shown in 3rd Embodiment, For example, the 1st operation port 33C and the 2nd operation port are located up and down of the center lower part of game area PE. 34C may be arranged.

  The first variable winning device 32C is disposed below the first operating port (first starting pitching portion) 33C, and includes a first big winning port 32a leading to the back side of the game board 24, and An open / close door 32b for opening and closing the big prize opening 32a is provided. The open / close door 32b is connected to a drive unit such as a solenoid provided on the back side of the game board 24, and is normally in a closed state in which a game ball cannot be won or is difficult to win. The game ball can be switched to a predetermined open state in which it is easy for a prize to be won when a shift to (open / close execution state) is won.

  Here, the opening / closing execution mode is a mode to be shifted to when a big win is won. The opening / closing execution mode will be described in detail later. As an opening mode of the first variable prize winning device 32C, the first variable prize winning device has a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) or a predetermined number (for example, ten) of winnings as one round, and a plurality of rounds (for example, 15 rounds) as an upper limit. There is an aspect in which 32C is repeatedly opened.

  The second variable winning device 32D is provided in the center frame 42. As shown in FIGS. 93 and 94, the second variable prize winning device 32 </ b> D is provided with a second big prize opening 32 e by notching the upper right part of the center frame 42, and a second big prize winning is provided inside the center frame 42. A game ball passage 42b through which the game ball won in the mouth 32e passes is provided.

  On the upper right portion of the center frame 42, an opening / closing member (opening / closing blade) 32f that opens and closes the second big prize opening 32e is supported so as to be rotatable with respect to a fulcrum on the lower end side. The second variable winning device 32D can be switched between a closed state in which the second big prize opening 32e is closed and an open state in which the second big prize opening 32e is opened. Here, the opening / closing member 32f is connected to a variable winning drive unit (specifically, a solenoid) provided on the back side of the game board 24. In the normal state, the opening / closing member 32f closes the second grand prize winning opening 32e, so that the game ball cannot enter (see the broken line in FIG. 94). On the other hand, when the opening / closing member 32f rotates in the clockwise direction with respect to the fulcrum, the game ball enters an open state in which the ball can enter (see the solid line in FIG. 94). Further, when the second variable winning device 32D is in the open state, the opening / closing member 32f is inclined to the right with respect to the fulcrum, and constitutes a guide member that guides the game ball flowing down the game area PE to the second big winning port 32e. To do.

  In the pachinko machine 10E of the fifth embodiment, the second variable winning device 32D can be switched between an open state in which a game ball can be entered and a closed state in which a ball cannot be entered. The second variable winning device 32D can be switched between an open state in which a game ball can be easily entered and a closed state in which the game ball cannot be entered. In the fifth embodiment, the second variable winning device 32D exemplifies a blade-type opening / closing member. However, the opening / closing member may be an opening / closing door as in the second variable winning device 32C (an attacker type may be used). ).

  Further, in the second variable winning device 32D of the fifth embodiment, the open / close door is maintained in a closed state in a normal state, and a special win, which will be described later, was won in an internal lottery based on a ball entering the second working port 34C. In this case, the lottery result confirmation mode can be switched. Here, the lottery result determination mode means that the lottery result (special hit) at the second operating port 34C is valid and the first variable winning device 32C is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode, that is, the transition to the opening / closing execution mode. Is determined or whether the lottery result is invalid and the transition to the opening / closing execution mode is avoided.

  As shown in FIG. 94, the center frame 42 includes a fraud prevention device 50D. This fraud prevention device 50D also shows another specific example of the allocating means, and among the game balls that have flowed down the game area PE, the destination of the one that won the second big prize opening 32e is designated as a normal passage NR or a special passage. It is for distributing to SR. This fraud prevention device 50D has the same configuration as the fraud prevention device of the third embodiment.

  The center frame 42 is provided with a game ball passage 42b with the second grand prize opening 32e as an entrance. The game ball passage 42b has a slightly left-inclined inclined surface in the center frame 42, and a detection sensor 211g is provided near the second big prize opening 32e in the game ball passage 42b. The back side of the game ball passage 42b is a recess 59c, and the game ball guided to the recess 59c is discharged out of the pachinko machine 10C. Further, an opening 59d that opens downward is provided in the middle of the game ball passage 42b (in the middle of the detection sensor 211g and the recess 59c), and the opening 59d is opened and closed by a shutter 59e. A special passage SR is provided below the opening 59d, and the terminal of the special passage SR is branched into a first passage E1 and a second passage E2. Further, in the game ball passage 42b, the side closer to the recess 59c than the opening 59d is the normal passage NR.

  The terminal of the special passage SR is provided with a switching member 59f that communicates the special passage SR with the first passage E1 or the second passage E2. The first passage E1 is provided with a normal region, and the second passage E2 is provided with a special region (so-called “V zone”). In addition, a drive unit (a solenoid can be exemplified but not shown) is disposed behind the switching member 59f, and this drive unit swings the switching member 59f to connect the special passage SR to the first passage E1 and specially. A non-induction state in which the passage SR is not in communication with the second passage E2 and a guidance state in which the special passage SR is in communication with the second passage E2 and the special passage SR is in communication with the first passage E1 are executed.

  A drive unit (not shown) is disposed behind the opening 59d, and the shutter 59e connected to the drive unit is driven by the drive unit. In the third embodiment, a solenoid is used as the drive unit, but other actuators such as a motor may be used. In addition, a warning (by sound, light, etc.) may be given every time it is guided to the recess 59c, or a warning (by sound, light, etc.) may be given when the frequency of being guided to the recess 59c is more than a certain level. (Described later).

  Next, functions of the fraud prevention device 50D will be described. The game ball that has entered (introduced) into the game ball passage 42b through the second grand prize opening 32e rolls in the direction of the shutter 59e using the downward slope of the game ball passage 42b. When a legitimate game ball (a game ball other than the first type oil ball) reaches the opening 59d, the drive unit is driven to open the opening 59d. That is, since the legitimate game ball has a slow ball speed, the shutter 59e has already opened the opening 59d when it reaches the opening 59d. For this reason, the game ball passage 42b and the special passage SR communicate with each other through the opening 59d, and the game ball rolling on the game ball passage 42b (introduction route) can be guided to the special passage SR. In contrast, if the game ball that has entered (introduced) into the game ball passage 42b (introduction path) is the first type oil ball, it passes over the shutter 59f before the drive unit is driven. That is, since the first type oil ball has a high ball speed, the shutter 59e opens the opening 59d after the first type oil ball passes over the shutter 59f. Therefore, the first type oil ball is guided in the order of the normal passage NR and the recess 59c in the game ball passage 42b.

  Also in the pachinko machine 10E of the fifth embodiment, the configurations of the main display unit 43, the accessory display unit 44, and the decorative member 39 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment. In addition, the main display unit 43 displays the first variable winning device in the opening / closing execution mode when the first variable winning device 32 </ b> C enters the opening / closing execution mode by winning the big win. Round display section RS for clearly indicating the number of times the 32C first big prize opening 32a is opened, and a first result for clearly indicating the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning to the first working opening 33C The display part AS and the second result display part BS for clearly indicating the result of the internal lottery performed based on the winning to the second working port 34C are set.

  In other words, the first result display unit AS displays the variation of the picture triggered by the winning of the first operating port 33C, and the internal result that is displayed based on the winning of the first operating port 33C as a stop result of the variation display. The result of the lottery will be specified. When the result of the internal lottery based on the winning of the first operating port 33C is a winning result corresponding to the shift to the opening / closing execution mode, the variable display is stopped in the first result display section AS, and a predetermined result is set as the stop result. After the pattern is displayed, the mode is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode.

  In the second result display section BS, the display of the variation of the picture is performed by using the winning at the second operating port 34C as a trigger, and the internal display performed based on the winning at the second operating port 34C as a stop result of the variation display. The result of the lottery will be specified. When the result of the internal lottery based on the winning to the second operating port 34C is a winning result corresponding to the big win or special win, the variable display is stopped at the second result display unit BS, and a predetermined result is given as the stop result. After the picture is displayed, the mode is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode or the lottery result determination mode according to the result. Here, on the basis of winning at any one of the operation ports 33C, 34C, the display of variation is started at the corresponding display portions AS, BS, until a predetermined stop result is displayed and the variation display is stopped. It corresponds to one time.

  In the round display unit RS constituting the pachinko machine 10E of the fifth embodiment, the display of the number of times of opening is started at the start of the opening / closing execution mode, and the display is ended at the end of the opening / closing execution mode. The accessory display unit 44 is a display unit for clearly indicating the result of the internal lottery performed based on winning through the through gate 35. In this case, the accessory display unit 44 displays a variation of the picture triggered by the winning of the through gate 35, and the internal lottery performed based on the winning of the through gate 35 as a result of stopping the variation display. The result of is clearly displayed. If the result of the internal lottery based on the winning to the through gate 35 is a winning result corresponding to the transition to the state where the electric role is opened, a predetermined stop result is displayed on the accessory display unit 44 and displayed in a variable manner. After is stopped, it shifts to the electric utility open state. In the electric combination open state, the electric combination 34a provided in the second working port 34C is opened in a predetermined manner.

  The main display unit 43 and the accessory display unit 44 are configured by a segment display device having a plurality of segments. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and other display devices such as a liquid crystal display device are used. Also good.

  The variable display unit 36 constituting the pachinko machine 10E of the fifth embodiment is the same as the variable display unit 36 constituting the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment. A first holding lamp portion 45 corresponding to the first result display portion AS and the symbol display device 41 is provided in the upper left portion on the front side of the center frame 42. Further, a second holding lamp portion 46 corresponding to the second result display portion BS and the symbol display device 41 is provided at the upper right portion on the front side of the center frame 42.

  Below the center frame 42, a third holding lamp portion 47 corresponding to the accessory display portion 44 is provided. The number of times that the game ball has passed through the through gate 35 is held up to a maximum of 4 times, and the number of held balls is displayed by turning on the third holding lamp portion 47.

  An inner rail portion 5A and an outer rail portion 5B similar to the game board 24 of the first embodiment are also attached to the game board 24 of the fifth embodiment, and the game balls launched from the game ball launching mechanism 7A are It is guided by the guide rail and can reach the upper part of the game area PE. A front door frame 14 similar to that of the first embodiment is provided so as to cover the entire front side of the inner frame 13. Similarly to the first embodiment, an upper bulging portion 65 and a lower bulging portion 66 that bulge to the near side are arranged in parallel vertically below the window portion 61 in the front door frame 14. .

<Electrical configuration>
Next, the block diagrams of FIGS. 15 and 16 can also be applied to the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10E of the fifth embodiment. However, a drive unit (solenoid) constituting the fraud prevention device 50D is connected to the output side of the MPU 202, and the drive unit is driven by the detection sensor 211g based on the detection of the passage of the game ball.

  In the pachinko machine 10E of the fifth embodiment, the display content of the symbol display device 41 is the same as that of the first embodiment.

<About various counters>
The pachinko machine 10E of the fifth embodiment also includes various counters shown in FIG. 18 as counters used in the game. However, in the pachinko machine 10E of the fifth embodiment, “big hit random number counter buffer” is read as “hit random number counter buffer”, and “big hit type counter buffer” is read as “hit type counter buffer”. Shall be applied.

  In other words, the MPU 202 uses various counter information in the game to generate a jackpot or special winning lottery, setting the display of the main display unit 43 (that is, setting the display mode of the main display board), and setting the symbol display of the symbol display device 41. Specifically, a hit random number counter C1 used for lottery of occurrence of big hits or special wins, a hit type counter C2 used for determining the presence or absence of a high frequency support mode described later, Reach random number counter C3 used for reach lottery when the symbol display device 41 fluctuates and fluctuates, random number initial value counter CINI used for setting the initial value of the hit random number counter C1, and first result display section AS of the main display section 43 And a variation type counter CS for determining a variation display time in the second result display unit BS and the symbol display device 41. It is set to be there. Furthermore, as with the pachinko machine 10C of the second embodiment, the electric combination used for the lottery to determine whether or not the electric combination 34a of the second operating port (second starting ball entering portion) 34C is in the open state. An open counter C4 is provided.

  Each of the counters C1 to C4, CINI, and CS is a loop counter that adds 1 to the previous value each time it is updated, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Each counter is updated at short time intervals, and the updated value is appropriately stored in a lottery counter buffer 231 set in a predetermined area of the RAM 204. The RAM 204 is provided with a reserved ball storage area 232 including a first result display area reservation area Ra, a second result display area reservation area Rb, an execution area AE, and a total number of reservations storage area. In the reserved ball storage area 632, the values of the winning random number counter C1 and the winning type counter C2 are stored in time series in accordance with the winning history of the game balls to the first operating port 33C or the second operating port 34C. It has come to be.

  Specifically, each counter is configured so that the hit random number counter C1 is incremented by 1 in the range of, for example, 0 to 599, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. In particular, when the winning random number counter C1 makes one round, the value of the initial random number counter CINI at that time is read as the initial value of the winning random number counter C1. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter similar to the winning random number counter C1 (value = 0 to 599). The hit random number counter C1 is periodically updated and stored in the reserved ball storage area 232 of the RAM 204 at the timing when the game ball wins the first operation port 33C or the second operation port 34C. More specifically, the second result of the RAM 204 is stored in the first result display holding area Ra of the RAM 204 at the timing when the game ball wins the first operating port 33C, and the second result of the RAM 204 at the timing when the game ball wins the second operating port 34C. It is stored in the display unit reserved area Rb.

  The random number value to be won is stored as a success / failure table (availability information group) in the success / failure table storage area 221 as the success / failure information group storage means in the ROM 203. Here, the contents of the success / failure table will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 95, two types of success / failure tables are set in correspondence with the respective operation ports 33C and 34C. In other words, when a winning table for the first working port (first working port pass / fail information group) and a winning for the second working port 34C are generated, which are referred to when a winning is made to the first working port 33C. And a second working port success / failure table (second working port success / failure information group) referred to in FIG.

  In the gaming state in which the winning table for the first operating port is referred to at the time of the lottery, as shown in FIG. 95 (a), the random number value (that is, the winning information) for winning the big hit is “7”. And “307”. That is, among the values of the hit random number counter C1 of “0 to 599”, “7” and “307” correspond to the jackpot result, and the others correspond to the outlier result.

  On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 95 (b), in the gaming situation in which the success / failure table for the second working port is referred to in the lottery, the big win winning is the same as the success / failure table for the first working port. The random number values (that is, winning information) are “7” and “307”. Further, among the values of the random number counter C1 of “0 to 599”, “51 to 60”, “151 to 160”,..., “551 to 560” correspond to the special winning results, and other than that Corresponds to outliers.

  Here, the difference between the jackpot result and the special hit result will be described. When the big win result is obtained by the lottery based on the winning to each of the operation ports 33C, 34C, the first variable winning device 32C is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode. On the other hand, when a special winning result is obtained by the lottery, the first variable prize-winning device 32C is not immediately shifted to the opening / closing execution mode, but is given the right to perform another lottery again. As a result of winning, the first variable winning device 32C is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode as in the case of the jackpot result.

  Specifically, when a special winning result is obtained, first, the second variable winning device 32D is shifted to the open state. At that time, the game ball that entered the second grand prize opening 32e and entered the game ball passage 42b is guided to the special passage SR, and further wins by entering the second passage E2 (special area), The first variable winning device 32C is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode. In other words, when a special win is won, a result similar to that of the big win is given to the player when the ball enters the second passage E2 (special area).

  Next, the win type counter C2 will be described. The hit type counter C2 is incremented by 1 within the range of 0 to 29, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The hit type counter C2 is periodically updated and stored in the reserved ball storage area 232 of the RAM 204 at the timing when the game ball wins the first operation port 33C or the second operation port 34C. More specifically, the second result of the RAM 204 is stored in the first result display holding area Ra of the RAM 204 at the timing when the game ball wins the first operating port 33C, and the second result of the RAM 204 at the timing when the game ball wins the second operating port 34C. It is stored in the display unit reserved area Rb.

  The game result distribution destination for the hit type counter C2 is stored as a distribution table (distribution information group) in the distribution table storage area 222 as a distribution information group storage unit in the ROM 203. Here, the contents of the distribution table will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 96, two types of sorting tables are set in correspondence with the respective operation ports 33C and 34C. That is, a first operating port distribution table (first operating port distribution information group) and a second operating port 34C that are referred to when a winning is generated at the first operating port 33C are generated. In this case, the second working port sorting table (second working port sorting information group) referred to in this case is individually set.

  With reference to these distribution tables, the support mode is distributed in the electric accessory 34a of the second working port 34 after the opening / closing execution mode is completed.

  As a support mode of the electric combination 34a of the second working port 34C, the electric combination of the second working port 34C is compared in a situation where a game ball is continuously launched in the same manner with respect to the game area PE. Low frequency support mode (low frequency support state or low frequency guide state) and high frequency support mode (high frequency support state or high frequency so that the frequency at which the object 34a is opened per unit time is relatively high. Guide state) is set.

  Specifically, in the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode, the probability of winning the power combination open state in the electric combination release lottery using the electric combination release counter C4 is the same (for example, both 4/5) However, in the high-frequency support mode, the number of times that the electric accessory 34a is opened when the electrified open state is won is set more than in the low-frequency support mode, and one more release is performed. The time is set longer. In this case, in the high frequency support mode, when the electrified open state is selected and the open state of the electric accessory 34a occurs a plurality of times, the closure from the end of one open state until the start of the next open state is performed. The time is set shorter than one opening time. Furthermore, in the high frequency support mode, the minimum secured time is set shorter when the next electric character opening lottery is performed after one electric character opening lottery is performed than in the low frequency support mode. Has been.

  As described above, in the high frequency support mode, the probability of winning a prize to the second working port 34C is higher than in the low frequency support mode. In other words, in the low frequency support mode, there is a higher probability of winning the first operating port 33C than in the second operating port 34C, but in the high frequency support mode, the second operation is performed more than in the first operating port 33C. The probability of winning a prize in the mouth 34C increases. When a prize is awarded to the second operating port 34C, a predetermined number of game balls are paid out. Therefore, in the high-frequency support mode, the player plays a game while not reducing the number of possessed balls. It can be carried out.

  The configuration for increasing the frequency at which the high frequency support mode is set to the power release state per unit time as compared with the low frequency support mode is not limited to the above-described configuration, for example, the electric component release lottery It is good also as a structure which raises the probability of becoming electrified in the electric character open state in Furthermore, the number of times of opening is increased, the opening time is lengthened, and the minimum secured time is secured when the next electric character opening lottery is performed after one electric character releasing lottery is performed. By applying any one condition or any combination of conditions (that is, shortening the one-time variable display time in the through gate display section DS) and increasing the winning probability, the low frequency support mode can be applied. The advantage of the high frequency support mode may be increased.

  However, the high-frequency support mode shifts to the low-frequency support mode when the number of games reaches the end reference number (specifically, 100 times) after the shift.

  In this pachinko machine 10E, the distribution mode to the low-frequency support mode and the high-frequency support mode in the case of a big hit result or a special hit result is a win-win based on winning in the first operating port 33C And the case of winning 7 selections based on winning in the second working port 34C.

  Specifically, in the gaming state in which the first operation port success / failure table is referred to at the time of the distribution, as shown in FIG. 96 (a), a random number value for winning the high frequency support mode ( In other words, there are 15 winning information) “0-14”. On the other hand, under the gaming situation in which the distribution table for the second working port is referred to for the above distribution, as shown in FIG. There are 25 winning information (0 to 24). In other words, when a big win is won by winning the first operating port 33C, it is assigned to the high frequency support mode with a probability of 1/2, and when a big win or special win is won by winning the second operating port 34C. Will be assigned to the high frequency support mode with a probability of 5/6.

  In addition, when it becomes a losing result in the success / failure lottery, the mode does not shift to the opening / closing execution mode, and the support mode is not changed.

  The variation type counter CS is, for example, incremented by 1 within a range of 0 to 198, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The variation type counter CS is used in the MPU 202 to determine the variation display time in the first result display unit AS and the second result display unit BS of the main display unit 43 and the symbol variation display time in the symbol display device 41. . The variation type counter CS is updated once every time a normal process to be described later is executed once, and is repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the normal process. Then, the buffer value of the variation type counter CS is acquired when the variation pattern is determined at the start of variation display in the first result display section AS and the second result display section BS and at the beginning of variation of the symbol by the symbol display device 41.

  The electric accessory release counter C4 is, for example, configured to increment one by one within a range of 0 to 249 and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The electric accessory release counter C <b> 3 is periodically updated and stored in the electric utility reservation area 233 of the RAM 204 at a timing when a game ball wins the through gate 35. Then, at a predetermined timing, a lottery is performed as to whether or not to control the electric accessory 91 to the open state based on the stored value of the electric accessory release counter C4. For example, if C4 = 0 to 199, the electric accessory 91 is controlled to the open state, and if C4 = 200 to 249, the electric accessory 91 is not controlled to the open state.

  As already described, the MPU 202 uses at least the buffer value of the variation type counter CS to determine the variation display time in the first result display section AS and the second result display section BS. A variable display time table storage area 223 is used. Further, the MPU 202 determines the stop result in the first result display section AS and the second result display section BS using the value of the hit random number counter C1 and the value of the hit type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE. However, the stop result table storage area 224 of the ROM 203 is used for the determination.

<Various processes executed by main controller 81>
Next, various processes executed by the main controller 81 in the pachinko machine 10E according to the fifth embodiment will be described. Also in the fifth embodiment, descriptions of the main process and the NMI interrupt process are omitted.

<Timer interrupt processing>
First, the timer interrupt process of the fifth embodiment is a fourth embodiment in which, in step S103, “hit random number counter” is used instead of “hit random number counter”, and “hit type counter” is used instead of “hit type counter”. This is different from the timer interrupt processing (FIG. 89 (a)). Moreover, the point which does not perform the passage detection process of step S105C differs from the timer interruption process of 4th Embodiment.

<Winning process for working port>
The winning process for the operation port according to the fifth embodiment can also be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. However, instead of determining whether or not the “upper operating port 33” has been won in step S201, it is determined whether or not the “first operating port 33C” has been won, and in step S206, “lower operating port 33” is determined. It differs from the winning process for the operating port shown in the flowchart of FIG. 23 in that it is determined whether or not the “second operating port 34C” has been won instead of determining whether or not “34” has been won.

  In the information acquisition process, in S304, the value of “hit random number counter C1” is acquired instead of “hit random number counter C1”, and the value of “hit type counter” is acquired instead of “hit type counter”. The information acquisition process is the same as that shown in the flowchart of FIG.

<Winning winning process>
The through winning process of the fifth embodiment is the same as the through winning process of the first embodiment (see 25).

<Normal processing>
The normal process of the fifth embodiment is (a) after the game launch control process of step S509, after performing the abnormality detection process of step S509B and proceeding to the process of step S510, and (b) the contents of the game times control process. (C) It is the same as the normal process of 1st Embodiment except performing the game state transfer process of step S505 based on FIG. 98 (FIG. 26). Here, since the content of the abnormality detection process of step S509B is the same as the abnormality detection process (FIG. 82) of 3rd Embodiment, description is abbreviate | omitted. Further, the game times control process of the fifth embodiment is the same as the game times control process of the first embodiment except that the specific contents of the variation start process are different (FIGS. 27, 28, 97, FIG. 30, see FIG. Hereinafter, the variation start process of the fifth embodiment and the game state transition process of the fifth embodiment will be described.

<Variation start processing>
The variation start process of the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In the variation start process, the variable display on the first result display unit AS and the second result display unit BS of the main display unit 43 is started, and output to the sound lamp control device 82 so as to start the variation display on the symbol display unit 41. Set the command to be executed.

  First, in step S801C, a success / failure determination process is executed. In the success / failure determination process, it is determined whether the value of the hit random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE corresponds to a jackpot result, a special hit result, or a miss result. Specifically, first, it is determined which of the first operating port 33C and the second operating port 34C the winning prize destination is. Then, the winner table is selected according to the determined winning destination, and it is determined whether or not the value of the winning random number counter C1 corresponds to the jackpot result with reference to the selected winner table. If the jackpot result is not supported, it is determined whether or not the jackpot result is supported. When the special hit result is not supported, it is determined that the special hit result is supported. That is, it is not determined whether or not the value of the hit random number counter C1 matches the value corresponding to the outlier result.

  In addition, you may change the method of the success / failure determination process, for example, whether or not it corresponds to the jackpot result, whether or not it corresponds to the special outlier result, and whether or not it corresponds to the complete outlier result Each determination may be performed.

  In subsequent step S802C, a distribution determination process is executed. In the allocation determination process, it is determined whether or not the result of the success / failure determination process in step S801C is a jackpot result or a special hit result. If the determination result is a losing result, the process ends. On the other hand, when the result of the success / failure determination process is a jackpot result or a special winning result, it is determined whether the winning destination is the first operating port 33C or the second operating port 34C. Then, the distribution table is selected according to the determined winning destination, and it is determined whether or not the value of the win type counter C2 corresponds to the high frequency support mode with reference to the selected distribution table. . That is, it is not determined whether or not the value of the hit type counter C2 corresponds to the low frequency support mode.

  After executing the determination process and the allocation determination process, in steps S803C to S811C, a process for setting a stop result when ending the variable display executed by the result display unit AS, BS in the current game round, etc. Execute. Specifically, in step S803C, it is determined whether or not the result of the success / failure determination process is a big win. If it is a big win, the process proceeds to step S804C, the open / close execution mode flag is set in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204, and then the process proceeds to step S805C.

  In step S805C, it is determined whether the result of the distribution determination process corresponds to the high frequency support mode. As a result, if the high-frequency support mode is supported, the process proceeds to step S806C, and a winning combination corresponding to the high-frequency support mode (hereinafter referred to as the first jackpot for convenience) is executed. In the first jackpot winning stop result setting process, a flag corresponding to the first jackpot result is set. Thereby, it can identify that this game time corresponds to the 1st jackpot result. The flag corresponding to the first jackpot result is cleared at the timing when the game round ends and the transition processing for ending variation ends.

  On the other hand, if the high-frequency support mode is not supported, the process proceeds to step S807C, and a stop result setting process for winning that does not support the high-frequency support mode (hereinafter referred to as a second jackpot for convenience) is executed. In the second jackpot winning stop result setting process, a flag corresponding to the second jackpot result is set. Thereby, it can be specified that the current game time corresponds to the second jackpot result. The flag corresponding to the second jackpot result is cleared at the timing when the game round ends and the transition process for ending the change ends.

  If the result of the success / failure determination process in step S801C is not a big win, the process proceeds to step S808C to determine whether or not the result of the same success / failure determination process is a special win. If it is a special win, the process proceeds to step S809C, the lottery result confirmation mode flag is set in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204, and then the process proceeds to step S810C. The lottery result determination mode flag is a flag that allows winning in the second passage E2 (special area) by opening the second variable winning device 32D after occurrence of the special winning.

  In a succeeding step S810C, it is determined whether or not the result of the distribution determination process corresponds to the high frequency support mode. As a result, if the high-frequency support mode is supported, the process proceeds to step S811C, and a special win corresponding to the high-frequency support mode (hereinafter referred to as the first special win) is executed for the winning stop result setting process. . In the first special win winning stop result setting process, a flag corresponding to the first special win result is set. Thereby, it can identify that this game time corresponds to the 1st special hit result. The flag corresponding to the first special hit result is cleared at the timing when the game round is finished and the transition process for ending the change is finished.

  On the other hand, if the high-frequency support mode is not supported, the process proceeds to step S812C, and a special hit that does not support the high-frequency support mode (hereinafter referred to as a second special hit for convenience) is executed. . In the second special winning winning stop result setting process, a flag corresponding to the second special winning result is set. Thereby, it can identify that this game time corresponds to the 2nd special hit result. The flag corresponding to the second special hit result is cleared at the timing when the game round is finished and the transition process for ending the change is finished.

  If it is determined in step S808C that the special winning is not won, the process proceeds to step S813C. In step S813C, a stop result setting process for an outlier is executed. In the stop result setting process, display data corresponding to the complete losing result stored in the display table is set as the stop result. In each stop result setting process, a stop result in each result display section AS, BS when the variable display is completed is set.

  If the stop result setting process is executed in any of Step S806C, Step S807C, Step S811C, Step S812C, and Step S813C, the process proceeds to Step S814C. In step S814C, a variable display time setting process is executed. Specifically, the variable display time is set in the variable display time counter area of the RAM 604. The value of the variable display time counter area is subtracted every predetermined period, and when the value becomes “0”, the game round is ended.

  In the variation display time setting process, the value of the variation type counter CS is acquired, and the variation display time corresponding to the value of the variation type counter CS is selected from the variation display time table stored in the ROM 603. . In the variable display time table, one corresponding to the jackpot result, one corresponding to the special hit result, and one corresponding to the outlier result are set. Thereby, even if the value of the variation type counter CS is the same, the variation display time can be varied depending on the game result. As a result, it is possible to diversify the pattern of the variable display time that is set.

  When the variable display time is set, the process proceeds to step S815C. In step S815C, a change start command and a type command are set. The change start command includes information on the change display time. The type command includes game result information. That is, the type command includes, as game result information, jackpot result, special hit result, information on presence / absence of high frequency support mode support, and the like.

  The variation start command and type command set in step S815C are transmitted to the audio lamp control device 82 in step S501 in the normal process (FIG. 26). Based on the received change start command and type command, the sound lamp control device 82 determines the contents of the effect in the game time and controls various devices so that the determined contents of the effect are executed. The contents of this effect include the variation display mode of the symbol on the symbol display device 41, and the determined variation display mode of the symbol is output from the voice lamp control device 82 to the display control device 41 as a display content command. Is done. Based on the display content command received from the sound lamp control device 82, the display control device 41 controls the display of the symbol display device 41 so as to perform variable display of symbols corresponding to each game time.

  Thereafter, in step S816C, the display of the variation of the pattern is started in each result display section AS, BS. Then, this variation start process is terminated. Note that stop pictures corresponding to the first jackpot result, the second jackpot result, and the losing result are set as the stop pictures displayed on the first result display section AS. In addition, stop patterns respectively corresponding to the first jackpot result, the second jackpot result, the first special hit result, the second special hit result, and the off result are set as the stop patterns displayed on the second result display unit BS. Yes.

  In the present embodiment, in particular, the number of stop pattern display patterns corresponding to the hit results corresponding to the high frequency support mode is the same as the number of stop pattern display patterns corresponding to the hit results not corresponding to the high frequency support mode. . This makes it difficult to determine whether the lottery result is compatible with the high-frequency support mode by confirming the display pattern of the stopped pattern. Note that a plurality of variation display patterns of the result display units AS and BS are set in advance by a display table stored in the ROM 203, and the display table is referred to when determining the variation pattern.

<Game state transition processing>
Next, the gaming state transition processing in step S505 will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG.

  First, in step S901C, it is determined whether or not the open / close execution mode corresponding to the big hit result or the special hit result is in progress. If it is not in the opening / closing execution mode corresponding to the big hit result or the special hit result, the process proceeds to step S902C. In step S902C, it is determined whether the lottery result determination mode corresponding to the special winning result is in progress. That is, it is determined whether or not the lottery result based on the winning at the second operating port 34C is a special winning result, and the mode is switched to a mode in which the inflow of game balls to the second variable winning device 32D is allowed.

  In each of step S901C and step S902C, the determination is made based on whether or not the flags corresponding to the opening / closing execution mode flag storage area and the lottery result determination mode flag storage area provided in the various flag storage areas 235 are set. The lottery result determination mode flag is stored in the flag storage area by winning a special winning when a lottery based on winning in the second working port 34C is performed.

  If it is determined in step S902C that the lottery result determination mode corresponding to the special winning result is in progress, the process proceeds to the special winning transition process in step S903C. This special winning transition process will be described later.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in step S902C that the lottery result determination mode is not in progress, the process proceeds to step S904C. In step S904C, it is determined whether or not it is the timing when the variable display in each result display section AS, BS of one game time is finished. If it is not the timing when the variable display is finished, the gaming state transition process is finished as it is.

  If it is the timing when the variable display is finished, it is determined in step S905C whether or not the game result of the current game round corresponds to the transition to the opening / closing execution mode. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the opening / closing execution mode flag is stored in the RAM 204. If the flag is not stored, the gaming state transition process is terminated as it is.

  If any of the above flags is stored, “15” is set in the first round counter area RC1 in step S906C. The first round counter area RC1 is a counter area for counting the number of times the first big winning opening 32a is opened.

  In the subsequent step S907C, it is determined whether or not the current hit result corresponds to the high frequency support mode. If the current hit result corresponds to the high frequency support mode, the high frequency is stored in the various flag storage areas 235 of the RAM 204. Set the support mode flag.

  After executing the process of step S907C, an opening command is set in step S908C. The set opening command is transmitted to the sound lamp control device 82 in step S501 in the normal process (FIG. 26). This opening command includes information indicating whether the high frequency support mode or the low frequency support mode is selected. Based on the received opening command, the sound lamp control device 82 determines the contents of the effect corresponding to the opening / closing execution mode, and controls various devices so that the determined contents of the effect are executed. In addition, the opening command is transmitted from the sound lamp control device 82 to the display control device 41, and the display control device 41 receives the opening command to display corresponding to the current opening / closing execution mode (for example, moving image display). Display control of the symbol display device 41 is performed. After executing the process of step S908C, the gaming state transition process ends.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 99, the special winning transition process shown in step S903C (FIG. 98) will be briefly described. “51-60”, “151-160”, “251-260”, “351-360” corresponding to the special hit result (see FIG. 95B) in the hit random number counter C1 of “0-599” , “451 to 460”, “551 to 560”, “51 to 60”, “251 to 260”, and “451 to 460”, the second variable winning device 32D is opened when performing the special winning. When the pattern is the first opening pattern and is “151 to 160”, “351 to 360”, and “551 to 560”, the opening pattern of the second variable winning device 32D is the second opening pattern when performing the special winning. Become.

  When the first opening pattern is performed, as shown in FIG. 99 (b), the timing Tx when the predetermined pattern corresponding to the special hit is fixedly displayed on the second result display unit BS (FIG. 99 (a)). The opening / closing member 32f is opened at a timing T0 after the elapse of a specific time (1.0 second in the fifth embodiment), and the opening / closing member 32f is closed at a timing T4 after 1.6 seconds have elapsed. . Also, after the game ball is fired, the time until the game ball reaches the second variable prize-winning device 32D is set to about 2 seconds. The switching member 59f is switched from the non-inductive state to the inductive state at the timing T2 after the elapse of 2 seconds from the timing Tx when the predetermined pattern is confirmed and displayed, and at the timing T3 after 0.2 seconds have elapsed, the switching member 59f returns to the non-inductive state. For this reason, when the first opening pattern is performed, it is possible to allow a game ball (a valid game ball that is not the first type oil ball) to flow into the second passage E2 (special region).

  On the other hand, when the second opening pattern is performed, as shown in FIG. 99 (c), the timing Tx (FIG. 99 (FIG. 99) when the predetermined pattern corresponding to the special hit is confirmed and displayed on the second result display unit BS. a)), the opening / closing member 32f is opened for the first time at the timing T0 after the elapse of a specific time (1.0 second in the fifth embodiment), and then once at the timing T1 after the elapse of 0.1 seconds. The member 32f is closed. Then, the second opening of the opening / closing member 32f is started at a timing T2 after 0.9 seconds have elapsed (1.0 seconds after the first opening start timing T0), and 1.6 seconds have elapsed since then. At the timing T5, the opening / closing member 32f is closed. The opening / closing operation of the opening / closing member 32f for the first time (0.1 second) is performed at an opening / closing speed at which the game ball cannot enter the second variable winning device 32D. Even during execution of the second opening pattern, as shown in FIG. 99 (d), the switching member 59f is guided from the non-induction state at the timing T2 after 1 second from the first opening start timing T0 of the opening / closing member 32f. The switching member 59f returns to the non-induction state at timing T3 after 0.2 seconds have passed since the switching to the state.

  When the second release pattern is executed, the switching member 59f is already non-guided when the game ball that has entered the second variable winning device 32D reaches the branch to the second passage E2 (special area). Since there is a high possibility that the state has been switched to a state, it is unlikely that a legitimate game ball (a legitimate game ball that is not a first type oil ball) will flow into the second passage E2 (special area). . In other words, when the special hit for executing the second opening pattern is selected, the designer of the pachinko machine enters the second passage E2 (special area) with a game ball (a valid game ball that is not the first type oil ball). Designed to be less likely to do. On the other hand, in a pachinko machine that does not use the fraud prevention device 50D, if it is the first type oil ball, the first type oil ball is passed in the order of the second big prize opening 32e, the game ball passage 42b, and the special passage SR, and the timing T2 From time T3 until the switching member 59f in the guidance state is switched to the non-guidance state, the first type oil ball can flow into the second passage E2 (special region).

  However, in the fifth embodiment, the anti-fraud member 50D is built in the game ball passage 42b so that the first type oil ball is not guided to the special passage SR, so that the designer of the pachinko machine intends, When the special hit for executing the second opening pattern is selected, the situation cannot enter the second passage E2 (special region). In the third embodiment, after the game ball is fired, the time until the game ball reaches the second variable winning device 32D is set to about 2 seconds. Under such a configuration, the switching member 59f changes from the non-induction state to the induction state at the timing T2 after 2 seconds from the timing Tx when the predetermined pattern corresponding to the special hit is confirmed and displayed on the second result display unit BS. It is configured to be switched.

  Then, when it is time to finish opening the opening / closing member 32f, it is determined whether or not a game ball has flowed into the second passage E2 (special area). When it is determined that there is a winning in the second passage E2 (special area), an opening / closing execution mode setting process corresponding to the first variable winning device 32C is executed, and there is a winning in the second passage E2 (special area). If not determined, the game state transition process is terminated.

  Returning to the description of the gaming state transition process (FIG. 98), when it is determined in step S901C that the open / close execution mode corresponding to the jackpot result or the special hit result is determined, the jackpot result or the special hit result in steps S909C to S912C is obtained. The processing for the corresponding opening / closing execution mode is executed.

  If it is determined in step S901C that the open / close execution mode corresponding to the jackpot is in progress, the process proceeds to step S909C. In step S909C, it is determined whether the waiting time for opening has elapsed. If the opening standby time has not elapsed, the gaming state transition process is terminated. When the opening standby time has elapsed, the first variable winning device opening / closing process is executed in step S910C.

  In the first variable prize-winning device opening / closing process, when the first big prize opening 32a is closed, the first variable prize-winning drive unit (illustrated) is provided on the condition that the first round counter area RC1 is “1” or more. Is omitted), the first big prize opening 32a is opened. Further, when the first grand prize opening 32a is being opened, on condition that the opening limit time has passed since the opening of the first big prize opening 32a or the opening limit number has been won, The driving state of the first variable winning drive unit (not shown) is stopped, and the first big winning opening 32a is closed.

  After executing the first variable winning device opening / closing process in step S910C, it is determined in subsequent step S911C whether or not the value of the first round counter area RC1 is “0”. If the value of the first round counter area RC1 is not “0”, the gaming state transition process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, if the value of the first round counter area RC1 is “0”, the open / close execution mode flag is cleared in step S912C.

  If the opening / closing execution mode flag is cleared in step S912C, the process proceeds to step S913C to determine whether or not the high-frequency support mode flag is set. If the high frequency support mode flag is not set, the gaming state transition process is terminated as it is. If the high-frequency support mode flag is set, the process proceeds to step S914, “100” is set in the game number counter provided in the RAM 204, and the gaming state transition process is terminated. When “100” is set in the game number counter, the game state is shifted to the high frequency support mode. However, the high-frequency support mode ends when the game times continue 100 times, and thereafter, the support mode shifts to the normal game state in which the low-frequency support mode is set. The number of high-frequency support continuations (restricted number of games) is not limited to 100 times, and may be 1 or more and less than 100 times, such as 10 times, 20 times, or 30 times, or 101 times or more. May be.

<Telephone support processing>
Next, the power combination support process of step S506 in the normal process is the same as the power support process of the first embodiment (see FIGS. 34 to 36).

  According to the pachinko machine 10E of the fifth embodiment described in detail above, since the fraud prevention device 50D is built in the second variable winning device 32D, the first type oil ball moves toward the second big winning port 32e. Even if fired, the first type oil ball is not guided to the special passage SR. That is, according to the pachinko machine 10E of the fifth embodiment, since the anti-fraud device 50D is provided, the game ball aiming to enter the special passage SR always has a constant movement to remove the first type oil ball. A shutter 59f to be operated and a switch (detection sensor 211g) for starting its operation are provided, and a mechanism for directing the first type oil ball to the outside of the pachinko machine 10C or the out port 37 is provided on the surface of the game board 24.

  Then, by moving the shutter 59f after a lapse of a certain period of time after passing through the switch (detection sensor 211g), since the passing speed is fast if it is the first type oil ball, it crosses over the shutter 59f and goes to the discharge port (recess 59h), If it is not the first type oil ball, the shutter 59f cannot be crossed and it goes to the special passage SR. Thereby, a 1st type oil ball can be removed and a fraud countermeasure can be improved.

  In addition, it is difficult to select a game ball (first type oil ball) to which oil has adhered and a legitimate game ball (a regular game ball that is not the first type oil ball), but even in the third embodiment, Paying attention to the difference in speed at which a ball (type 1 oil ball) and a legitimate game ball (game ball that is not type 1 oil ball) pass the same distance (type 1 oil ball is faster), type 1 Oil balls can be removed. Moreover, it is possible to remove only the first type oil ball without adversely affecting the legitimate game ball.

<Other embodiments>
In addition, it is not limited to the description content of 5th Embodiment mentioned above, For example, you may implement as follows. Incidentally, each of the following configurations may be individually applied to each of the above embodiments, or a part or all of them may be combined and applied to each of the above embodiments. In addition, each of the following configurations may be applied to an embodiment other than the embodiment exemplified as an application target.

(1) In the fifth embodiment, the mode in which the fraud prevention device 50D is built in the second variable prize-winning device 32D has been exemplified. However, as shown in the modified example 28 of FIG. 100, the fraud prevention device 50D is the second variable prize-winning device. It may be provided outside the 32D. In this case, the anti-fraud device 50D may be configured with a non-electrically-powered object.

  In addition, the modification 28 has shown the aspect provided in the lower right part of game area PE. The second variable winning device 32D shown in FIG. 57 includes a second large winning port 32g that leads to the back side of the game board 24, and an open / close door 32h that opens and closes the large winning port 32g. The door 32 b is connected to a drive unit such as a solenoid provided on the back side of the game board 24. Normally, the game ball is in a closed state in which it is not possible to win or difficult to win, and the game ball is in a predetermined open state in which it is easy for the game ball to win when winning the opening / closing execution mode (opening / closing execution state) in the internal lottery. It can be switched. The big winning opening 32a is connected to the first internal passage 32i of the second variable winning device 32D, and the game balls won from the big winning opening 32a enter the first internal passage 32i. Further, the first internal passage 32i branches into a second internal passage (normal region) 32m and a third internal passage (special region) 32n, and a sorting piece 32p is rotatable at the end of the first internal passage 32i. Arranged in a state. When the distribution piece 32p is in the state shown in FIG. 100A, the first internal passage 32i and the second internal passage (normal area) 32m communicate with each other, and the game ball that has passed through the first internal passage 32i is second. It is guided to an internal passage (normal area) 32m (hereinafter referred to as a normal induction state). When the distribution piece 32p is in the state shown in FIG. 100 (b), the first internal passage 32i and the second internal passage (normal area) 32m are not in communication with each other, and the first internal passage 32i and the third internal passage 32i are in the third state. The internal passage (special region) 32n communicates, and the game ball that has passed through the first internal passage 32i is guided to the third internal passage (special region) 32n (hereinafter referred to as a special guidance state).

  Also in this modified example 28, when a predetermined special hit occurs, it can be a target of the first type oil ball goto when the period of special induction state is short. However, the first type oil ball can be removed using the fraud prevention device 50D.

(2) In the fifth embodiment, when the game ball reaches the special passage SR, the first variable winning device 32C is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode (opening / closing execution state). However, the special win in this embodiment is read as a big win, and when a special win (big win) is generated, the mode shifts to an open / close execution mode (open / close execution state) using the second variable winning device 32C. When the game ball reaches the special passage SR during the opening / closing execution mode (opening / closing execution state), the high probability mode or the high frequency support state is entered after the opening / closing execution mode (opening / closing execution state) ends. It is good.

  For example, the pachinko machine shown in the modified example 29 shown in FIG. 101 includes a game board 24 similar to that of the fifth embodiment. However, FIG. 19A is used as the low probability mode success / failure table (low probability success / failure information group), and FIG. 19B is used as the high probability mode success / failure table (high probability success / failure information group). Use what is shown in. Further, the distribution table shown in FIGS. 101A and 101B is used as a distribution table for display results.

  In the distribution table for the first result display unit of the modified example 29, among the values of the big hit type counter C2 of “0 to 29”, “0 to 9” corresponds to the big hit result A, and “10 to 19”. "Corresponds to the jackpot result B, and" 20 to 29 "corresponds to the jackpot result C. On the other hand, in the distribution table for the second result display section, among the values of the jackpot type counter C2 of “0 to 29”, “0 to 9” corresponds to the jackpot result D, and “10 to 29” Corresponds to jackpot result E.

  In the pachinko machine shown in the modified example 29, when the jackpot result B or jackpot result C is obtained, the open / close execution mode with 12 rounds is performed, and when the jackpot result A, jackpot result D or jackpot result E is obtained, the number of rounds is 16 Perform execution mode. Also, regardless of which jackpot result is obtained, the opening / closing execution mode is performed by the first variable winning device 32C except for the fifth round, and the opening / closing execution mode is performed by the second variable winning device 32D in the fifth round. However, when the jackpot result A or jackpot result D is obtained, the fifth round is executed based on the second opening pattern described above, and when the jackpot result B, jackpot result C or jackpot result E is obtained. The fifth round is executed based on the first release pattern described above. That is, in the pachinko machine shown in the modified example 29, when the opening / closing execution mode is started, the first variable winning device 32C is driven based on the high-frequency winning mode in "each round except the fifth round", and the above-mentioned in the fifth round. The second variable winning device 32D is driven based on the first opening pattern or the second opening pattern. Then, after ending the opening / closing execution mode, it is determined whether or not the third internal passage (special region) 32n has been passed in the fifth round (whether or not the probability variation flag has been set). When the vehicle passes through the third internal passage (special area) 32n (when the probability variation flag is set), the probability variation flag is deleted and the high probability mode flag is set (see FIG. 33). .

  In the pachinko machine shown in the modified example 29, when the game ball can pass through the second passage E2 (special area) in the fifth round in which the second variable winning device 32D is opened, the opening / closing execution mode is ended. If the success / failure lottery mode becomes the high probability mode and the second passage E2 (special area) cannot be passed after the opening / closing execution mode ends, the success / failure lottery mode becomes the low probability mode. Here, the designer of the pachinko machine shown in the modified example 29 makes it easy for the game ball to pass through the second passage E2 (special area) or makes it difficult to pass through, depending on the jackpot result. I try not to become extremely high. However, by performing the first type oil ball goto, opening / closing is executed even when the big hit result A or the big hit result D of the kite that the game ball cannot originally pass through the second passage E2 (special area) is generated. In some cases, the lottery mode becomes the high probability mode after the mode is finished. On the other hand, according to the pachinko machine of the modified example 29, since the fraud prevention device 50D is built in the second variable winning device 32D, the first type oil ball is launched toward the second big winning port 32e. Even if this is done, the first type oil ball is not guided to the special passage SR.

(3) In the fifth embodiment, the second variable prize winning device 32D is provided with a special area, and special area arrival detecting means for detecting that the game ball has reached the special area, and the second variable prize winning is provided. In the pachinko machine that executes the special game state advantageous to the player when the special area arrival detection means detects the game ball between the time when the device 32D is in the open state and the predetermined valid period elapses, the second If the fraud prevention device 50D is built in the variable prize winning device 32D or the fraud prevention device 50D is provided outside the second variable prize winning device 32D, the first type oil ball goto reaches the special area within the effective period. It is possible to counter the act to be attempted (described later).

(4) In the fifth embodiment, a jackpot result is generated by a winning lottery based on a winning to the first working port 33C, but no special winning result is generated. And the aspect which produces | generates a jackpot result and a special winning result by the lottery based on the winning to the 2nd operating port 34C was illustrated. However, the big win result and the special win result may be generated by the winning lottery based on the winning at the first operating port 33C and the winning lottery based on the winning at the second operating port 34C.

(5) In the fifth embodiment, the opening / closing pattern of the second variable winning device 32D has two opening / closing patterns. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the structure has three or more opening / closing patterns. It is good.

(6) In the fifth embodiment, when a plurality of opening / closing patterns of the second variable prize-winning device 32D are provided, the number of times the induction state is set and the period of the induction state may be different for each opening / closing pattern. Further, the number of rounds in which the second variable winning device 32D is used in the opening / closing execution mode may be plural, and in this case, a plurality of rounds through which the game ball can pass through the second passage E2 (special area) may be provided.

(7) In the fifth embodiment, the application example to the first type oil ball goto using the first type oil ball has been described, but the third embodiment is similar to the first application example described above. Oil ball goto using high-viscosity oil to type 2 oil ball goto using seed oil ball, and various treatments (for example, using an adhesive to slow down the flow velocity from the regular ball in game area PE of game ball) It can also be applied to used goto.

(8) Of the jackpot rounds constituting the opening / closing execution mode, rounds that connect the special passage SR (so-called “V zone”) to the second passage E2 are limited. A round connecting this special passage SR (so-called “V zone”) to the second passage E2 may be referred to as a V acquisition land.

(Sixth embodiment)
The sixth embodiment corresponds to a modification of the fifth embodiment. In the sixth embodiment as well, FIGS. 1 to 4 are used as they are, but for the sake of convenience, the pachinko machine of the sixth embodiment is represented as “pachinko machine 10F” for the sake of distinction from the pachinko machines of other embodiments. (See parentheses in FIGS. 1-4).

  According to the pachinko machine 10F of the sixth embodiment, the destinations of the game balls can be appropriately distributed according to their passing speed by the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F that constitute a specific example of the distributing means.

  That is, as described above in the sixth embodiment, as a kind of gaming machine, a pachinko machine is known in which a game ball is launched into a game area and the game ball is caused to flow down while colliding with a nail (obstacle nail) or the like. And in various pachinko machines, for example, by changing the passing speed of the game ball depending on how the game ball is launched (for example, by launching so that the flow speed becomes faster), an advantageous result for the player is obtained. (For example, refer to the gaming machines shown in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2011-10741 and 2000-350831).

  In these pachinko machines, in order to deal with various problems that may occur due to the passing speed of the game ball (for example, the speed of flow), the destination of the game ball is appropriately distributed according to the passing speed (for example, the speed of flow). Is required. And the distribution means which comprises the high-order concept of the fraud prevention apparatus 50 of 3rd Embodiment distributes the destination of a game ball suitably by the passage speed.

  Here, the gaming machine provided with the distribution means can be specified as follows.

The gaming machine according to the superordinate concept of the sixth embodiment is
“To achieve the above object, the gaming machine according to the present invention
A game area in which a game ball fired by a predetermined launching means flows down;
A game machine comprising: an advantageous pitching portion that generates a possibility of acquiring a gaming privilege for a player based on a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area,
An introduction passage through which the game ball is introduced;
A distribution main body that distributes the destination of the game ball passing through the introduction passage to a special passage that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion;
A distribution means comprising:
The distribution main body can execute a first state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the normal passage and a second state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the special passage. And
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The distribution main body is placed in the first state until the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, and when the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, The minute main body is set to the second state ”.

  The pachinko machine 10F according to the sixth embodiment is different from the gaming machine 10 according to the first embodiment in that the anti-fraud devices 50E and 50F are provided. The fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F are different from the pachinko machine 10C according to the third embodiment in that the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F are configured by a non-electrical accessory and the lower working port 34 is provided with the electric accessory 34a. In addition, about the structure same as the pachinko machine 10 of 1st Embodiment, the description is abbreviate | omitted fundamentally.

  The pachinko machine 10F of the sixth embodiment includes an outer frame 11 similar to the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment and a gaming machine main body 12. Further, the board configuration of the gaming board 24 attached to the gaming machine main body 12 of the sixth embodiment differs from the board configuration of the gaming board 24 attached to the gaming machine main body 12 of the first embodiment as shown below. Yes. The configuration on the back side of the pachinko machine 10F of the sixth embodiment is the same as the configuration on the back side of the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment.

  As shown in FIG. 102, the configuration of the gaming board 24 of the sixth embodiment is the same as that of the gaming board 24 of the first embodiment except that the gaming board 24 includes fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F. The fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F will be described.

  The fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F also show a specific example of “distribution means”, and out of the game balls that have flowed down the game area PE, the destination of the ones taken into the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F is a normal path. It is for distributing to NR or special passage SR. In this embodiment, the anti-fraud devices 50E and 50F are arranged on the left and right (front view) below the center frame 42. The fraud prevention device 50B on the left side (front view) is for distributing the destination of the area (left-handed area L) flowing down the left side of the center frame 42 in the game area PE, and is located on the right side. 50C is for distributing the destination of the area (right-handed area R) flowing down the right side of the center frame 42 in the game area PE. However, the fraud prevention device 50E on the left side (front view) and the fraud prevention device 50F located on the right side are symmetrical (hand-held), so the left side (front view) fraud prevention device 50E will be described in detail. A description of the fraud prevention device 50F located on the right side is omitted.

  In the sixth embodiment, since the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F are configured by so-called “non-electrically-operated objects”, in the pachinko machine 10 in which the number of so-called “ordinary electric-characterized objects” is one, When configured with the “electric accessory”, a “normal electric accessory (for example, the electric accessory 34a of the first embodiment)” can be provided separately from the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F. Further, in the sixth embodiment, the fraud prevention device 50E is disposed at an effective position for preventing the first type oil ball goto to the lower working port 34 (the electric accessory 34a). The prevention device 50E is effective in disposing the first type oil ball goto to the upper working port 33 or effective in preventing the first type oil ball goto to the variable winning device 32. It can also be arranged at various positions. Further, apart from the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F, a fraud prevention device for preventing the first type oil ball goto to the upper working port 33 may be provided (Modification 32 shown in FIG. See Example 33).

  As shown in FIGS. 103 and 104, the fraud prevention device 50E includes a cover body 55a disposed in front of the game board 24, a base member 55b disposed behind the cover body 55a, and the fraud prevention device 50E. And a passage portion 55c through which a game ball introduced into the vehicle passes. In addition, shaft bodies 55e and 55f that are rotatably supported using a bearing member 55d are provided behind the base member 55b. The shaft bodies 55e and 55f are in a state where their axial centers are substantially front and rear, and are separated from each other at a predetermined interval along the width direction of the game board 24. A space through which a game ball can pass is provided between the cover body 55a and the board surface of the game board 24.

  The upper surface of the passage portion 55c is slightly inclined downward from the left end toward the right end (front view), and the left side left end of the passage portion 55c is a space portion 55g. A ball receiving member 56a, which will be described later, is disposed in the space 55g so as to be rotatable. In the fraud prevention device 50C, the upper surface of the passage portion 55c is slightly inclined downward from the right end toward the left end (front view), and the right side right end of the passage portion 55c is a space portion 55g.

  The right end of the passage portion 55c is a recessed portion 55h that is recessed in a step shape compared to other portions, and the game ball guided to the recessed portion 55h is discharged out of the pachinko machine 10. Here, a discharge sensor 211f is provided in the recess 55h, and a game ball that has passed through the recess 52h is detected. Further, when the game ball guided to the recess 55h is discharged out of the pachinko machine 10, a downward slope toward the rear of the pachinko machine 10 is provided in the recess 55h, and the game ball guided to the recess 55h is Returning to the facility can be exemplified. In addition, the front surface of the recess 55h is in an open state, and the recess 55h is provided with a downward slope toward the front of the pachinko machine 10, whereby the game ball guided to the recess 55h is temporarily returned to the game area 24, and the game area The game ball returned to 24 may be discharged from the pachinko machine 10 through the out port 37 without entering any ball port (winning port, operation port, through gate 35). Alternatively, one game ball may be paid out as a prize ball each time one game ball is guided to the recess 55h. Further, a space part through which the game ball can pass is provided behind the base member 55b and below the passage part 55c. Note that a warning (by sound, light, etc.) may be given each time it is guided to the concave portion 55h, or a warning (by sound, light, etc.) may be given when the frequency of guidance to the concave portion 55h is a certain level or more. .

  An attachment opening 55k is provided at a position near the right end of the passage portion 55c, and an upper end side of a passage selection member 57a described later is exposed from the attachment opening 55k. Further, in the passage portion 55c, the introduction passage 55p is on the left side of the attachment opening 55k, and the normal passage NR is on the right side of the attachment opening 55k. Also, as shown in FIG. 104, a special passage SR is provided below the lighting attachment opening 55k, and a game ball that has passed through the special passage SR can enter the lower operation port. As shown in FIG. 102, the special passage of the first embodiment is not limited to “special passage SR in fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F” but also “special passage SR in fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F” and “ It is comprised with the special channel | path B1 "outside fraud prevention apparatus 50E and 50F. That is, the “special passage B1 outside the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F” constituted by the “special passage SR in the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F” communicated with the mounting opening 55k and the guide nail 38b on the surface of the game board 24. The game ball can be guided to the lower operation port 34B. However, the special passage may be configured only by “a special passage outside the fraud prevention device 50”. For example, the game ball may be guided directly from the mounting opening 55k to the “special passage B1 outside the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F”. This is the same for the normal passage described later, and the normal passage may be constituted by “the normal passage NR of the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F” and “the normal passage of the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F”, or for mounting. The game ball that has passed through the opening 55k (passage selection member 57a) may be directly guided to the normal passage “outside the fraud prevention device 50”.

  A first gear 56c having a pitch circle diameter of 5L is mounted on the rear end side of the left shaft body 55e in front view so as to be integrally rotatable with the shaft body 55e. On the rear end side, a second gear 56d having a pitch circle diameter of 2L is mounted so as to be rotatable integrally with the shaft body 55f. An intermediate gear 56e is disposed between the first gear 56c and the second gear 56d in a rotatable state, and the intermediate gear 56e meshes with the first gear 56c on the left side (front view), and on the right side thereof. Is engaged with the second gear 56d. Therefore, when the first gear 56c rotates “1/5”, the second gear 55f rotates “1/2”. The intermediate gear 56e is attached to a shaft body 56g that is rotatably supported using a bearing member 55d.

  As shown in FIG. 103, a ball receiving member 56a is attached to a portion of the shaft body 55e protruding from the front surface portion of the game board 24 so as to be rotatable integrally with the shaft body 55e. A central tube (boss) 57c (see FIG. 105 (b)) of the passage selecting member 57a is attached to a portion protruding from the front surface portion of 24 so as to be rotatable integrally with the shaft body 55f.

  As shown in FIG. 105 (a), the ball receiving member 56a includes the above-described center tube (boss) 56b, and five pressure receiving portions 56c protruding at equal intervals (at intervals of 72 degrees) on the outer peripheral surface of the center tube. It has. The pressure receiving portion 56c is configured in a substantially plate shape and protrudes toward the radially outer side of the center tube 56b. Here, in the fraud prevention device 50E on the left side, the ball receiving member 56a rotates in the clockwise direction when viewed from the front, so that the game balls taken into the fraud prevention device 50E on the left side are distributed, and the right fraud prevention device 50E. In the prevention device 50F, the ball receiving member 56a rotates counterclockwise when viewed from the front, whereby the game balls taken into the right anti-fraud device 50F are sorted. Then, among the rotation directions of the ball receiving member 56a, the direction in which game balls taken into the fraud prevention device 50E are sorted (clockwise in the left fraud prevention device 50E, and counterclockwise in the right fraud prevention device 50F). Rotation direction) is referred to as a forward rotation direction, and a rotation direction opposite to the forward rotation direction is referred to as a reverse rotation direction.

  As shown in FIG. 104, five leaf springs 56d protrude from the front surface of the base member 55b and the rear side of the ball receiving member 56a in a cantilever shape. These leaf springs 56d are arranged at equal intervals (at intervals of 72 degrees) around the axis 55j of the shaft body 55e (see FIG. 103). Specifically, when one pressure receiving portion 56c is directed substantially vertically upward, the leaf spring 56d comes into contact with each pressure receiving portion 56c from a position in the reverse rotation direction of each pressure receiving portion 56c (hereinafter, the original state). . When no load is applied to the ball receiving member 56a, the leaf spring 56d is maintained in its original state. The ball receiving member 56a may be provided with a reverse rotation prevention mechanism for preventing rotation (reverse rotation) in the reverse rotation direction.

  The passage selection member 57a is a specific example of a “distribution main body”, and as shown in FIG. 105 (b), a substantially disc-shaped main body 57b arranged with its axial center facing substantially front and rear. And a mounting portion 57c protruding from the rear of the main body portion 57b. Among these, the attachment portion 57c is formed in a substantially cylindrical shape that opens rearward and is disposed concentrically with the main body portion 57b. Then, by fitting the front end portion of the shaft body 55f to the mounting portion 57c, the passage selection member 57a and the shaft body 55f can be rotated together (see FIG. 103). Moreover, the main-body part 57b is provided with the through-hole 57e which goes to one diameter direction. As shown in FIG. 105 (c), the passage selection member 57a is provided with a concave groove 57m, or the passage portion 55c is provided with a concave groove (not shown), so that the passage portion 55c and the passage selection member 57a are provided. The passing game ball may be prevented from dropping before and after the passage portion 55c (before and after the game board 24 surface).

  Next, functions of the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 106 (a), when the game ball Y5 is introduced into the fraud prevention device 50E from the inlet 56y (see FIG. 104) of the fraud prevention device 50E, the pressure receiving portion 56c located above the introduction passage 55p. Fall on top. Here, the hole schematically shown in FIG. 104 indicates the inlet 56y, and usually one pressure receiving portion 56c is located below the inlet 56y. Then, with the weight of the game ball Y5, the pressure receiving portion 56c pushes away the leaf spring 56d that has been in contact with it from below, and starts to rotate in the forward rotation direction. As shown in FIG. 106 (b), the pressure receiving portion 56c When the downward inclination is downward with respect to the introduction passage 55p, the game ball Y5 on the pressure receiving portion 56c is released toward the introduction passage 55p. Then, the released game ball Y5 rolls in the direction of the mounting opening 55k using the downward inclination of the introduction passage 55p. At this time, the ball receiving member 56a that has released the game ball Y5 uses the inertial force to continue the rotation of the ball receiving member 56a in the normal rotation direction, and as shown in FIG. The rotation of the ball receiving member 56a is stopped by contacting the leaf springs 56d adjacent to each other in the forward rotation direction of the ball receiving member 56a. That is, the ball receiving member 56a from which the load of the game ball Y5 has been unloaded utilizes inertial force, and the ball receiving member 56a continues to rotate in the forward rotation direction, and each pressure receiving portion 56c rotates forward of the ball receiving member 56a. The rotation of the ball receiving member 56a is stopped by contacting the leaf springs 56d adjacent in the direction.

  By the way, as shown in FIG. 106 (a), before the ball receiving member 56a starts rotating (before the game ball Y5 is received), the through hole 57e of the passage selecting member 57a (main body portion 57b) is substantially omitted. Directed vertically. Further, when the ball receiving member 56a starts to rotate in the forward direction, as shown in FIG. 106 (b), the passage selecting member 57a is rotated forward until the ball receiving member 56a stops rotating in the forward direction. The through hole 57e is turned substantially vertically. Since the legitimate game ball Y5 (the game ball Y5 other than the first type oil ball) has a low speed of passing through the introduction passage 55p (below the predetermined speed), the game ball Y5 reaches the mounting opening 55k. Before this, the passage selecting member 57a (main body portion 57b) completes a half rotation.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 106 (c), when the game ball Y5 reaches the mounting opening 55k, the introduction passage 55p and the special passage SR communicate with each other through the through hole 57e. The played game ball Y5 can be guided to the special passage SR. On the other hand, if the game ball Y6 introduced into the introduction passage 55p is the first type oil ball, the speed of passing through the introduction passage 55P is high (because it exceeds a predetermined speed), and therefore, as shown in FIG. Thus, after the game ball Y6 passes through the attachment opening 55k (on the passage selection member 57a), the passage selection member 57a (main body portion 57b) completes a half rotation. For this reason, the game ball Y6 is guided to the normal passage NR.

  In addition, it is difficult for a plurality of game balls to enter the entrance 56y of the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F of the sixth embodiment continuously. That is, when the ball receiving member 56a that has released the game ball Y5 uses the inertial force and continues to rotate in the forward rotation direction, it is difficult for the subsequent game ball to enter from the entrance 56y. However, a means for more reliably preventing a plurality of game balls from continuously entering the entrance 56y of the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F may be provided (see Modification 30 described later).

  In the pachinko machine 10F of the sixth embodiment, when the support mode of the electric accessory 34a of the lower working port 34 is the low frequency support mode, the electric accessory 34a is unit time compared to the high frequency support mode. The frequency of opening in the hit is relatively low. For this reason, in the low-frequency support mode, it is difficult to win a game ball in the lower working port 34 or to determine whether or not the game ball is won based on a winning in the lower working port 34. However, in conventional pachinko machines that do not include fraud prevention means (fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F), by performing the first type oil ball goto, the lower working port 34 (the electric accessory 34a) that opens at a low frequency is used. Since there is a possibility that an action of improving the winning rate may be performed, the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F have a great significance (described later).

  The electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10F according to the sixth embodiment can be described based on the block diagram of FIG. 15 as with the gaming machine 10 according to the first embodiment. In the pachinko machine 10F of the sixth embodiment, the display content of the symbol display device 41 is the same as the display content of the symbol display device 41 in the gaming machine 10 of the first embodiment (see FIG. 17).

  Also in the pachinko machine 10F of the sixth embodiment, the counter used in the game is the same as that of the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment (see FIG. 18). Furthermore, also in the sixth embodiment, the “configuration of the reserved ball storage area 232” is the same as in the first embodiment (see FIG. 21).

  In the pachinko machine 10F according to the sixth embodiment, the game result distribution mode when the big win is won is based on the case where the big win is won based on the winning to the upper working port 33 and the lower working port 34 This is different from the case of winning a jackpot based on the winning. By the way, in a pachinko machine that does not include the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F, if a first type oil gore action is performed, the probability of winning the lower working port 34 can be made higher than usual, which is unfair to the actor. There is a possibility of giving That is, when the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F are not provided and the first type oil ball is easily guided to the lower working port 34, the oil gouge action is performed even though the pachinko machine does not have a high-frequency support state. Thus, there is a possibility that the probability of winning the lower operating port 34 is increased, the frequency of the winning / losing lottery based on the winning of the operating port 34 is unreasonably increased, and an unreasonable profit is obtained.

<Various processes executed by main controller 81>
Next, a timer interrupt process and a normal process that are executed when the MPU 202 in the main controller 81 advances the game in each game time will be described. In addition to the timer interrupt process and the normal process, the MPU 202 executes a main process activated when the power is turned on and an NMI interrupt process activated by input of a power failure signal to the NMI terminal (non-maskable terminal). However, description of these processes is omitted.

<Timer interrupt processing>
First, the timer interrupt process of the sixth embodiment is the same as the timer interrupt process of the first embodiment (see FIG. 22).

<Normal processing>
Next, normal processing according to the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. The normal process of the sixth embodiment is different from the normal process in step S509 after performing the “game launch control process” and then performing the “abnormality monitoring process” in step S509B and proceeding to the process in step S510. This is the same as the normal processing of the first embodiment. That is, the contents of steps S501 to S509 and steps S510 to S512 are the same as in the first embodiment. Therefore, the “abnormality monitoring process” in step S509B will be described below among the processes constituting the normal process of the sixth embodiment.

<Abnormality monitoring processing>
The “abnormality monitoring process” of the sixth embodiment is the same as the “abnormality monitoring process” of the third embodiment (see FIG. 82).

  According to the pachinko machine 10F of the sixth embodiment described in detail above, since the anti-fraud devices 50E and 50F are provided on the lower left and right of the center frame 42, even if the first type oil ball flows down toward the lower working port 34B. The first type oil ball does not reach the lower working port 34. In other words, the game ball introduced into the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F from the inlet 56a applies a rotational force to the ball receiving member 56a (the pressure receiving portion 56c immediately below the inlet 58a) by its own weight, so that the passage selection member 57a ( The main body 52d) can also rotate half a turn.

  At this time, regardless of whether or not the passage selection member 57a is a first type oil ball, it always moves constantly (half rotation at a constant speed), but if it is the first type oil ball, a game ball is introduced. Since the speed of passing through the passage 55p is high, the game ball (first type oil ball) passes over the passage selection member 57a and is guided to the normal passage NR before the passage selection member 57a rotates halfway. On the other hand, since the normal game ball (in the case of a regular game ball that is not the first type oil ball) and the speed of passing through the introduction passage 55p are slow (slower than the first type oil ball), the passage selection member 57a is rotated halfway. After that, the game ball (first type oil ball) reaches the passage selecting member 57a. At this time, since the introduction passage 55p and the special passage SR are already communicated with each other through the through-hole 55e, the game ball rolling on the introduction passage 55p can be guided to the special passage SR.

  As described above, in the pachinko machine 10F according to the sixth embodiment, since the first type oil ball can be removed, the countermeasure against fraud can be improved. That is, it is difficult to sort out the first type oil and a legitimate game ball (a game ball that is not the first kind oil ball), but in the sixth embodiment, the first type oil ball and the legitimate game ball are the same. Focusing on the difference in speed passing through the distance (the first type oil ball is faster), the first type oil ball can be removed. Moreover, it is possible to remove only the first type oil ball without adversely affecting the legitimate game ball. Moreover, in this embodiment, since the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F are configured by a non-electrically-powered article that does not include an electrically movable part, the structure of the pachinko machine 10F can be simplified. In particular, in the pachinko machine 10F in which the number of so-called “ordinary electric accessories” is one, when the anti-fraud devices 50E and 50F are configured as “non-electric accessories”, in addition to the anti-fraud devices 50E, 34a "can be provided.

  By the way, in a conventional pachinko machine that does not include fraud prevention means (fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F), by executing the first type oil ball goto, in the low frequency support mode, “to the lower working port 34”. It is expected that the “winning rate” will be increased and an unfair profit will be obtained. That is, by applying a low-viscosity oil to the ball, reducing the friction of the game ball flowing down the game area PE against the nail and increasing the ball speed of the game ball, the lower working port 34 (ordinary electric accessory 34a) Although the time for the open state is short, it is assumed that a game ball is illegally entered into the lower operation port 34. In this case, an unreasonable profit on the prize ball or winning a big win based on winning the lower operating port 34 is more than when using a valid game ball (a game ball that is not a first type oil ball). Can also be unreasonable and may give undue benefits to the actor. On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment provided with fraud prevention means (fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F), the first type oil ball can be removed, which is effective in preventing such fraud. .

<Other embodiments>
In addition, it is not limited to the description content of 6th Embodiment mentioned above, For example, you may implement as follows. Incidentally, each of the following configurations may be individually applied to each of the above embodiments, or a part or all of them may be combined and applied to each of the above embodiments. In addition, each of the following configurations may be applied to an embodiment other than the embodiment exemplified as an application target.

(1) The structure of the fraud prevention device is not limited to that shown in the sixth embodiment. That is, in the first embodiment, the anti-tamper devices 50E and 50F are configured by using a gear that rotates by the load of the game ball entering, but other mechanisms (for example, “slider / crank mechanism”, “mechanism using a cam”). ”,“ Mechanism using a spring ”, etc.) may be used to configure the fraud prevention device.

(2) In the sixth embodiment, “illegal game ball (hereinafter referred to as“ illegal ball ”)” shall be “applied” with a low-viscosity oil (for example, lubricating oil, salad oil, etc.) attached thereto. The first type oil ball in which the speed of flowing down the game area PE is faster than that of a regular game ball (a game ball lent at a pachinko hall) is exemplified. However, other forms of illegal spheres can also be exemplified, for example, an illegal sphere in which the speed of flowing down the game area PE is made faster than the regular game sphere by making the weight heavier than the regular game sphere. You can also.

(3) The fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F shown in the sixth embodiment may include means for more reliably preventing a plurality of game balls from entering continuously. For example, like the ball receiving member 56a according to the modified example 30 of FIG. 105 (d), an entry preventing wall 56v that protrudes in the rotation direction of the ball receiving member 56a from the protruding end side of the pressure receiving portion 56c may be provided. For example, as shown in FIG. 108 (a), it is assumed that one game ball Y7 enters from the entrance 56y. In this case, the ball receiving member 56a is rotated by the load of the game ball Y7 and releases the game ball Y7 from the ball receiving member 56a as shown in FIG. 108 (b). Then, when the ball receiving member 56a continues to rotate in the forward rotation direction using the inertia force, the entrance 56y is closed by the entry preventing wall 56v, so that the subsequent game ball Y8 enters from the entrance 56y. The possibility can be further reduced. However, when the ball receiving member 56a comes into contact with the leaf spring 56d and stops rotating, the entry preventing wall 56v is retracted from the entrance 56y, so that one game ball can enter.

(4) In the sixth embodiment, an example in which the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F are arranged on the left and right (front view) below the center frame 42 is illustrated, but in order to distribute the destinations of the game balls that have flowed down the left-handed region L May be provided with one of the anti-fraud device 50E and the anti-fraud device 50F for distributing the destination of the game ball flowing down the right-handed region R.

  Since the left-handed region L has a higher firing frequency than the right-handed region R, even if only the anti-fraud device 50E for distributing the destinations of the game balls that have flowed down the left-handed region L is provided, fraud countermeasures should be taken accurately. Can do.

(5) In the sixth embodiment, the structure in which the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F are arranged in the game area PE is illustrated, but the fraud prevention device may be provided as an internal structure of the operation port 34 or other winning award.

(6) In the sixth embodiment, the anti-fraud devices 50E and 50F are provided on the route where the game ball wins the variable operating port 34 out of the non-variable operating port 33 and the variable operating port 34. However, the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F both on the route winning the non-variable operating port 33 and the route winning the variable operating port 34, or on the route winning the non-variable operating port 33. May be provided. In this case, in a pachinko machine having a plurality of operating ports, it is possible to cope with a wide variety of first type oil ball goto that aims at the operating ports.

(7) Another modification of the sixth embodiment (hereinafter referred to as modification 31) will be described. In this modification 31, the movable part is excluded from the fraud prevention device (distribution means). In this modification 31, as shown in FIG. 109, a protrusion 58s that swells upward is provided at the end of the introduction passage 58p, and the opening at the upper end of the special passage SR is opened beyond the end of the introduction passage 58p. In other words, the special passage SR is provided downward on the back side of the protrusion 58s (a position that precedes the passing direction of the game ball). In the modified example 31, the protrusion 58s may be excluded from the introduction passage 58p. However, when the protrusion 58s is provided, by adjusting the height of the protrusion 58s, the “distribution of the destination of the game ball” that has passed through the introduction passage 58p is performed. This can be done more reliably.

  The normal passage NR is provided on the side opposite to the introduction passage 58p across the opening at the upper end of the special passage SR (a position preceding the opening of the special passage SR along the passing direction of the game ball) (for example, approximately Provide horizontal or downward slope). Then, if the first type oil ball is introduced into the fraud prevention device, the speed at which the game ball passes through the introduction passage 58p is fast, so that it reaches the normal passage NR over the protrusion 58s. On the other hand, a legitimate game ball (if it is not the first type oil ball) has a slow speed through which the game ball passes through the introduction passage 58p (slower than the first type oil ball). The normal path NR cannot be reached, and the special path SR may be entered.

(8) Still another modification of the sixth embodiment (hereinafter referred to as modification 32) will be described. In the first embodiment described above, the mode in which the second working port 34 is protected from the first type oil ball goto is exemplified. However, as shown in the modified example 32 of FIG. 110 (a), in the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F. The first working port 33 discharged from the special passage SR may be able to win a prize by selecting the route direction of the special passage SR. For example, by directing the formation direction of the special passage SR toward the route (see arrows C and D in the figure) toward the first working port 33, so-called “goat-targeting oil goto” can be prevented. It should be noted that the anti-fraud devices 50E and 50F constituting the modified example 32 may be configured to include a non-electrically-operated accessory, or may be configured as a protrusion as in the modified example 31, It may be constituted by.

  In addition, as shown in Modification 33 of FIG. 110 (b), an entrance 42f through which a game ball can enter the center frame 42, a warp passage W through which the game ball entered from the entrance 42f passes, and a warp passage W And a stage S to which a game ball that has passed through is provided (see FIG. 102). In addition, an operation port may be opened below a predetermined position of the stage portion S, and a fraud prevention unit (distribution unit) may be provided in the middle of the warp passage W. For example, as shown in FIG. 110 (b), a bent portion K is provided in the middle of the warp passage W. That is, the introduction passage 42g is provided in a substantially horizontal or substantially downward inclined shape, and a protrusion 42s that protrudes upward is provided near the terminal of the introduction passage 42g or the terminal. Further, a special passage SR (configured by a part of the warp passage W) is provided at the terminal of the introduction passage 42g. The special passage SR is provided downward and opens at the upper end upward. Then, a normal passage SR (consisting of a passage portion added to the warp passage W) is provided on the opposite side of the introduction passage 42g across the special passage SR.

  In this modified example 33, if the game ball introduced into the warp passage W is the first type oil ball, the speed of passing through the introduction passage 42g is high, so that it reaches the normal passage NR over the protrusion 42s. On the other hand, since a normal game ball (when it is not the first type oil ball) has a low speed passing through the introduction passage 42g (slower than the first type oil ball), the normal game ball enters the normal passage NR after the protrusion 42s. It cannot reach and enters the special passage SR. Also in this case, it is possible to prevent the first type oil ball goto that targets the first working port 34B. For this reason, in the pachinko machine provided with a plurality of operation ports when the tampering prevention means 50E and 50C of the first embodiment are used in both of the anti-fraud devices 50E and 50C, all measures for the first type oil ball goto against the operation ports are taken be able to. This modified example 33 can also prevent so-called “goat-targeting oil goat”, and it is desirable to combine modified example 32 with modified example 33. In the aspect of the modification 33, the protrusion 42s may be excluded. In this case, if the game ball introduced into the warp passage W is the first type oil ball, the speed of passing through the introduction passage 42g is high, so that it reaches the normal passage NR beyond the opening at the upper end of the special passage SR. . On the other hand, since the normal game ball (if it is not the first type oil ball) and the speed at which the game ball passes through the introduction passage 42g is slow (compared to the first type oil ball), the opening at the upper end of the special passage SR Can not get over, and enters the special passage SR. However, if the projection 42s is provided as in the modified example 33, the ball speed of the game ball passing through the introduction passage 42g tends to increase (for example, even if there is an inclination), and the height of the projection 42s is selected. Thus, the destination (the special passage SR or the normal passage NR) of the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage 42g can be finely and reliably distributed.

(9) As shown in Modification 34 in FIG. 111, the anti-fraud device 50A in Modification 22 described above may be configured using the protrusions in Modification 33. That is, the inlet 58a is opened at the upper part of the center frame 42, the terminal of the introduction passage 58y leading to the inlet 58a and the protrusion 58z protruding upward are provided near the terminal, and the fraud prevention device 50G is configured by the protrusion 58z. Further, a special passage SR having an upper end opened upward so as to be continuous with the terminal of the introduction passage 58y is provided, and a normal passage SR is provided on the opposite side of the introduction passage 58y across the special passage SR. Then, the route distribution device 58c may be connected to the lower part of the special passage SR, and the route below the route distribution device 58c may be branched into the normal route 58d and the special route 58f. Note that the configurations of the route distribution device 58c, the operation port 33A, the croon 58x, and the like are the same as those of the above-described modification example 22. For the modification example 34, "Description of FIG. Can be applied.

  In the pachinko machine according to the modified example 34, by performing the first type oil ball goto, it is possible to cause a plurality of game balls to continuously reach the route distribution device 58c. For example, in the case where the fraud prevention device (fraud prevention means) 50G is not provided, the route sorter is provided by causing the first type oil ball to enter from the entrance 58a immediately after entering a legitimate game ball from the entrance 58a. A plurality of game balls can be made to reach 58c. In this case, when the sorting piece 58h is set to the left rotation posture, the succeeding game ball can reach the route sorting device 58c, and the succeeding game ball can reach the special route 58f. However, in the modified example 34, since the fraud preventing means 50A is provided, the first type oil ball can be prevented from reaching the route distribution device 58c.

(10) As shown in the modified example 35 of FIG. 112, even if the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F are arranged at a position where a game ball launched from the game ball launching mechanism 7A always passes or a position where the probability of passing is high. Good. That is, in the modified example 35, the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F are arranged above the game area PE (in particular, a position where game balls driven into the ceiling nails 38v easily pass). According to the pachinko machine of Modification 35, in addition to the effects of the sixth embodiment, the following effects can be obtained. That is, since the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F are arranged at positions where the game balls launched by the launching device 75 are likely to pass, the first type oil balls can be more reliably excluded.

(11) A modification in which the anti-fraud device 50D constituting the above-described fifth embodiment is configured as a non-electrical power accessory can be exemplified. That is, also in the modified example 36 shown in FIG. 113, the second variable winning device 32D includes the second large winning opening 32e configured by cutting out the upper right portion of the center frame 42. In addition, a game ball passage 42b through which a game ball won in the second grand prize opening 32e passes is provided inside the center frame 42.

  On the upper right portion of the center frame 42, an opening / closing member (opening / closing blade) 32f that opens and closes the second big prize opening 32e is supported so as to be rotatable with respect to a fulcrum on the lower end side. The second variable winning device 32D can be switched between a closed state in which the second big prize opening 32e is closed and an open state in which the second big prize opening 32e is opened. Here, the opening / closing member 32f is connected to a variable winning drive unit (specifically, a solenoid) provided on the back side of the game board 24. In a normal state, the opening / closing member 32f closes the second grand prize winning opening 32e and enters a closed state in which it is impossible to enter a game ball (see the broken line in FIG. 113). On the other hand, when the opening / closing member 32f rotates clockwise with respect to the fulcrum, the game ball enters an open state in which a game ball can enter (see the solid line in FIG. 113). Further, when the second variable winning device 32D is in the open state, the opening / closing member 32f is inclined to the right with respect to the fulcrum, and constitutes a guide member that guides the game ball flowing down the game area PE to the second big winning port 32e. To do.

  In the pachinko machine according to the modified example 36, the second variable prize-winning device 32D can be switched between an open state in which a game ball can be entered and a closed state in which a ball cannot be entered. The variable winning device 32D can be switched between an open state in which a game ball can be easily entered and a closed state in which the game ball cannot be entered. In the modification 36, the second variable winning device 32D exemplifies a blade-type opening / closing member. However, the opening / closing member may be an opening / closing door as in the second variable winning device 32C (an attacker type may be used). .

  Further, in the second variable prize winning device 32D of the modified example 36, the open / close door is maintained in the closed state in a normal state, and a special win, which will be described later, is won in the internal lottery based on the ball entering the second operating port 34C. It is possible to switch to the lottery result confirmation mode. Here, the significance of the lottery result determination mode is the same as in the fifth embodiment.

  As shown in FIG. 113, the center frame 42 is integrally provided with a fraud prevention device 50D. This fraud prevention device (fraud prevention means) 50D also shows another specific example of the distribution means (fraud prevention means), and among the game balls that have flowed down the game area PE, the second big prize winning opening 32e is won. This is for allocating the destination to the normal passage NR or the special passage SR. In the sixth embodiment, the fraud prevention device (fraud prevention means) 50D has the same configuration as the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F of the sixth embodiment described above, but the same configuration as the fraud prevention means of the modification 36. May be provided.

  The fraud prevention device 50D of the modified example 36 has the same configuration as the above-described fraud prevention device 50E, and among the game balls that flowed down the game area PE, the destination of the one that won the second big prize opening 32e is designated as a normal passage NR or a special passage. It distributes to the passage SR. The fraud prevention device 50D of Modification 36 receives a game ball from the right side when viewed from the front, and distributes the destination to the normal passage NR or the special passage SR in the course of the accepted game ball. The fraud prevention device 50D may accept a game ball from the left side when viewed from the front, and distribute the destination to the normal passage NR or the special passage SR in the course of the accepted game ball.

  The center frame 42 is provided with a game ball passage 42b with the second grand prize opening 32e as an entrance. The game ball passage 42b has a slightly left-sloped surface in the center frame 42, and the back side of the game ball passage 42b is a recess 59c, and the game ball guided to the recess 59c is the pachinko machine. It is discharged outside the 10F machine.

  In addition, a ball receiving member 56a is installed in the center frame 42 so as to be able to rotate counterclockwise when viewed from the front, below the second big prize opening 32e and at the upper right end of the game ball passage 42b. . Further, five leaf springs 56d protrude in a cantilever shape from the position behind the ball receiving member 56a. These leaf springs 56d are arranged at regular intervals (at intervals of 72 degrees) around the rotational axis of the ball receiving member 56a. Specifically, similarly to the fraud prevention device 50E of the sixth embodiment, when one pressure receiving portion 56c is directed substantially vertically upward, the leaf spring 56d is opposed to each pressure receiving portion 56c, and is opposite to each pressure receiving portion 56c. It contacts from the position in the rotation direction (hereinafter referred to as the original state). When no load is applied to the ball receiving member 56a, the leaf spring 56d is maintained in its original state. When a game ball enters from the second grand prize opening 32e, a load is applied from the game ball to one pressure receiving portion 56c, and the ball receiving member 56a can rotate counterclockwise in a front view.

  An opening 59d that opens downward is provided in the middle of the passage of the game ball passage 42b, and a mounting space 59j is provided below the opening 59d. In this attachment space 59j, a passage selection member 57a similar to the passage selection member 57a of the sixth embodiment is mounted so as to be rotatable around an axial center extending in the front-rear direction. Further, a portion of the game ball passage 42b on the right side of the opening 59d constitutes a specific example of the introduction passage 42p. The upper portion of the passage selection member 57a is substantially the same height as or slightly higher than the game ball passage 42b. The passage selecting member 57a of the modified example 34 also constitutes a specific example of the “sorting main body”.

  A special passage SR is provided below the mounting space 59j, and the terminal of the special passage SR is branched into a first passage E1 and a second passage E2. Further, in the game ball passage 42b, the side closer to the recess 59c than the opening 59d is the normal passage NR. In addition, a warning (by sound, light, etc.) may be given every time it is guided to the recess 59c, or a warning (by sound, light, etc.) may be given when the frequency of being guided to the recess 59c is more than a certain level. (Described later).

  Further, on the terminal side of the special passage SR, a switching member 59f that connects the special passage SR to the first passage E1 or the second passage E2 is provided. The first passage E1 is provided with a normal region, and the second passage E2 is provided with a special region (so-called “V zone”). In addition, a drive unit (a solenoid can be exemplified but not shown) is disposed behind the switching member 59f, and this drive unit swings the switching member 59f to connect the special passage SR to the first passage E1 and specially. A non-induction state in which the passage SR is not in communication with the second passage E2 and a guidance state in which the special passage SR is in communication with the second passage E2 and the special passage SR is in communication with the first passage E1 are executed.

  Although not shown in the figure, the fraud prevention device 50D according to the modified example 36 also includes the first gear 56c, the second gear 56d, and the intermediate gear 56e that are arranged in a rotatable state. When the ball receiving member 56a is driven counterclockwise by the game ball entered from 32e in a front view, the passage selection member 57a is also driven counterclockwise.

  That is, in the fraud prevention device 50D of the modified example 36, when a game ball is introduced from the second grand prize winning port 32e, it falls onto the pressure receiving portion 56c located above the introduction passage 42p. Then, with the weight of the game ball, the pressure receiving portion 56c pushes the leaf spring 56d abutted from below, and starts to rotate in the forward rotation direction. The pressure receiving portion 56c is inclined downward with respect to the introduction passage 42p. When it becomes a downward slope, the game ball Y5 on the pressure receiving portion 56c is released toward the introduction passage 42p. The released game ball rolls in the direction of the opening 59d using the downward slope of the introduction passage 42p. At this time, the ball receiving member 56a that has released the game ball uses inertial force and continues to rotate counterclockwise in the front view of the ball receiving member, and each pressure receiving portion 56c rotates counterclockwise of the ball receiving member 56a. The rotation of the ball receiving member 56a is stopped by contacting the leaf springs 56d adjacent in the direction.

  By the way, as in the sixth embodiment, before the ball receiving member 56a starts rotating (before the game ball is received), the through hole 57e of the passage selecting member 57a is oriented in a substantially vertical direction. In addition, when the ball receiving member 56a starts to rotate counterclockwise when viewed from the front, the passage selection member 57a is rotated halfway in the positive rotation direction until the ball receiving member 56a stops rotating in the positive rotation direction. The through hole 57e is oriented substantially vertically. Since a legitimate game ball (a game ball other than the first type oil ball) passes through the game ball passage 42b at a low speed (below a predetermined speed), the game ball before reaching the opening 59d. The passage selecting member 57a completes a half rotation.

  When the game ball reaches the opening 59d, the game ball passage 42b and the special passage SR communicate with each other through the through hole 57e, so that the game ball rolling the game ball passage 42b is guided to the special passage SR. be able to. On the other hand, if the game ball introduced into the game ball passage 42b is the first type oil ball, the speed of passing through the game ball passage 42b is high (because it exceeds a predetermined speed), so that the game ball is opened to the opening portion. After passing 59d (on the passage selection member 57a), the passage selection member 57a completes a half rotation. For this reason, the game ball is guided to the normal passage NR.

  According to the pachinko machine of the modified example 36, since the fraud prevention means 50D is provided in the second variable winning device 32D, even if the first type oil ball is fired toward the second big winning port 32e, this first The type 1 oil ball is not guided to the special passage SR. That is, according to the pachinko machine of the modified example 36, since the anti-fraud device 50D of the modified example 36 is provided, if it is the first type oil ball, the speed of passing through the game ball passage 42b is fast and is guided to the normal passage NR. It is not guided to the special passage SR.

  On the other hand, if it is a legitimate ball, the speed of passing through the game ball passage 42b is slow, and the opening 59d cannot jump over to the normal passage NR side, so that it is guided to the special passage SR. Thereby, a 1st type oil ball can be removed and a fraud countermeasure can be improved.

(12) An application example similar to that of the third embodiment described above can be exemplified. That is, by attaching an adhesive component such as “second type oil ball” or “adhesive” as an illegal sphere according to an application example of the sixth embodiment and its modification (hereinafter referred to as a third application example). An example of the “illegal ball that makes the speed of flowing down the game area PE slower than that of a regular game ball or that easily stays on the game area PE” is also possible.

  That is, in a game ball (delayed ball) to which a high-viscosity oil component is adhered or an adhesive is adhered, the speed of flowing down the game area PE is slower than that of a regular game ball. Then, for example, by launching a delay ball in the same manner as a regular game ball, a deliberate ball by a delay ball (game ball) on a predetermined part of the game area PE (for example, around a predetermined obstacle nail). There has also been reported an illegal act (delayed ball goto) in which a clogging (so-called “ball clogging called grapes”) is caused to artificially improve a winning probability at a predetermined winning opening. In this case, based on the technique shown in the aforementioned Japanese Patent Application No. 2009-279267, it is conceivable to detect that oil (high-viscosity oil) is attached (applied) to the game ball.

  However, as described above, even when a highly viscous oil component is attached (applied) to the game ball (even if it is a second type oil ball), a conductive substance (carbon or the like) is added to the oil component. Is impregnated, there is a possibility that the electrical resistance is measured so small that the game ball is identified as having no oil. That is, the above-mentioned Japanese Patent Application No. 2009-279267 discloses a technique in which it is difficult to prevent type 1 oil ball goto despite the fact that an electrode is provided on a plate member and the structure is complicated. It ’s just that. In this way, it is difficult to select the first type oil sphere to which the oil component is attached and the regular game sphere (a game sphere that has not been processed to slow down the flow speed of the game area). It is. For this reason, it is also eagerly desired to take a countermeasure against fraud by removing only the illegal game balls without causing any adverse effects on the legitimate game balls. A specific example of this delay ball goto (for example, second type oil ball) will be described as application example 3.

  The pachinko machine 10 of the application example 3 is the same as the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment except that the configuration of the fraud prevention device is different in the following points. Also in the application example 3, FIGS. 15 to 25, FIGS. 27 to 36, and FIGS. 102 to 108 can be applied. That is, the fraud prevention device of Application Example 2 has the same configuration as the fraud prevention devices 50E and 50F of the sixth embodiment, and among the game balls flowing down the game area PE, the fraud prevention device 50 is taken into the fraud prevention device 50. It is for distributing the destination to a normal passage or a special passage. However, the normal passage NR shown in FIGS. 104 to 106 is used as a special passage in the fraud prevention device of Application Example 1, and the special passage SR shown in FIGS. 104 to 106 is used as a normal passage in the fraud prevention device of Application Example 3. Yes.

  For this reason, in the application example 3 fraud prevention device, when the game ball is guided to the special passage (NR in FIGS. 104 to 106), it is possible to enter the entrance (the winning entrance, the operation entrance). is there. On the other hand, in the fraud prevention device of Application Example 3, when the game ball is guided to the normal passage (SR in FIGS. 104 to 106), the game ball is discharged out of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, it is good also as providing the downward inclination which goes to the back of the pachinko machine of the application example 3, for example in the normal path (SR in FIGS. 104-106) of the application example 3, and returning a game ball to an island installation.

  In addition, while the front part of the normal passage (SR in FIGS. 104 to 106) of the application example 3 is in an open state, and a downward slope toward the front of the pachinko machine of the application example 3 is provided, the guided game ball Is once returned to the game area 24, and the game ball returned to the game area 24 does not enter any entrance (winning entrance, operation entrance) and is discharged from the pachinko machine 10 through the out entrance 37. Good. Alternatively, one game ball may be paid out as a prize ball each time one game ball is guided to the normal passage (SR in FIGS. 104 to 106) of the application example 3. In each modified example, the delay sphere can be processed accurately by exchanging the special passage and the normal passage.

<Invention Group Extracted from the Embodiments>
Hereinafter, the characteristics of the invention group extracted from each of the above-described embodiments will be described while showing effects and the like as necessary. In the following, for easy understanding, the corresponding configuration in each of the above embodiments is appropriately shown in parentheses, but is not limited to the specific configuration shown in parentheses.

Feature A1.
A game area provided on the game board;
Predetermined launching means (launching device 75);
A launch path configuration means for configuring a launch path of a game ball;
With
A gaming machine launched using the launching means passes through the launch path constituting means in a predetermined launch direction, reaches the game area and flows down,
A gaming machine comprising discharge means for discharging a game ball that has run backward in the direction opposite to the launch direction from the launch path constituting means, from the launch path constituting means.

  The feature A1 is a feature extracted from the first embodiment or the second embodiment. According to the gaming machine of this feature A1, it is possible to discharge the game ball, which has run backward in the direction opposite to the launch direction, by the discharge path forming means.

  Here, the discharge means (a) is configured mainly with a movable member, and by moving the movable member, it is possible to discharge the game ball that has run backward through the launch path configuring means to the outside of the launch path configuring means (first 1b), (b) a discharge part (opening or notch) provided in the launch path constituting means and capable of discharging the game ball that has run backward through the launch path constituting means to the outside of the launch path constituting means. Examples of constituent elements (see the second embodiment and the like) can be given. In addition, the game ball on the launch path forming unit is discharged by the discharge unit, and the game ball can be guided to the discharge path, for example. Then, for example, the game ball guided to the discharge path can be discharged to a lower plate or discharged outside the game machine. That is, the game ball (such as a return ball) on the launch path forming unit can be discharged toward the discharge path instead of the path toward the game area (for example, the guide rail portion 5E described above). That is, in the feature A1, “discharge the game ball by the discharge means” means, for example, that “the game ball on the launch path forming means” cannot reach the game area in a direction other than the “guide rail portion 5E” described above. To discharge to the route). Further, examples of the launching path include “substantially linear path”, “substantially arcuate path”, “path combining substantially linear path and substantially arcuate path”, and the like.

Feature A2.
A detecting means for detecting the state of the game ball on the firing path constituting means;
The discharging unit performs a predetermined operation based on the detection unit detecting that the state of the game ball on the launch path configuring unit is a predetermined state different from a normal state, The gaming machine according to Feature A1, wherein the game ball on the firing path configuring means can be discharged out of the firing path configuring means.

  According to the feature A2, based on the detection result of the detection means being in a predetermined state, the discharge means may discharge the game ball (return ball) that has run backward through the discharge path configuration means to the outside of the discharge path configuration means. it can. Here, as the “predetermined state”, for example, (1) “the interval at which the detecting means detects the game ball” is shorter than usual (see the first embodiment), and (2) “the detecting means is a game. A state where the “time for detecting a sphere” is longer than usual can be exemplified (see Modification 5 in FIG. 48). In addition, two detection means are provided along the passing direction of the game ball in the launch path constituting means (launch rail 74), and the return ball depends on which of the two detection means detects the game ball first. Can also be determined (see Modification 6 in FIG. 49, Modification 7 in FIG. 50, etc.). That is, when the game balls launched by the launching unit are normally detected in the order of the first detection unit and the second detection unit, the game balls are detected in the order of the second detection unit and the first detection unit. Is a “predetermined state”.

Feature A3.
The discharging means is
Support means (support member 77 shown in FIG. 9 and the like) capable of supporting a game ball disposed at a launch position provided in the launch path constituting means;
Driving means for operating the support means to perform a retreat operation for retreating from a position for supporting the game ball at the launch position;
Drive control means for controlling the drive of the drive means;
With
The drive control means drives the drive means to perform the evacuation operation based on the detection means detecting that the state of the game ball on the launch path configuring means is the predetermined state. Control
The gaming machine according to Feature A2, wherein the game ball on the firing path configuring means can be discharged out of the firing path configuring means based on the execution of the save operation.

  The feature A3 is a feature extracted from the first embodiment. In the gaming machine having the feature A3, based on the detection unit detecting that the state of the game ball is in a predetermined state, the drive of the drive unit is controlled so that the support unit performs a retracting operation. Then, the support means performs the retreat operation, so that the game ball on the launch path configuration means is not supported by the support means, and thus the game ball (return ball) can be discharged out of the launch path configuration means.

Feature A4.
A first path portion that is arranged in an inclined manner in the launch direction, and a second path whose upper end side is rotatably supported by a rotation fulcrum provided on the lower end side of the first path portion. A launch path constituting means (fire rail 74) comprising:
Support means capable of supporting a game ball arranged at a launch position provided in the launch path constituting means;
With
The second path part is
A first state that is arranged on substantially the same straight line as the first path part and constitutes a launch path of a game ball that is launched together with the first path part;
The second state in which the rotation fulcrum is rotated as a reference so as to be in a downward inclined state or a state of depending from the rotation fulcrum can be executed alternatively.
The second path portion is rotated with reference to the rotation fulcrum, and the state of the second path portion is changed from the first state to the second state, or from the second state to the first state. Drive means to change;
Drive control means for controlling the drive of the drive means;
With
The drive control means is configured such that the state of the second path portion is the first state based on the detection means detecting that the state of the game ball on the firing path configuration means is the predetermined state. Controlling the driving of the driving means so as to change to the second state from
The feature A2 is characterized in that, based on the state of the second path portion changing to the second state, the game ball on the launch path configuring means can be discharged out of the launch path configuring means. The gaming machine described.

  The feature A4 is a feature extracted from the above-described modification 11 {see FIG. 57 (b)}. According to the gaming machine of this feature A4, based on the fact that the state of the game ball is a predetermined state, drive control is performed so that the second path portion changes to the second state. That is, since the second path portion is inclined downward or hangs down with respect to the rotation fulcrum, the game ball (return ball) that has run backward on the launch path constituting means can be discharged out of the launch path constituting means.

Feature A5.
The launch path constituting means (launch rail 74), which is arranged in an upwardly inclined manner toward the launch direction, and which is a movable portion whose at least a lower end side is movable toward the launch direction;
Support means capable of supporting a game ball arranged at a launch position provided in the launch path constituting means;
Moving means for moving the movable part in the firing direction;
Movement control means for controlling driving of the movement means;
With
The movement control means is configured to cause the movable portion to move toward the firing direction based on the detection means detecting that the state of the game ball on the firing path configuring means is the predetermined state. To control the driving of the driving means,
Based on the movement of the movable part toward the launch direction, the game ball on the launch path configuration means can pass through the lower end of the launch path configuration means and be discharged out of the launch path configuration means. The gaming machine according to Feature A2, wherein

  The feature A5 is a feature extracted from the above-described modification 13 {see FIG. 59 (a)} or the above-described modification 16 (see FIG. 60). According to the gaming machine of this feature A5, based on the fact that the state of the game ball is a predetermined state, drive control is performed so that the movable portion moves in the firing direction. As a result, the game ball on the launch path configuration means can pass through the lower end portion of the launch path configuration means and can be discharged out of the launch path configuration means. Therefore, the return ball can be discharged out of the launch path configuration means. .

Feature A6.
The gaming machine according to Feature A5, wherein the firing path configuring means (the firing rail 74) is the movable portion.

  The feature A6 is a feature extracted from the above-described modified example 13 {see FIG. 59 (a)}. In the gaming machine of the feature A6, the entire launch path constituting means (the launch rail 74) is a movable part. It is easy to discharge the game ball (return ball) on the firing path forming means out of the firing path forming means from the lower end portion of the firing path forming means.

Feature A7.
The gaming machine according to Feature A5, wherein a lower end side of the launch path forming means (launch rail 74) is the movable part.

  In this feature A7, since the entire length of the launch path forming means (the launch rail 74) is shortened along the launch direction, it is easy to discharge from the lower end portion of the launch path constituting means to the outside of the launch path configuring means.

Feature A8.
The launch path forming means (launch rail 74) includes a first path section that is arranged in an upwardly inclined manner toward the launch direction;
A second path portion slidably disposed on the first path portion above or below the first path portion, and
The second path portion is disposed in a state of protruding a predetermined amount from the lower end portion of the first path portion on the lower end portion side of the first path portion,
The movement control means moves the second path portion in the launch direction based on the detection means detecting that the state of the game ball on the launch path configuring means is the predetermined state. The game machine according to Feature A7, wherein the drive of the drive means is controlled as described above.

  The feature A8 is a feature extracted from the above-described modification 16 (see FIG. 60). According to this feature A8, the launch path forming means (fire rail 74) can easily obtain a configuration in which the lower end side expands and contracts.

Feature A9.
The discharging means is
A discharge part that is configured by a notch or an opening provided in the launch path forming means (fire rail 74), and that can discharge the game ball that has run backward through the launch path forming means to the outside of the launch path configuring means;
Opening / closing means for selectively executing an open state for opening the discharge portion and a closed state for closing the discharge portion;
Driving means for opening and closing the opening and closing means;
Drive control means for controlling the drive of the drive means;
With
The drive control means is configured to cause the open / close means in the closed state to be in the open state based on the detection means detecting that the state of the game ball on the launch path configuring means is the predetermined state. The game machine according to Feature A2, wherein the drive of the drive means is controlled as described above.

  The feature A9 is a feature extracted from the above-described modification 21 (see FIGS. 69 and 70). According to this feature A9, based on the fact that the state of the game ball is in a predetermined state, the drive of the drive means is controlled so that the discharge unit is in an open state. As a result, the game ball (return ball) that has run backward through the firing path constituting means can be discharged out of the firing path constituting means.

Feature A10.
The launch path constituting means (fire rail 74) arranged in an upwardly inclined manner toward the launch direction;
Launching means for firing the game ball at the launch position;
Firing movement means for moving the firing means in a direction opposite to the firing direction;
Firing movement control means for controlling driving of the firing movement means;
With
The firing movement control means is configured to move the firing means in a direction opposite to the firing direction based on the detection means detecting that the state of the game ball on the firing path configuring means is the predetermined state. The gaming machine according to any one of features A2 to A9, wherein the driving of the driving means is controlled so as to move toward the front.

  A feature A10 is a feature extracted from the above-described modification 12 (see FIG. 58). According to this feature A10, since the launching unit moves in a direction opposite to the launching direction based on the state of the game ball being in a predetermined state, the game ball (return ball) on the launch path constituting unit is Ejection outside the launch path forming means is further facilitated.

Feature A11.
The discharging means is configured to cause the game path on the launch path configuring means to be configured based on the detection means detecting that the state of the game ball on the launch path configuring means is the predetermined state. A discharge operation for discharging out of the means over a first time period;
Based on the fact that the detecting means detects that the state of the game ball on the firing path constituting means is the predetermined state before the second time has elapsed after the discharging operation is ended, the discharging is performed. The game machine according to any one of features A2 to A10, wherein the operation is executed again over the first time period.

  In the case of feature A11, even if the discharge operation is performed for the first time, the occurrence of a return ball is detected before the second time has elapsed, or the return ball is not eliminated even if the discharge operation is performed for the first time ( Since the discharge operation is performed again when the game ball remains on the launch path forming means, the return ball can be reliably processed. Note that in the feature A11, the number of re-ejecting operations may be one, but may be a plurality of times. In the latter case, after performing the discharge operation again, the second and subsequent discharge operations may be executed on condition that the detection means detects that the state of the game ball is a predetermined state. You may perform the discharge | emission operation | movement of the uniform predetermined number of times (for example, any number in 2-5 times) again.

Feature A12.
The discharging means is configured to cause the game path on the launch path configuring means to be configured based on the detection means detecting that the state of the game ball on the launch path configuring means is the predetermined state. A discharge operation for discharging out of the means over a first time period;
Based on the fact that the detection means detects that the state of the game ball on the firing path constituting means is the predetermined state before the second time has elapsed after the discharge operation is ended, the discharge is performed. The game machine according to any one of features A2 to A10, wherein the operation is performed over a third time longer than the first time.

  In the case of the feature A12, even if the discharging operation is performed for the first time, if the return ball is generated before the second time elapses, the discharging operation is performed for the third time longer than the first time. The return ball can be processed more reliably. Note that in the feature A12, the number of re-discharge operations may be one, but may be a plurality of times. In the latter case, after performing the discharge operation again, the second and subsequent discharge operations may be executed on condition that the detection means detects that the state of the game ball is a predetermined state. You may perform the discharge | emission operation | movement of the uniform predetermined number of times (for example, any number in 2-5 times) again. Further, when performing the second discharging operation a plurality of times, even if the cumulative number of the second discharging operation increases, even if the execution time of the second discharging operation is constant, it may become longer as the cumulative number increases. Good.

Feature A13.
The gaming machine according to any one of Feature A10 to Feature 12, wherein the second time is shorter than the first time.

  According to the feature A13, it is effective when the return ball is generated frequently (when the discharge ball is generated immediately even if the discharge operation is performed).

Feature A14.
The discharging means is
Based on the fact that the detecting means detects that the state of the game ball on the firing path configuring means is the predetermined state, the game ball on the firing path configuring means is discharged out of the firing path configuring means. In the case where the discharging operation is performed over the first time, when the detecting unit detects that the state of the game ball on the firing path configuring unit is the predetermined state, the discharging operation is further performed. The gaming machine according to any one of features A11 to A13, which lasts for a predetermined time.

  According to the feature A14, even when the discharging operation is performed over the first time, when the detecting unit detects that the state of the game ball on the launch path configuring unit is a predetermined state, that is, If the return ball is not completely discharged, the discharging operation is further executed. For this reason, complete discharge operation can be expected.

Feature A15.
Any of the features A2 to A14, comprising warning means for performing a predetermined warning based on the detection means detecting that the state of the game ball on the firing path constituting means is the predetermined state. Game machines.

  According to the feature A15, since it is possible to warn the player, it is possible to alert the occurrence of the return ball.

Feature A16.
The discharge means is provided in the launch path forming means (launch rail 74), and is configured by a notch or an opening that can discharge the game ball to the outside of the launch path configuring means (fire rail 74). The gaming machine according to Feature A1, which is characterized.

  A feature A16 is a feature extracted from the second embodiment. According to this feature A16, the return sphere can be discharged out of the launch path forming means using the notch or the opening. In addition, since it is not necessary to perform electrical control to process the return ball, the mechanical structure of the gaming machine can be simplified and the control burden can be reduced.

Feature A17.
The discharging means is
It consists of a notch or an opening provided in the firing path constituting means (firing rail 74), and the game ball on the firing path constituting means (firing rail 74) is discharged to a flow path outside the firing path constituting means. Possible drains, and
An open state in which the discharge unit is opened to allow the game ball on the launch path configuration unit to be guided to a flow path outside the launch path configuration unit, and the game on the launch path configuration unit is closed A closed state in which a sphere cannot be guided to a flow path outside the firing path constituting means, and an opening / closing means for selectively executing,
With
The gaming machine according to Feature A1, further comprising operation means capable of performing an opening operation for changing the opening / closing means in the closed state to the open state.

  According to the feature A17, the player can discharge the game ball (return ball) on the firing path constituting means (the firing rail 74) to the outside of the firing path constituting means by performing an opening operation on the operating means. In addition, since it is not necessary to perform electrical control to process the return ball, the mechanical structure of the gaming machine can be simplified and the control burden can be reduced.

Feature A18.
The discharging means is
Support means capable of changing between a support state for supporting a game ball disposed at a launch position provided in the launch path configuration means and an unsupported state for not supporting a game ball;
An operating means for operating the supporting means in the supported state to be in an unsupported state;
With
The gaming machine according to A1, wherein the game ball on the firing path configuring means can be discharged out of the firing path configuring means based on the support means being in the unsupported state. .

  According to the gaming machine of feature A18, the player can reliably discharge the game ball (return ball) on the firing path constituting means (the firing rail 74) outside the firing path constituting means by operating the operating means. In addition, since it is not necessary to perform electrical control to process the return ball, the mechanical structure of the gaming machine can be simplified and the control burden can be reduced.

Feature A19.
The launch path constituting means (fire rail 74) includes:
A first path portion that is arranged to be inclined toward the launch direction;
A second path portion on which the upper end side is rotatably supported by the rotation fulcrum provided on the lower end portion side of the first path portion;
The second path part is
A first state that is arranged on substantially the same straight line as the first path part and constitutes a launch path of a game ball that is launched together with the first path part;
Based on the rotation fulcrum, it can be executed alternatively with the second state rotated so as to be in a downwardly inclined or hanging state from the rotation fulcrum,
Operating means for operating the second path portion to change the state from the first state to the second state;
A feature A1 is characterized in that, based on the state of the second path portion becoming the second state, the game ball on the launch path forming means can be discharged out of the launch path configuring means. Game machines.

  According to the gaming machine of feature A19, the player can reliably discharge the game ball (return ball) on the firing path constituting means (the firing rail 74) outside the firing path constituting means by operating the operating means. In addition, since it is not necessary to perform electrical control to process the return ball, the mechanical structure of the gaming machine can be simplified and the control burden can be reduced.

Feature A20.
The launch path constituting means (launch rail 74), which is arranged in an upwardly inclined manner toward the launch direction, and which is a movable portion whose at least a lower end side is movable toward the launch direction;
Support means capable of supporting a game ball arranged at a launch position provided in the launch path constituting means;
Operating means for operating the movable part to move in the direction opposite to the firing direction,
Based on the movement of the movable part toward the launch direction, the game ball on the launch path constituting means can pass through the lower end of the launch path constituting means and be discharged out of the launch path constituting means. The gaming machine according to Feature A1, wherein

  According to the gaming machine of feature A20, the player can reliably discharge the game ball (return ball) on the firing path constituting means (the firing rail 74) outside the firing path constituting means by operating the operating means. In addition, since it is not necessary to perform electrical control to process the return ball, the mechanical structure of the gaming machine can be simplified and the control burden can be reduced. Note that the feature A19 may include any one of the same feature as the feature A6, the same feature as the feature A7, and the same feature as the feature A8.

Feature A21.
The launch path constituting means (fire rail 74) arranged in an upwardly inclined manner toward the launch direction;
Launching means for firing the game ball at the launch position and movable in a direction opposite to the launch direction;
Operating means for operating the firing means to move in a direction opposite to the firing direction;
A gaming machine according to any one of features A17 to A20, comprising:

  According to the gaming machine of feature A21, the player can reliably discharge the game ball (return ball) on the firing path constituting means (the firing rail 74) outside the firing path constituting means by operating the operating means. In addition, since it is not necessary to perform electrical control to process the return ball, the mechanical structure of the gaming machine can be simplified and the control burden can be reduced.

Feature A22.
Detecting means for detecting the state of the game ball on the firing path constituting means;
Warning means for performing a predetermined warning based on the detection means detecting that the state of the game ball on the firing path constituting means is a predetermined state different from a normal state;
A gaming machine according to any one of features A17 to A21.

  According to the feature A22, since it is possible to warn the player, it is possible to alert the occurrence of the return ball. In particular, in a mode in which an opening operation is performed on the operation means, the player can perform the opening operation based on a warning. Therefore, the game ball (return ball) on the firing path constituting means (the firing rail 74) can be discharged more reliably outside the firing path constituting means.

Feature B1.
A game area provided on the game board;
Predetermined launching means (launching device 75);
A launch path configuration means for configuring a launch path of a game ball;
First control means (main control device 81);
Second control means (power and launch control device 98);
With
A gaming machine launched using the launching means passes through the launch path constituting means in a predetermined launch direction, reaches the game area and flows down,
The first control means is capable of transmitting to the second control means a possible signal corresponding to the launch permission or a not signal not corresponding to the launch permission based on establishment of a predetermined condition,
The second control means is configured to send a game ball to the launch position of the launch path construction means by the ball feed means (ball feed device 76) based on receiving the signal, and to the launch position. The launching operation of launching the sent game ball by the launching means can be executed in this order,
Detecting means for detecting the state of the game ball on the firing path constituting means;
Based on the fact that the detecting means detects that the state of the game ball on the firing path constituting means is a predetermined state different from the normal state, the ejecting action is performed to eject out of the firing path constituting means. Action execution means;
With
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein when the discharge operation executing unit is driven, the first control unit transmits the rejection signal to the second control unit regardless of whether the predetermined condition is satisfied.

  In the gaming machine of feature B1, the first control unit can smoothly perform the discharging operation by transmitting a negative signal to the second control unit regardless of whether or not a predetermined condition is satisfied. Further, the second control means can perform the firing operation, the ball feeding operation, and the discharge operation only by determining whether the signal transmitted from the first control means is a possible signal or not. Therefore, the structure of the second control means is not complicated, and the control burden is not increased.

Feature B2.
The gaming machine according to Feature B1, wherein the discharging operation is prohibited when the discharging operation is started after the ball feeding operation and before the discharging operation is performed.

  According to the feature B2, it is possible to reliably prevent the launching unit from performing the launching operation on the game ball remaining in the firing path forming unit after the start of the discharging operation.

Feature B3.
A support means capable of changing between a first state of supporting the game ball arranged at the launch position and a second state of not supporting the game ball;
The discharge operation executing means changes the state of the support means to the second state based on detecting that the state of the game ball on the launch path configuring means is the predetermined state, A discharge operation of discharging the game ball of the launch path constituting means is performed,
A state determination unit for determining whether the state of the support unit is the first state or the second state;
After the support means is in the second state, a predetermined condition (e.g., elapse of a predetermined time) is satisfied, and when the state determination means determines that the state of the support means is the second state, the launching The gaming machine according to Feature B1, wherein operation is prohibited.

  According to the feature B3, it is possible to prevent the firing operation from being performed when the state of the support means has not returned to the first state after the discharge operation. Here, the prohibition of the launch operation can be performed, for example, by the first control unit transmitting a rejection signal to the second control unit regardless of whether or not the predetermined condition is satisfied.

Feature C1.
A game area provided on the game board;
Predetermined launching means (launching device 75);
A launch path configuration means for configuring a launch path of a game ball;
First control means (main control device 81);
Second control means (power and launch control device 98);
With
A gaming machine launched using the launching means passes through the launch path constituting means in a predetermined launch direction, reaches the game area and flows down,
The first control means is capable of transmitting to the second control means a possible signal corresponding to the launch permission or a not signal not corresponding to the launch permission based on establishment of a predetermined condition,
The second control means is configured to send a game ball to the launch position of the launch path construction means by the ball feed means (ball feed device 76) based on receiving the signal, and to the launch position. The launching operation of launching the sent game ball by the launching means can be executed in this order,
A detecting means for detecting the state of the game ball on the firing path constituting means;
Based on the fact that the detection means detects that the state of the game ball on the firing path constituting means is a predetermined state different from a normal state, the second control means performs the first control over the first time. A gaming machine, wherein the ball feeding operation is prohibited between the ball feeding operation and the launching operation.

  In the case of the feature C1, since the ball feeding operation is prohibited during the first period when the state of the game ball on the firing path configuring means becomes a predetermined state (when a return ball is generated), It is possible to prevent the game balls from accumulating. That is, if the launching operation is continued in a state where the ball feeding operation is prohibited, there is a possibility that the game ball on the launch path configuring unit does not exist from above the launch path configuring unit and the return ball is eliminated. For example, when a plurality of game balls that existed on the launch path configuration means are launched by the launch means, the ball strength becomes weaker than when one game ball that exists at the launch position is launched. There is a possibility that the gap portion (the distance portion 7D between the firing rail 74 and the guide rail portion 5E, that is, the foul ball collection port) cannot be overcome and may enter the gap portion (foul ball collection port). . In this case, since a plurality of game balls existing on the launch path constituting unit are collected, there is a possibility that the return ball can be collected.

Feature C2.
Based on the fact that the detecting means detects that the state of the game ball on the firing path constituting means is the predetermined state after prohibiting the ball feeding operation for the first time, the firing path The gaming machine according to C1, further comprising a discharge operation executing unit that performs a discharge operation of discharging the game ball on the component out of the firing path component.

  In the gaming machine of feature C2, the discharge operation is performed when the return ball cannot be collected even if the ball feeding operation is prohibited over the first period. That is, it is possible to reliably perform the return ball processing while suppressing the execution frequency of the discharging operation.

Feature D1.
A game area provided on the game board;
Predetermined launching means (launching device 75);
A launch path configuration means for configuring a launch path of a game ball;
A movable member (supporting member 77 in FIG. 9) that can be changed between a first state in which the game ball on the firing path forming means is held on the firing path forming means and a second state that can be discharged out of the firing path forming means. 69, the opening / closing member 674n of FIG.
With
A gaming machine launched using the launching means passes through the launch path constituting means in a predetermined launch direction, reaches the game area and flows down,
A detecting means for detecting the state of the game ball on the firing path constituting means;
The state of the movable member is changed to the second state based on the detection unit detecting that the state of the game ball on the firing path constituting unit is a predetermined state different from a normal state. The game ball on the launch path configuration means can be discharged out of the launch path configuration means,
Comprising a state determination means for determining whether the state of the movable member is the first state or the second state;
The state determination means determines that the state of the movable member is the second state when a predetermined condition (e.g., elapse of a predetermined time) is satisfied after the state of the movable member becomes the second state. Then, the gaming machine is characterized by prohibiting the launch operation.

  According to the feature D1, even if a predetermined condition is satisfied after the state of the movable member becomes the second state (for example, even when the end time of the second state arrives), the state of the movable member becomes the first state. The purpose is to prevent the launching operation from taking place when it does not return.

Feature D2.
A game area provided on the game board;
Predetermined launching means (launching device 75);
A launch path configuration means for configuring a launch path of a game ball;
A first state in which a game ball on the firing path configuration means is held on the firing path configuration means; a movable member that can be changed to a second state that can be discharged out of the firing path configuration means;
With
A gaming machine launched using the launching means passes through the launch path constituting means in a predetermined launch direction, reaches the game area and flows down,
A detecting means for detecting the state of the game ball on the firing path constituting means;
The state of the movable member is changed to the second state based on the detection unit detecting that the state of the game ball on the firing path constituting unit is a predetermined state different from a normal state. The game ball on the launch path configuration means can be discharged out of the launch path configuration means,
Comprising a state determination means for determining whether the state of the movable member is the first state or the second state;
The state determination means determines that the state of the movable member is the second state when a predetermined condition (e.g., elapse of a predetermined time) is satisfied after the state of the movable member becomes the second state. Then, a gaming machine comprising warning means for giving a warning.

  According to the gaming machine of feature D2, even if a predetermined condition is satisfied after the state of the movable member becomes the second state (for example, when the end time of the second state comes), the state of the movable member is the first In the case where the state does not return to the 1 state, the warning means gives a warning, so that it is possible to call the attention of a player, a pachinko hall clerk or the like.

Feature D3.
By configuring the movable member in a predetermined manner, the movable member is configured by support means that can change from a support state that supports the game ball arranged at the launch position to an unsupported state that does not support the game ball.
The gaming machine according to claim D1 or D2, wherein the first state is configured by the support state and the second state is configured by the unsupported state.

  According to the feature D3, when the state of the support means does not return to the first state, the launching operation can be prohibited (when the feature D1 is cited) or a warning can be given (when the feature D2 is cited). .

Feature E1.
A game area (PE) in which a game ball fired by predetermined launch means (launch device 75) flows down;
An advantageous entry part (for example, the lower operation port 34) for generating a possibility of obtaining a privilege on the player based on the entry of a game ball flowing down the game area;
With
Distributing means for preventing illegal gaming balls, which have been processed to make the speed of flowing down the gaming area faster than the regular gaming balls, enter the advantageous pitching portion (anti-fraud prevention) A gaming machine equipped with a means),
The distribution means (fraud prevention means)
An introduction passage (for example, 52p) through which the game ball is introduced;
Detection means (for example, a detection sensor 211g) for detecting the introduction of the game ball into the introduction passage;
A distribution main body (for example, an opening 52j, for example) that distributes the destination of the game balls passing through the introduction passage to a special passage that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion. Shutter 52k),
Driving means for driving the sorting main body (e.g., an electric accessory driving unit 34b such as a solenoid);
Drive control means (for example, main control device 81) for controlling the drive of the drive means;
With
The distribution main body portion communicates the introduction passage with the normal passage and the communication with the special passage, and communicates the introduction passage with the special passage and the normal passage. A second state that is interrupted, and
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The drive control means sets the sorting main body to the first state until the predetermined time elapses after the detecting means detects the game ball, and the predetermined time after the detecting means detects the game ball. When the game has passed, the driving of the driving means is controlled so that the sorting main body is in the second state.

  The feature E1 is a feature extracted from the third embodiment described above. Here, in the third embodiment, “when an illegal game ball that has been processed to make the speed of flowing down the game area faster than a regular game ball is launched by the launching means, A gaming machine equipped with a fraud prevention device (a fraud prevention device 50 showing a specific example of a distribution means) for preventing a game ball from entering an advantageous ball portion is illustrated. In the gaming machine of feature E1, the state of the sorting main body is set to the first state until a predetermined time elapses after the detection means detects that the game ball has been introduced into the introduction passage (tamper prevention means). (The introduction passage is communicated with the normal passage), and when a predetermined time has elapsed, the state of the sorting main body is set to the second state (the introduction passage is communicated with the special passage). Therefore, if it is an illegal game ball, the speed of passing through the introduction passage is high (exceeding the predetermined speed), so before the sorting main body is in the second state (when the introduction passage is communicated with the normal passage) ), The illegal game ball passes through the sorting main body in the first state (for example, on the shutter 52k) and is guided to the normal passage. On the other hand, if the game ball is a legitimate game ball (a legitimate game ball), the passing speed is slow (below the predetermined speed), and the game ball is swung after the sorting body is in the second state. In order to reach the minute main body, the game ball can be guided to the special passage. As described above, according to the gaming machine having the feature E1, an illegal game ball can be removed depending on the state of the distribution main body, and an anti-fraud measure can be improved.

  Here, in the present specification, the “advantageous ball portion” is a ball portion that is determined by the player entering the ball to acquire a gaming privilege (for example, an operating opening that triggers the execution of a prize ball payout) , Variable winning device that triggers the execution of prize ball payout, general prize opening that triggers the execution of prize ball payout), the ball entering part (for example, the operating port) that triggers the execution of the game lottery, and the opening / closing execution mode An example of a winning portion (for example, a predetermined region of a variable winning device such as a special region) that is an execution opportunity can be given. Further, as the illegal game ball (illegal sphere) shown in the claimed invention, each embodiment, and each modified example, “adhesive oil component (for example, low-viscosity oil, low-viscosity oil lubricant) is attached. By applying (spreading or gliding), a game ball (type 1 oil ball) whose speed of flowing down the game area PE is faster than a regular game ball (a game ball lent at a pachinko hall), By making it heavier than a regular game ball, an “illegal ball whose speed of flowing down the game area PE is faster than that of the regular game ball” can be exemplified. In addition, the range of adhesion or application may be the entire outer peripheral surface of the game ball or a part thereof.

Feature E2.
The sorting main body is
A passage connecting portion (opening, notch, etc.) for connecting the introduction passage to the special passage or the normal passage;
An opening and closing member (for example, shutter 52k) for opening and closing the passage connecting portion;
With
The driving means (for example, an electric accessory driving unit 34b such as a solenoid) drives the opening and closing member,
When the opening / closing member performs one of opening the passage connecting portion and closing the passage connecting portion, the introduction passage is connected to the normal passage and the communication with the special passage is interrupted,
When the opening / closing member performs the other one of opening the passage connecting portion and closing the passage connecting portion, the introduction passage is connected to the special passage and the communication with the normal passage is blocked. A gaming machine according to E1, characterized by:

  The feature E2 shows a specific configuration of the sorting main body. According to the feature E2, the destination of the game balls passing through the introduction passage can be more reliably sorted by the sorting main body. In the third embodiment described above, the opening / closing member closes the passage connecting portion, thereby connecting the introduction passage to the normal passage and disconnecting from the special passage. By opening the passage connecting portion, the mode is shown in which the introduction passage is connected to the special passage and the communication with the normal passage is blocked. In the above-described third embodiment, the opening / closing member opens the passage connecting portion, thereby connecting the introduction passage to the normal passage and disconnecting from the special passage. By closing the passage connecting portion, the mode is shown in which the introduction passage is connected to the special passage and the communication with the normal passage is blocked.

Feature E3.
The sorting main body is
A passage connecting portion (opening, notch, etc.) for connecting the introduction passage to the special passage or the normal passage;
An opening and closing member (for example, shutter 52k) for opening and closing the passage connecting portion;
With
The driving means (for example, an electric accessory driving unit 34b such as a solenoid) drives the opening and closing member,
When the opening / closing member opens the passage connecting portion for the first time, and the detecting means detects the game balls introduced into the sorting means (tamper prevention means) continuously within the second time. And when the second time is shorter than the first time,
The gaming machine according to E1, wherein the driving unit is prohibited from being driven based on detection of the second and subsequent gaming balls within the second time period.

  According to the gaming machine of feature E3, a plurality of game balls can be processed by driving the opening and closing member once, so that the game balls can be processed efficiently.

Feature E4.
The sorting main body is
A passage connecting portion (opening, notch, etc.) for connecting the introduction passage to the special passage or the normal passage;
An opening and closing member (for example, shutter 52k) for opening and closing the passage connecting portion;
With
The driving means (for example, an electric accessory driving unit 34b such as a solenoid) drives the opening and closing member,
An opening / closing time setting means for setting an opening / closing operation time including an opening operation for opening the passage connecting portion and a closing operation for closing;
Introduction time difference measuring means for measuring a difference in introduction time between a previously introduced game ball and a later introduced game ball when a plurality of game balls are introduced into the distribution means (tamper prevention means);
With
When the introduction time difference measured by the introduction time difference measuring means is substantially equal to the opening / closing time set by the opening / closing time setting means, the opening / closing member includes delay means for delaying the time for performing the closing operation. A gaming machine according to E1.

  In the feature E4, when it is delicate whether a game ball introduced later can be guided to the special passage by one opening / closing of the opening / closing member, a delay process for delaying the closing operation of the opening / closing member (the delay means Therefore, it is possible to accurately process the game ball introduced after that.

Feature F1.
A game area in which a game ball fired by a predetermined launch means (launch device 75) flows down;
Variable ball entry means (second variable winning device 32D) capable of switching between an open state in which the game ball can enter and a closed state in which the game ball cannot enter;
An advantageous entrance part (second passage E2) in which a game ball entering the variable entrance means can enter,
A movable member (switching member 59f) capable of switching between a guiding state in which the game ball that has entered the variable pitching means can be guided to the advantageous entering ball portion and a non-inducing state that cannot be guided to the advantageous entering ball portion; ,
Special game state generating means (main control device 81) capable of generating a special game state advantageous to the player based on the entry of the game ball into the advantageous ball entering part,
With
Distributing means for preventing illegal gaming balls, which have been processed to make the speed of flowing down the gaming area faster than the regular gaming balls, enter the advantageous pitching portion (anti-fraud prevention) A gaming machine equipped with a means),
The distribution means (fraud prevention means)
An introduction passage through which the game ball is introduced;
Detection means (for example, a detection sensor 211g) for detecting the introduction of the game ball into the introduction passage;
A distribution main body (for example, an opening 59d, for example) that distributes the destination of game balls passing through the introduction passage to a special passage that can enter the advantageous entrance portion or a normal passage that cannot enter the advantageous entrance portion. Shutter 59e),
Drive means (for example, a solenoid) for driving the sorting main body,
Drive control means (for example, main control device 81) for controlling the drive of the drive means;
With
The distribution main body portion communicates the introduction passage with the normal passage and the communication with the special passage, and communicates the introduction passage with the special passage and the normal passage. A second state that is interrupted, and
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The drive control means sets the sorting main body to the first state until the predetermined time elapses after the detecting means detects the game ball, and the predetermined time after the detecting means detects the game ball. When the game has passed, the driving of the driving means is controlled so that the sorting main body is in the second state.

  The feature F1 is a feature extracted from the fifth embodiment. Here, in the fifth embodiment, “when an illegal game ball that has been processed to make the speed of flowing down the game area faster than a regular game ball is launched by the launching means, A gaming machine equipped with a fraud prevention device (a fraud prevention device 50D showing a specific example of the distribution means) for preventing a game ball from entering the advantageous ball portion is illustrated. And according to the gaming machine of feature B21, even if the illegal ball is launched toward the variable pitching means, the illegal ball is guided to the advantageous pitching part (special area) because it includes the sorting main body part. There is no. That is, until a predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the distribution means (tamper prevention means), the state of the distribution main body is set to the first state (the introduction passage is connected to the normal passage), and the predetermined time is reached. When the time elapses, the state of the sorting main body is set to the second state (the introduction passage is connected to the special passage).

  Therefore, if it is an illegal game ball, the speed of passing through the introduction passage is fast (exceeding a predetermined speed), so before the sorting main body is in the second state (when the introduction passage is in communication with the normal passage) ), The illegal game ball passes through the sorting main body in the first state (for example, on the shutter 59e) and is guided to the normal passage. On the other hand, if the game ball is a legitimate game ball (a legitimate game ball), the passing speed is slow (below the predetermined speed) and the state of the distribution main body portion is changed to the second state. In order to reach the sorting main body, the game ball can be guided to the special passage. As described above, according to the gaming machine having the feature F1, an illegal game ball can be removed depending on the state of the distribution main body, and an anti-fraud measure can be improved.

  Here, in the gaming machine shown in the gaming machine indicated by the feature F1, as the special gaming state, the gaming state of the gaming machine can be exemplified as the above-described opening / closing execution mode. In addition, regardless of whether or not a game ball enters a specific ball entry portion, in a game machine that is in the open / close execution mode, when the variable ball entry means is in the open state, a game is entered into the advantageous ball entry portion (special area). When the ball can be guided, a game (high probability mode) whose content is to set the high probability mode after executing the opening / closing execution mode can be set to a special game state. Similarly, regardless of whether or not a game ball enters the advantageous ball entry part (special area), in the gaming machine that is in the open / close execution mode, the advantageous ball entry when the variable ball entry means is in the open state. If the game ball can be guided to a part (special area), a game whose content is to set the high-frequency support mode after executing the opening / closing execution mode can be set to the special game state.

  Further, the gaming machine indicated by the feature F1 may include other variable pitching means in addition to the above variable pitching means. In this case, the other variable entrance means need not necessarily include the specific entrance part and the movable member. For example, when the opening / closing execution mode is executed using other variable entry means, and the opening / closing execution mode is not executed in the variable entry means shown in the feature F1, the opening / closing operation is performed based on a specific hit (so-called small hit game) ), The opening / closing execution mode may be executed by another variable ball entry means on the basis of the ball entering the game ball (special area).

Feature F2.
The gaming machine according to Feature F1, wherein the movable member is in the guiding state within a predetermined period selected from a period in which the variable pitching means is switched to the open state.

  In this case, since it is assumed that the fraudster tries to enter the game ball into the variable ball entry means as soon as possible using the illegal ball, the distribution means (fraud prevention means) functions effectively. Become.

Feature G1.
A game area in which a game ball fired by a predetermined launch means (launch device 75) flows down;
Variable entry means capable of changing from a closed state in which a game ball cannot enter to an open state in which the game ball can enter;
An advantageous entrance portion where a game ball entered into the variable entrance means can enter,
Starting ball entry means capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
A small hit opening / closing execution mode for changing the closed state of the variable pitching means to the open state over a first time based on a game ball entering the starting pitching means, or Small hitting opening / closing execution mode execution means for executing a small hitting opening / closing execution mode for changing the variable entry ball means in the closed state to the open state a plurality of times over a first time;
Arrival detection means for detecting that a game ball has arrived at the advantageous pitching part;
When the arrival detection means detects a game ball during a period from when the small hitting opening / closing execution mode is started and the variable ball entering means is in the open state until a predetermined effective period elapses, the variable in the closed state is detected. A jackpot opening / closing execution mode execution means for repeating a plurality of times that the ball entry means is opened for a second time longer than the first time;
With
Distributing means for preventing illegal gaming balls, which have been processed to make the speed of flowing down the gaming area faster than the regular gaming balls, enter the advantageous pitching portion (anti-fraud prevention) A gaming machine comprising:
The distribution means (fraud prevention means)
An introduction passage through which the game ball is introduced;
Detecting means for detecting introduction of a game ball into the introduction passage;
A distribution main body that distributes the destination of the game ball passing through the introduction passage to a special passage that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion;
Driving means for driving the sorting main body;
Drive control means for controlling the drive of the drive means;
With
The distribution main body portion communicates the introduction passage with the normal passage and the communication with the special passage, and communicates the introduction passage with the special passage and the normal passage. A second state that is interrupted, and
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The drive control means sets the sorting main body to the first state until the predetermined time elapses after the detecting means detects the game ball, and the predetermined time after the detecting means detects the game ball. When the game has passed, the driving of the driving means is controlled so that the sorting main body is in the second state.

  In the aspect shown in the feature G1, “when an illegal game ball that has been processed to make the speed of flowing down the game area faster than a regular game ball is launched by the launching means, the illegal game ball Exemplifies a gaming machine equipped with fraud prevention means (a fraud prevention device or the like showing a specific example of the distribution means) for preventing the player from entering the advantageous pitching part. In other words, according to the gaming machine having the feature G1, if the distribution means (fraud prevention means) is built in the variable pitching means or if the distribution means (fraud prevention means) is provided outside the variable pitching means, It is possible to prevent the act of trying to cause the game ball to reach the advantageous entry part (special area) within the effective period by the ball action (first type oil ball goto etc.). Note that when the feature G1 is applied to a so-called “feather” model, the structure of the gaming machine is complicated even if the starting ball entry means is not an ordinary electric accessory, and the electric accessory is used as a fraud prevention means. Do not turn.

  In addition, in the gaming machine having the feature F1, the feature F2, or the feature G1, any one of the features E2 to E4 described above may be provided.

Feature H1.
The game ball is launched into the game area by the launch means, and the fired game ball is returned to the launch position where the game ball is launched by the launch means after rolling the game area. A game machine of the feature E1, E1, E3, E4, F1, F2, or G1, which is an enclosed ball type game machine that circulates and uses the game ball.

  In the case of an enclosed ball type gaming machine, once an illegal ball (first type oil ball) enters the gaming machine, it is not easy to remove it. For this reason, there is a possibility that the illegal ball stays in the gaming machine for a long time and causes a great loss. On the other hand, if an anti-fraud means is provided in the encapsulated ball pachinko machine, the illegal ball can be eliminated.

  In addition, in this invention, you may provide the characteristic of each said embodiment.

Feature I1.
A game area in which a game ball fired by a predetermined launching means flows down;
An advantageous pitching part that generates a possibility of obtaining a gaming privilege for a player based on a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area,
Distributing means for preventing illegal gaming balls, which have been processed to make the speed of flowing down the gaming area slower than a regular gaming ball, enter the advantageous ball portion (anti-fraud prevention) A gaming machine equipped with a means),
The distribution means (fraud prevention means)
An introduction passage through which the game ball is introduced;
Detecting means for detecting introduction of a game ball into the introduction passage;
A distribution main body that distributes the destination of the game ball passing through the introduction passage to a special passage that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion;
Driving means for driving the sorting main body;
Drive control means for controlling the drive of the drive means;
With
The distribution main body portion communicates the introduction passage with the normal passage and the communication with the special passage, and communicates the introduction passage with the special passage and the normal passage. A second state that is interrupted, and
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The drive control means places the sorting main body in the second state until the predetermined time elapses after the detecting means detects the game ball, and the predetermined time after the detecting means detects the game ball. When the game has passed, the drive of the drive means is controlled so that the sorting main body is in the first state.

  The feature I1 is a feature extracted from the application example of the third embodiment. Here, in the aspect shown in the feature I1, “when an illegal game ball subjected to processing for making the speed of flowing down the game area slower than the regular game ball is launched by the launching means, A gaming machine equipped with fraud prevention means (such as a fraud prevention device showing a specific example of the distribution means) for preventing a game ball from entering the advantageous ball portion is illustrated. In the gaming machine having the feature I1, the state of the distribution main body is set to the second state until a predetermined time has elapsed after the detection unit detects that the game ball has been introduced into the introduction passage (distribution unit). (The introduction passage is connected to the special passage), and when a predetermined time has elapsed, the state of the sorting main body is set to the first state (the introduction passage is connected to the normal passage). Therefore, if the game ball is a legitimate game ball (a legitimate game ball), the speed of passing through the introduction passage is faster than the illegal ball (type 2 oil ball, etc.) (exceeds a predetermined speed). When the state is in a state (when the introduction passage is connected to the special passage), the regular game ball reaches the sorting main body in the second state (for example, on the shutter 52k) and is guided to the special passage. The On the other hand, if the game ball is illegal, the passing speed is slower than the regular game ball (below the predetermined speed), and the game ball is moved to the first state. In order to reach the sorting main body, the illegal game ball is guided to the normal passage. As described above, according to the gaming machine having the feature I1, the illegal game ball can be removed depending on the state of the distribution main body, and the countermeasure against the illegality can be improved.

  Here, as the illegal game ball (illegal ball) shown in the application example, the above-described second type oil ball or “the speed at which the game area PE flows down by making the weight lighter than the regular game ball An example of the “illegal ball delayed later than the regular game ball” can also be exemplified. In addition, the range of adhesion or application may be the entire outer peripheral surface of the game ball or a part thereof.

  In addition, the present invention, each embodiment, each modification, application example, not only the “illegal sphere” illustrated in each embodiment, each modification or application example, but also other forms of “illegal sphere”, regular The game ball can also be applied as “a means for solving various problems that may occur due to the passing speed (flowing speed) of the game ball”. For example, as exemplified in the following specific examples, a gaming machine that can acquire a predetermined profit when the launching strength of a game ball (which may be an illegal ball or a regular ball) launched by a predetermined launching unit is strong Or, in a gaming machine that easily obtains a predetermined profit, the state of the sorting main body is switched, and the destination of the game ball is suitably distributed according to its passing speed (for example, flow speed). Hereinafter, this point will be described.

  First, the modes of fraud that can be targeted in the present invention, each embodiment, and each modification are as follows: (1) oil ball goto (first type oil ball goto), (2) game ball with increased weight of game ball A mode in which the passing speed (for example, the falling speed) of the game ball is increased (for example, the illegal ball configured by increasing the specific gravity of the material of the game ball, or by putting a weight in the center of the game ball, etc.) It is not limited to the aspect used. In addition, aspects of fraudulent acts that can be targeted in application examples are (3) oil ball goto (type 2 oil ball goto), (4) game ball passing speed (for example, flow speed) ) (For example, an embodiment using an illegal sphere formed by reducing the specific gravity of the material of the game sphere or hollowing out the center of the game sphere to form a hollow). In other words, as other illegal acts such as (5) game balls having different sizes (diameters), the passing speed (e.g., the flow down) (6) by using a magnetic force, the passing speed of the game ball (for example, the flow speed) is changed. By changing the game balls of different sizes, it is easy to enter the advantageous entrance part, or enter the advantageous entrance part (for example, although it should not enter the advantageous entrance part originally For example, cheating, etc.). These various fraudulent acts can be suitably dealt with by the allocating means (sorting device) shown in the present invention, each embodiment, each modification or application example, and the gaming ball is favored by the fraudulent acts. It is possible to prevent an illegal act that makes it easy to enter the ball part or to enter the advantageous ball part.

  In addition, as described above, the present invention, each embodiment, even when the passing speed of a game ball (for example, the flow-down speed) is increased without using a player's cheating (using a regular game ball). According to the distributing means of each modified example, the destination of the game ball can be appropriately distributed according to its passing speed (for example, flow speed). Specific examples thereof will be described as a first specific example to a third specific example.

  First, a first specific example will be described. There are various modes in which the player operates the firing handle 8A. If there is a player who operates the firing handle 8A weakly (a player who reduces the amount of rotation operation), the player who operates the firing handle 8A too strongly. There are also (players who increase the amount of rotation operation). And, if the launch handle 8A is operated too strongly, the flow speed (passing speed) of the game ball flowing down the game area PE becomes faster, and the frequency of entering the predetermined advantageous ball portion becomes unexpectedly high. There is. On the other hand, according to the configuration shown in the present invention, each embodiment, each modification, etc., the destination of the game ball whose passing speed (for example, the flow speed) is increased by the action of increasing the launch strength of the game ball, etc. The destination of other game balls (game balls with a planned passing speed) can be appropriately distributed according to the difference in the passing speed (for example, the falling speed), and the frequency of entering a predetermined advantageous hitting ball portion can be predicted. It is possible to prevent the outside from becoming higher, or to prevent the game ball from entering a predetermined advantageous ball-in-part.

  Next, a second specific example will be described. In certain pachinko halls, there may be cases where the posture where the gaming machine is installed is slightly tilted, or where there is a slightly inclined posture installed in the gaming machine (pachinko machine) installed on the island facility . In other words, the gaming machine, and hence the board surface (front face) of the gaming board 24 is slightly inclined forward to the player side (the gaming machine is not installed in a straight state, and the gaming machine is moved forward toward the upper side. It is arranged slightly tilted so that the lower side is arranged rearward), and the flow velocity of the game ball flowing down the game area may be faster than expected. Then, due to the inclination of the installation posture of the gaming machine, the flow speed (passing speed) of the game ball flowing down the game area PE becomes unexpectedly high, and the frequency of entering the predetermined advantageous ball entering area is unexpectedly high. There are cases where it becomes higher. Also in this case, according to the configuration shown in the present invention, each embodiment, each modification, etc., the destination of the game ball having a higher passing speed (for example, the flow-down speed) and other game balls (game balls having a predetermined passing speed) ) Can be suitably distributed according to the difference in the passing speed (for example, the flow speed), and it is possible to prevent the frequency of entering the predetermined advantageous entrance portion from being unexpectedly high, It is possible to prevent a game ball from entering the entrance portion.

  Further, a third specific example will be described. Due to the influence of the weather (for example, continued sunshine) and the air conditioning of the pachinko hall (for example, when the set temperature of the air conditioner is low and the set humidity is low), the degree of drying of the gaming machine and its components (game board, etc.) In some cases, the flow velocity of the game ball flowing down the game area becomes faster than expected, and the frequency of entering the predetermined advantageous ball entry portion is unexpectedly high. Also in this case, according to the configuration shown in the present invention, each embodiment, each modification, etc., the destination of the game ball having a higher passing speed (for example, the flow-down speed) and other game balls (game balls having a predetermined passing speed) ) Can be suitably distributed according to the difference in the passing speed (for example, the flow speed), and it is possible to prevent the frequency of entering the predetermined advantageous entrance portion from being unexpectedly high, It is possible to prevent a game ball from entering the entrance portion. However, the passing speed of the game ball (for example, the flow-down speed) is increased without being based on the player's cheating, and the frequency of entering the predetermined advantageous entrance part is unexpectedly high, or the predetermined advantageous entry The possibility of entering the ball portion is not limited to the cases shown in the first to third specific examples. That is, in the configuration shown in the present invention, each embodiment, each modification, etc., the passing speed (flowing speed) of a game ball (which may be an illegal ball or a regular ball) launched by a predetermined launching unit is increased. Thus, the present invention can be applied to various gaming machines that may obtain advantageous results for the player. For example, as shown in the above-mentioned Patent Document 1 (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-10741), a gaming machine that can obtain a predetermined profit when a game ball reaches a “special area” within a predetermined time limit, or the aforementioned Patent Document 2 (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-350831) discloses an operation port provided with an electric accessory that is open for a certain period of time, and when a game ball enters the operation port, a predetermined profit is obtained. According to the configuration shown in the present invention, each embodiment, each modification, etc., the destination of the game ball having a higher passing speed (for example, the flow-down speed) and other game balls (of the expected passing speed) The destination of the game ball) can be suitably distributed according to the difference in passage speed (for example, flow speed). As a result, the frequency of entering a predetermined advantageous entrance portion (for example, a special area or a flow path leading to the special area, a predetermined working port or a flow path leading to the predetermined working port, etc.) is unexpectedly increased, It is possible to prevent the ball from entering a predetermined advantageous ball entry portion.

  What has been described above as specific examples 1 to 3 and the like will be further described by the following characteristics (configuration).

  First, in the fourth embodiment, the following feature J1 may be extracted.

Feature J1.
A game area (PE) in which a game ball fired by predetermined launch means (launch device 75) flows down;
A game machine equipped with an advantageous entry part (for example, the lower operation port 34) that causes a player to acquire a game privilege based on the entry of a game ball flowing down the game area. And
An introduction passage (for example, 52p) through which the game ball is introduced;
Detection means (for example, a detection sensor 211g) for detecting the introduction of the game ball into the introduction passage;
A distribution main body (for example, an opening 52j, for example) that distributes the destination of the game balls passing through the introduction passage to a special passage that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion. Shutter 52k),
Driving means for driving the sorting main body (e.g., an electric accessory driving unit 34b such as a solenoid);
Drive control means (for example, main control device 81) for controlling the drive of the drive means;
A distribution means comprising:
The distribution main body portion communicates the introduction passage with the normal passage and the communication with the special passage, and communicates the introduction passage with the special passage and the normal passage. A second state that is interrupted, and
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The drive control means sets the sorting main body to the first state until the predetermined time elapses after the detecting means detects the game ball, and the predetermined time after the detecting means detects the game ball. When the game has passed, the driving of the driving means is controlled so that the sorting main body is in the second state.

  In the gaming machine of feature J1, the state of the sorting main body is set to the first state until a predetermined time elapses after the detecting means detects that the game ball has been introduced into the introduction passage (sorting means) ( The introduction passage is connected to the normal passage), and after a predetermined time has elapsed, the state of the sorting main body is set to the second state (the introduction passage is connected to the special passage). Therefore, the game ball whose speed passing through the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed is the first game ball before the sorting main body portion is in the second state (when the introduction passage is connected to the normal passage). It passes through the sorting main body in the state and is guided to the normal passage. On the other hand, if it is a game ball (scheduled passing speed) that does not pass through the introduction passage, the passing speed is slow (below a predetermined speed), and the state of the sorting main body becomes the second state. Then, since the game ball reaches the sorting main body, the game ball can be guided to the special passage. As described above, according to the gaming machine having the characteristic H1, the destination of the game ball having a high speed passing through the introduction passage and the normal game ball (scheduled passing speed) can be distributed according to the state of the distribution main body.

  In the fifth embodiment, the following feature K1 may be extracted.

Feature K1.
A game area in which a game ball fired by a predetermined launch means (launch device 75) flows down;
Variable ball entry means (second variable winning device 32D) capable of switching between an open state in which the game ball can enter and a closed state in which the game ball cannot enter;
An advantageous entrance part (second passage E2) in which a game ball entering the variable entrance means can enter,
A movable member (switching member 59f) capable of switching between a guiding state in which the game ball that has entered the variable pitching means can be guided to the advantageous entering ball portion and a non-inducing state that cannot be guided to the advantageous entering ball portion; ,
Special game state generating means (main control device 81) capable of generating a special game state advantageous to the player based on the entry of the game ball into the advantageous ball entering part,
A gaming machine comprising
An introduction passage through which the game ball is introduced;
Detecting means for detecting introduction of a game ball into the introduction passage;
A distribution main body that distributes the destination of the game ball passing through the introduction passage to a special passage that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion;
Driving means for driving the sorting main body;
Drive control means for controlling the drive of the drive means;
A distribution means comprising:
The distribution main body portion communicates the introduction passage with the normal passage and the communication with the special passage, and communicates the introduction passage with the special passage and the normal passage. A second state that is interrupted, and
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The drive control means sets the sorting main body to the first state until the predetermined time elapses after the detecting means detects the game ball, and the predetermined time after the detecting means detects the game ball. When the game has passed, the driving of the driving means is controlled so that the sorting main body is in the second state.

  According to the gaming machine of feature K1, since it has the sorting main body, even if a gaming ball exceeding a predetermined speed is launched toward the variable pitching means, the gaming ball is guided to the advantageous pitching portion (special area). There is nothing to do. On the other hand, if the game ball is not fast (scheduled passing speed), the passing speed is slow (below the predetermined speed), and the game is performed after the sorting main body is in the second state. Since the ball reaches the sorting main body, the game ball can be guided to the special passage. As described above, according to the gaming machine having the characteristic K1, the destination of the game ball having a high speed passing through the introduction passage and the normal game ball (planned passing speed) can be distributed according to the state of the distribution main body.

  In addition, the following feature L1 may be extracted from an example of application to a model referred to as a so-called “feather”.

Feature L1.
A game area (PE) in which a game ball fired by predetermined launch means (launch device 75) flows down;
Variable entry means capable of changing from a closed state in which a game ball cannot enter to an open state in which the game ball can enter;
An advantageous entrance portion where a game ball entered into the variable entrance means can enter,
Starting ball entry means capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
A small hit opening / closing execution mode for changing the closed state of the variable pitching means to the open state over a first time based on a game ball entering the starting pitching means, or Small hitting opening / closing execution mode execution means for executing a small hitting opening / closing execution mode for changing the variable entry ball means in the closed state to the open state a plurality of times over a first time;
Arrival detection means for detecting that a game ball has arrived at the advantageous pitching part;
When the arrival detection means detects a game ball during a period from when the small hitting opening / closing execution mode is started and the variable ball entering means is in the open state until a predetermined effective period elapses, the variable in the closed state is detected. A jackpot opening / closing execution mode execution means for repeating a plurality of times that the ball entry means is opened for a second time longer than the first time;
A gaming machine comprising
An introduction passage through which the game ball is introduced;
Detecting means for detecting introduction of a game ball into the introduction passage;
A distribution main body that distributes the destination of the game ball passing through the introduction passage to a special passage that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion;
Driving means for driving the sorting main body;
Drive control means for controlling the drive of the drive means;
A distribution means comprising:
The distribution main body portion communicates the introduction passage with the normal passage and the communication with the special passage, and communicates the introduction passage with the special passage and the normal passage. A second state that is interrupted, and
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The drive control means sets the sorting main body to the first state until the predetermined time elapses after the detecting means detects the game ball, and the predetermined time after the detecting means detects the game ball. When the game has passed, the driving of the driving means is controlled so that the sorting main body is in the second state.

  According to the gaming machine having the feature L1, if the distribution means is incorporated in the variable entry means or the distribution means is provided outside the variable entry means, a game ball exceeding a predetermined speed can be played within the effective period. It is possible to prevent the act of trying to make the sphere reach the advantageous entry part (special area).

  Note that the gaming machine having the feature J1, K1, or L1 may be an enclosed ball type gaming machine having the configuration H1 described above.

  Note that the gaming machine of the application example described above also has a passing speed (for example, a falling speed) when the passing speed (for example, the flowing speed) of the game ball may be slow without being based on a player's cheating. The destination of the delayed game sphere and the destination of other game spheres (game spheres with a planned passing speed) can be suitably distributed according to the difference in passing speed (for example, the flow speed). For example, the gaming machine, and hence the board surface (front face) of the gaming board 24 is slightly tilted backward from the player (the gaming machine is not installed in a straight state, and the gaming machine is arranged rearward as the upper side thereof. It is slightly tilted so that the lower side is placed forward, that is, it is tilted backwards away from the player), and the flow velocity of the game ball flowing down the game area may be slower than planned. is there. In this case, depending on the state of the distribution main body, the destination of the game ball whose passing speed (for example, the flow-down speed) has become too slow and the destination of other game balls (game balls having a planned passing speed) are suitably distributed. be able to. In addition, in the game machines of the above-described application examples, the game machine and its components (game board, etc.) are affected by the influence of the weather (for example, rainy weather) and the effect of the air conditioning of the pachinko hall (for example, the set temperature is high). There is a case where the flow rate of the game ball flowing down the game area is slower than expected due to the high humidity (high humidity), but in this case as well, depending on the state of the sorting main body, the passing speed (for example, the flow rate) The destination of the game ball that has become too late and the destination of the other game balls (game balls having a scheduled passing speed) can be appropriately distributed. Furthermore, even when the amount of rotation operation of the launch handle 8A is too small, the flow speed of the game ball flowing down the game area may be slower than planned. Also in this case, depending on the state of the distribution main body part, the destination of the game ball whose passing speed (for example, the flow speed) has become too slow and the destination of the other gaming balls (game balls having a planned passing speed) are suitable. Can be sorted.

  Further, the following feature M1 may be extracted from the application example described above.

Feature M1.
A game area in which a game ball fired by a predetermined launching means flows down;
Variable entry means capable of switching between an open state in which the game ball can enter and a closed state in which the game ball cannot enter;
An advantageous entrance portion where a game ball entered into the variable entrance means can enter,
A movable member (switching member 59f) capable of switching between a guiding state in which the game ball that has entered the variable pitching means can be guided to the advantageous entering ball portion and a non-inducing state that cannot be guided to the advantageous entering ball portion; ,
Special game state generating means (main control device 81) capable of generating a special game state advantageous to the player based on the entry of the game ball into the advantageous ball entering part,
A gaming machine comprising
An introduction passage through which the game ball is introduced;
Detecting means for detecting introduction of a game ball into the introduction passage;
A distribution main body that distributes the destination of the game ball passing through the introduction passage to a special passage that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion;
Driving means for driving the sorting main body;
Drive control means for controlling the drive of the drive means;
A distribution means comprising:
The distribution main body portion communicates the introduction passage with the normal passage and the communication with the special passage, and communicates the introduction passage with the special passage and the normal passage. A second state that is interrupted, and
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The drive control means places the sorting main body in the second state until the predetermined time elapses after the detecting means detects the game ball, and the predetermined time after the detecting means detects the game ball. When the game has passed, the drive of the drive means is controlled so that the sorting main body is in the first state.

  In the gaming machine of feature M1, the state of the sorting main body is set to the second state until a predetermined time has elapsed after the detecting means detects that the game ball has been introduced into the introduction passage (sorting means) ( The introduction passage is connected to the special passage), and when the predetermined time has elapsed, the state of the sorting main body is set to the first state (the introduction passage is connected to the normal passage). Therefore, a game ball in which the speed passing through the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed is the second game ball before the sorting main body is in the first state (when the introduction passage is in communication with the special passage). It reaches the sorting body in the state and is guided to a special passage. On the other hand, if the game ball passing through the introduction passage is slow (a game ball slower than the scheduled passing speed), the passing speed is slow (below a predetermined speed), and the state of the sorting main body is first. Since the game ball reaches the sorting main body after the state 1 is reached, the game ball can be guided to the normal passage. As described above, according to the gaming machine of the feature L1, depending on the state of the distribution main body, the destination of the game ball having a slow passage speed (for example, the falling speed) and other game balls (game balls having a planned passing speed) The destination can be suitably distributed.

Feature N1.
A game area (PE) in which a game ball fired by predetermined launch means (launch device 75) flows down;
An advantageous entry part (for example, the lower operation port 34) that generates a possibility of obtaining a game privilege for the player based on the entry of the game ball flowing down the game area,
Distributing means for preventing illegal gaming balls, which have been processed to make the speed of flowing down the gaming area faster than the regular gaming balls, enter the advantageous pitching portion (anti-fraud prevention) A gaming machine comprising:
The distribution means (fraud prevention means)
An introduction passage (for example, introduction passage 55p) through which the game ball is introduced;
A distribution main body (for example, a passage selection member 57a) that distributes the destination of game balls passing through the introduction passage to a special passage that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion. ) And
The distribution main body can execute a first state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the normal passage and a second state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the special passage. And
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The distribution main body is placed in the first state until the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, and when the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, A gaming machine, characterized in that the minute main body is in the second state.

  The feature N1 is a feature extracted from the sixth embodiment described above. Here, in the sixth embodiment, “when an illegal game ball that has been processed to make the speed of flowing down the game area faster than a regular game ball is launched by the launching means, A gaming machine equipped with a fraud prevention device (a fraud prevention device 50E or 50F showing a specific example of a distribution means) for preventing a game ball from entering the advantageous ball portion is illustrated. In the gaming machine having the feature N1, the distribution main body is in the first state until a predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, and when the predetermined time elapses, the distribution main body is moved to the second state. State. And if it is an unauthorized game ball, the speed of passing through the introduction passage is high (exceeds a predetermined speed), so that the unauthorized game ball passes through the distribution body before the distribution body is in the second state. And it is usually guided to the passage. On the other hand, if the game ball is a legitimate game ball (a legitimate game ball), the passing speed is slow (below the predetermined speed), and the game ball is sorted after the sorting body is in the second state. In order to reach the main body, it can be guided to a special passage. As described above, according to the gaming machine having the feature N1, an illegal game ball can be removed depending on the state of the distribution main body, and an anti-fraud measure can be improved.

Feature N2.
The distribution means (fraud prevention means)
When the load of the game ball that has entered the distribution means (tamper prevention means) is loaded, the operation starts, and when the load is unloaded, the ball receiving means continues to operate until a predetermined stop means is actuated. With
The sorting main body starts operating in conjunction with the operation of the ball receiving means, and when the ball receiving means stops operating, stops the operation as the second state,
When the game ball that has entered the distribution means (tamper prevention means) moves from the ball receiving means to the introduction passage, the load of the game ball is unloaded from the ball receiving means, and the load of the game ball is unloaded. When a predetermined time elapses, the ball receiving means stops operation by the action of the stopping means,
The gaming machine according to feature N1, wherein the game ball that has transitioned from the ball receiving means to the introduction passage passes through the introduction passage and reaches the sorting main body.

  According to the feature N2, when a load is applied from the game ball to the ball receiving means, the sorting main body operates in conjunction with the operation of the ball receiving means. When the load of the game ball is unloaded from the ball receiving means, the ball receiving means and the sorting main body continue to operate until the stop means acts on the ball receiving means. That is, until the ball receiving means is stopped by the action of the stopping means, the ball receiving means and the sorting main body are inertial (by inertial force) and continue to operate. The operation is stopped by the action, and the state of the sorting main body becomes the second state. For this reason, since an illegal game ball passes through the introduction passage at a high speed, the illegal game ball passes through the distribution main body portion and enters the normal passage before the distribution main body portion enters the second state. Be guided. On the other hand, if it is a regular game ball (legitimate game ball), the passing speed is slow, and the game ball reaches the distribution main body after the distribution main body is in the second state. The game ball can be guided to a special passage.

Feature O1.
A game area (PE) in which a game ball fired by predetermined launch means (launch device 75) flows down;
An advantageous entry part (lower operation opening 34B) that generates a possibility of obtaining a game privilege for the player based on the entry of a game ball flowing down the game area,
Distributing means for preventing illegal gaming balls, which have been processed to make the speed of flowing down the gaming area faster than the regular gaming balls, enter the advantageous pitching portion (anti-fraud prevention) A gaming machine equipped with a means),
The distribution means includes
The introduction path in which the game ball is introduced, and at least the path portion on the end side along the passing direction of the game ball draws a substantially horizontal or slanted downward inclined path,
A distribution main body that distributes the destination of game balls passing through the introduction passage to a special passage (SR) that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage (NR) that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion; With
The sorting main body is
At least the path portion on the start side along the passing direction of the game ball draws a substantially downward or slanted downward path that bends with the path direction of the path portion of the introduction passage, and the upper end opening portion is the end of the introduction passage And the special passage that is continuous with
At least the path portion on the start end side along the passing direction of the game ball draws a path substantially extending the path direction of the path portion of the introduction path across the opening of the special path, and the start end is defined as the opening. The continuous normal passage; and
With
When the speed of the game ball passing through the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, it is guided to the normal passage through the opening of the special passage,
When the speed of the game ball passing through the introduction passage is equal to or lower than a predetermined speed, the game ball is guided to the special passage.

  According to the gaming machine having the characteristic O1, since the sorting main body portion does not include a movable part, the structure of the gaming machine is not complicated due to the provision of fraud prevention means.

Feature O2.
A protrusion projecting above the introduction passage is provided, and the special passage has an upper end opening at a portion located downstream of the protrusion along the passing direction of the game ball, and the upper end of the special passage. A gaming machine according to the characteristic O1, wherein the normal passage is provided on the opposite side of the protrusion with the opening of the above.

  In the feature O2, by adjusting the protrusion amount of the protrusion, the game ball passing through the introduction passage is determined according to the passage whether the guidance direction of the game ball is a normal passage or a special passage. Is easy.

Feature O3.
A center frame comprising: an entrance through which a game ball in the game area can enter; a warp passage through which the game ball entered from the entrance passes; and a stage to which the game ball that has passed through the warp passage reaches. ,
While opening an operation port below a predetermined position of the stage part,
The gaming machine according to O1, wherein the passage distribution means is provided in the middle of the warp passage.

  In the case of the feature O3, if the illegal ball is introduced into the warp passage, the game ball passes through the introduction passage at a high speed, and thus reaches the normal passage beyond the opening of the special passage. On the other hand, in the case of a regular game ball (a normal game ball), the speed at which the game ball passes through the introduction passage is slow (compared to that of the illegal ball). Cannot enter the special passage. When the illegal ball is the first type oil ball, according to the feature O3, it is possible to prevent the warp passage and the stage portion from being stained with the first type oil ball.

Feature O4.
A part of the warp passage, the introduction passage and the special passage are configured, the introduction passage is provided in a substantially horizontal or substantially downward inclined shape, and the special passage is provided downward from a terminal of the introduction passage,
The gaming machine according to Feature O1, wherein the normal passage is provided at a position facing the introduction passage across the opening at the upper end of the special passage in the warp passage.

  In this case, a countermeasure against fraud can be taken more accurately by the distribution main body provided in the warp passage.

Feature P1.
A game area in which a game ball fired by a predetermined launch means (launch device 75) flows down;
Variable ball entry means (second variable winning device 32D) capable of switching between an open state in which the game ball can enter and a closed state in which the game ball cannot enter;
An advantageous entrance part (second passage E2) in which a game ball entering the variable entrance means can enter,
A movable member (switching member 59f) capable of switching between a guiding state in which the game ball that has entered the variable pitching means can be guided to the advantageous entering ball portion and a non-inducing state that cannot be guided to the advantageous entering ball portion; ,
Special game state generating means (main control device 81) capable of generating a special game state advantageous to the player based on the entry of the game ball into the advantageous ball entering part,
With
Distributing means for preventing illegal gaming balls, which have been processed to make the speed of flowing down the gaming area faster than the regular gaming balls, enter the advantageous pitching portion (anti-fraud prevention) A gaming machine equipped with a means),
The distribution means includes
An introduction passage through which the game ball is introduced;
A distribution main body portion that distributes the destination of game balls passing through the introduction passage to a special passage (SR) that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage (NR) that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion ( A passage selection member 57a),
With
The distribution main body can execute a first state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the normal passage and a second state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the special passage. And
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The distribution main body is placed in the first state until the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, and when the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, A gaming machine, characterized in that the minute main body is in the second state.

  The feature P1 is a feature extracted from the above-described modification example 36. Here, in the second embodiment, “when an illegal game ball that has been processed to make the speed of flowing down the game area faster than the regular game ball is launched by the launching means, A gaming machine equipped with a fraud prevention device (a fraud prevention device 50D showing a specific example of the distribution means) for preventing a game ball from entering the advantageous ball portion is illustrated. And according to the gaming machine of the feature P1, since the distribution means (fraud prevention means) is provided, even if the illegal sphere is launched toward the variable pitching means, the illegal sphere is advantageously inserted (special area). Never be guided to. That is, until a predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the distribution means (tamper prevention means), the state of the distribution main body is set to the first state (the introduction passage is connected to the normal passage), and the predetermined time is reached. When the time elapses, the state of the sorting main body is set to the second state (the introduction passage is connected to the special passage).

  Therefore, if it is an illegal game ball, the speed of passing through the introduction passage is high (exceeding the predetermined speed), so before the sorting main body is in the second state (when the introduction passage is communicated with the normal passage) ), The illegal game ball passes through the distribution main body in the first state and is guided to the normal passage. On the other hand, if it is a legitimate game ball (a legitimate game ball) (if it is not a fraudulent game ball), the passing speed is slow (below a predetermined speed), and the state of the sorting main body is second. Since the game ball reaches the sorting main body after the state is reached, the game ball can be guided to the special passage. As described above, according to the gaming machine having the feature P1, an illegal game ball can be removed depending on the state of the distribution main body, and an anti-fraud measure can be improved.

  Here, in the gaming machine shown in the gaming machine indicated by the feature P1, the special gaming state can be exemplified by setting the gaming state of the gaming machine to the above-described opening / closing execution mode. In addition, regardless of whether or not a game ball enters a specific ball entry portion, in a game machine that is in the open / close execution mode, when the variable ball entry means is in the open state, a game is entered into the advantageous ball entry portion (special area). When the ball can be guided, a game (high probability mode) whose content is to set the high probability mode after executing the opening / closing execution mode can be set to a special game state. Similarly, regardless of whether or not a game ball enters the advantageous ball entry part (special area), in the gaming machine that is in the open / close execution mode, the advantageous ball entry when the variable ball entry means is in the open state. If the game ball can be guided to a part (special area), a game whose content is to set the high-frequency support mode after executing the opening / closing execution mode can be set to the special game state.

  Further, the gaming machine indicated by the feature P1 may include other variable pitching means in addition to the above variable pitching means. In this case, the other variable entrance means need not necessarily include the specific entrance part and the movable member. For example, when the opening / closing execution mode is executed using other variable entry means, and the opening / closing execution mode is not executed in the variable entry means shown in the characteristic O1, the opening / closing operation is performed based on a specific hit (so-called small hit game) ), The opening / closing execution mode may be executed by another variable ball entry means on the basis of the ball entering the game ball (special area).

Feature P2.
The gaming machine according to claim P1, wherein the movable member is in the guiding state within a predetermined period selected from a period in which the variable pitching means is switched to the open state.

  In this case, since it is assumed that a fraudulent person tries to enter the game ball into the variable ball entry means immediately using the illegal ball, the fraud prevention device functions effectively.

Feature Q1.
A game area in which a game ball fired by a predetermined launch means (launch device 75) flows down;
Variable entry means capable of changing from a closed state in which a game ball cannot enter to an open state in which the game ball can enter;
An advantageous entrance portion where a game ball entered into the variable entrance means can enter,
Starting ball entry means capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
A small hit opening / closing execution mode for changing the closed state of the variable pitching means to the open state over a first time based on a game ball entering the starting pitching means, or A small hitting opening / closing execution mode executing means for executing a small hitting opening / closing execution mode for changing the variable pitching means in the closed state to the open state a plurality of times over a first time;
Arrival detection means for detecting that a game ball has arrived at the advantageous pitching part;
When the arrival detection means detects a game ball during a period from when the small hitting opening / closing execution mode is started and the variable pitching means is in the open state until a predetermined effective period elapses, the closed state A jackpot opening / closing execution mode execution means for repeatedly setting the variable pitching means to open for a second time longer than the first time;
With
Distributing means for preventing illegal gaming balls, which have been processed to make the speed of flowing down the gaming area faster than the regular gaming balls, enter the advantageous pitching portion (anti-fraud prevention) A gaming machine equipped with a means),
The distribution means includes
An introduction passage (introduction passage 55p) through which the game ball is introduced;
A distribution main body portion that distributes the destination of game balls passing through the introduction passage to a special passage (SR) that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage (NR) that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion ( A passage selection member 57a),
The distribution main body can execute a first state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the normal passage and a second state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the special passage. And
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The distribution main body is placed in the first state until the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, and when the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, A gaming machine, characterized in that the minute main body is in the second state.

  In the aspect shown in the characteristic Q1, “when an illegal game ball subjected to processing for making the speed of flowing down the game area faster than a regular game ball is launched by the launching means, the illegal game ball Exemplifies a gaming machine equipped with fraud prevention means (a fraud prevention device or the like showing a specific example of the distribution means) for preventing the player from entering the advantageous pitching part. In other words, according to the gaming machine having the feature Q1, if a fraud prevention device is built in the variable pitching means or if a fraud prevention device is provided outside the variable pitching means, the illegal act (first type oil goto etc.) It is possible to prevent an act of trying to cause the game ball to reach the advantageous pitching part (special area) within the effective period. Note that when the feature O1 is applied to a so-called “feather” model, the structure of the gaming machine is complicated even if the starting entry means is not an ordinary electric accessory, and the electric accessory is used as a fraud prevention means. Do not turn.

  Further, the gaming machine having the feature P1, the feature P2, or the feature Q1 may have the feature N2 described above.

Feature R1.
The game ball is launched into the game area by the launch means, and the fired game ball is returned to the launch position where the game ball is launched by the launch means after rolling the game area. A game machine of features N1, N2, O1, O2, O3, O4, P1, P2, or feature Q1 characterized by being an enclosed ball type game machine that circulates and uses the game balls.

  In the case of an enclosed ball type gaming machine, once an illegal ball (first type oil ball) enters the gaming machine, it is not easy to remove it. For this reason, there is a possibility that the illegal ball stays in the gaming machine for a long time and causes a great loss. On the other hand, if an anti-fraud means is provided in the encapsulated ball pachinko machine, the illegal ball can be eliminated.

  In addition, in this invention, you may provide the characteristic of each said embodiment.

  In addition, in this invention, you may provide the characteristic of each said embodiment. For example, one gaming machine may include an electric fraud prevention device and a non-electric fraud prevention device.

Feature S1.
A game area in which a game ball fired by a predetermined launching means flows down;
An advantageous pitching part that generates a possibility of obtaining a gaming privilege for a player based on a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area,
Distributing means for preventing illegal gaming balls, which have been processed to make the speed of flowing down the gaming area slower than a regular gaming ball, enter the advantageous ball portion (anti-fraud prevention) A gaming machine equipped with a means),
The distribution means includes
An introduction passage through which the game ball is introduced;
A distribution main body that distributes the destination of the game ball passing through the introduction passage to a special passage that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion;
With
The distribution main body can execute a first state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the normal passage and a second state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the special passage. And
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The distribution main body is set in the second state until the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, and when the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, A gaming machine characterized in that the minute main body portion is in the first state.

  The feature S1 is a feature extracted from the application example of the sixth embodiment. Here, in the aspect shown in the feature S1, “when an illegal game ball subjected to processing for making the speed of flowing down the game area slower than the regular game ball is launched by the launching means, A gaming machine equipped with fraud prevention means (such as a fraud prevention device showing a specific example of the distribution means) for preventing a game ball from entering the advantageous ball portion is illustrated. Then, in the gaming machine having the feature R1, the distribution main body portion is in the second state (the introduction passage is connected to the special passage until a predetermined time has elapsed after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage (tamper prevention means). ) When the predetermined time has elapsed, the state of the sorting main body is set to the first state (the introduction passage is connected to the normal passage).

  Therefore, if the game ball is a legitimate game ball (a legitimate game ball), the speed of passing through the introduction passage is faster than the illegal ball (type 2 oil ball, etc.) (exceeds a predetermined speed). When the state is in a state (when the introduction passage is connected to the special passage), the illegal game ball passes through the sorting main body portion in the second state and is guided to the special passage. On the other hand, if the game ball is an illegal game ball), the passing speed is slower than the regular game ball (below the speed), and after the state of the sorting main body portion is in the first state, In order to reach the sorting main body, the game ball is guided to the normal passage. As described above, according to the gaming machine having the feature S1, an illegal game ball can be removed depending on the state of the distribution main body, and an anti-fraud measure can be improved.

Feature T1.
A game area (PE) in which a game ball fired by predetermined launch means (launch device 75) flows down;
An advantageous entry part (lower operation opening 34B) that generates a possibility of obtaining a game privilege for the player based on the entry of a game ball flowing down the game area,
Distributing means for preventing illegal gaming balls, which have been processed to make the speed of flowing down the gaming area slower than a regular gaming ball, enter the advantageous ball portion (anti-fraud prevention) A gaming machine equipped with a means),
The distribution means (fraud prevention means)
The introduction path in which the game ball is introduced, and at least the path portion on the end side along the passing direction of the game ball draws a substantially horizontal or slanted downward inclined path,
A distribution main body that distributes the destination of game balls passing through the introduction passage to a special passage (SR) that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage (NR) that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion; With
The sorting main body is
At least the path portion on the start side along the passing direction of the game ball draws a substantially downward or slanted downward path that bends with the path direction of the path portion of the introduction passage, and the upper end opening portion is the end of the introduction passage And the special passage that is continuous with
At least the path portion on the start end side along the passing direction of the game ball draws a path substantially extending the path direction of the path portion of the introduction path across the opening of the special path, and the start end is defined as the opening. The continuous normal passage; and
With
When the speed of the game ball passing through the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, it is guided to the normal passage through the opening of the special passage,
When the speed of the game ball passing through the introduction passage is equal to or lower than a predetermined speed, the game ball is guided to the special passage.

  Also in the aspect shown in the characteristic T1, when an illegal game ball that has been processed to make the speed of flowing down the game area slower than a regular game ball is launched by the launching means, the illegal game ball This is an example of a “gaming machine equipped with fraud prevention means for preventing a ball from entering an advantageous pitching portion”. And according to the gaming machine of feature T1, since the distribution main body part does not have a movable part, the structure of the gaming machine is not complicated due to the provision of fraud prevention means.

  Here, as the illegal game ball (illegal ball) shown in the application example of the sixth embodiment, the above-mentioned second type oil ball or “by making the weight lighter than the regular game ball, An example is a “illegal ball whose flow speed is slower than that of the regular game ball”. In addition, the range of adhesion or application may be the entire outer peripheral surface of the game ball or a part thereof.

  Further, as described above, the present invention, each embodiment, each modification, and application examples are not limited to the “illegal sphere” illustrated in each embodiment, each modification, or application example, but other forms of “illegal spheres”. ”Or even in a regular game ball, it can be applied as“ means for solving various problems that may be caused by the passing speed (flowing speed) of the game ball ”. For example, as illustrated in the specific examples described above, a gaming machine capable of obtaining a predetermined profit when the intensity of a game ball (which may be an illegal ball or a regular ball) launched by a predetermined launch unit is strong. Or, in a gaming machine that easily obtains a predetermined profit, the state of the sorting main body is switched, and the destination of the game ball is suitably distributed according to its passing speed (for example, flow speed). Hereinafter, this point will be described.

  First, the modes of fraud that can be targeted in the present invention, each embodiment, and each modification are as follows: (1) oil ball goto (first type oil ball goto), (2) game ball with increased weight of game ball A mode in which the passing speed (for example, the falling speed) of the game ball is increased (for example, the illegal ball configured by increasing the specific gravity of the material of the game ball, or by putting a weight in the center of the game ball, etc.) It is not limited to the aspect used. In addition, the modes of cheating that can be targeted in the application example of the sixth embodiment are (3) oil ball goto (second type oil ball goto), (4) the speed of the game ball by reducing the weight of the game ball (For example, an aspect using an illegal sphere configured by reducing the specific gravity of the material of the game sphere or hollowing out the central portion of the game sphere to form a hollow) . In other words, as other illegal acts such as (5) game balls having different sizes (diameters), the passing speed (e.g., the flow down) (6) by using a magnetic force, the passing speed of the game ball (for example, the flow speed) is changed. By changing the game balls of different sizes, it is easy to enter the advantageous entrance part, or enter the advantageous entrance part (for example, although it should not enter the advantageous entrance part originally For example, cheating, etc.). These various fraudulent acts can be suitably dealt with by the allocating means (sorting device) shown in the present invention, each embodiment, each modification or application example, and the gaming ball is favored by the fraudulent acts. It is possible to prevent an illegal act that makes it easy to enter the ball part or to enter the advantageous ball part.

  In addition, as described above, the present invention, each embodiment, even when the passing speed of a game ball (for example, the flow-down speed) is increased without using a player's cheating (using a regular game ball). According to the distributing means of each modified example, the destination of the game ball can be appropriately distributed according to its passing speed (for example, flow speed). As specific examples, the first specific example, the second specific example, and the third specific example can be exemplified as in the application example of the third embodiment described above. However, the passing speed of the game ball (for example, the flow-down speed) is increased without being based on the player's cheating, and the frequency of entering the predetermined advantageous entrance part is unexpectedly high, or the predetermined advantageous entry The possibility of entering the ball portion is not limited to the cases shown in the first to third specific examples. That is, in the configuration shown in the present invention, each embodiment, each modification, etc., the passing speed (flowing speed) of a game ball (which may be an illegal ball or a regular ball) launched by a predetermined launching unit is increased. Thus, the present invention can be applied to various gaming machines that may obtain advantageous results for the player. For example, as shown in the above-mentioned Patent Document 1 (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-10741), a gaming machine that can obtain a predetermined profit when a game ball reaches a “special area” within a predetermined time limit, or the aforementioned Patent Document 2 (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-350831) discloses an operation port provided with an electric accessory that is open for a certain period of time, and when a game ball enters the operation port, a predetermined profit is obtained. According to the configuration shown in the present invention, each embodiment, each modification, etc., the destination of the game ball having a higher passing speed (for example, the flow-down speed) and other game balls (of the expected passing speed) The destination of the game ball) can be suitably distributed according to the difference in passage speed (for example, flow speed). As a result, the frequency of entering a predetermined advantageous entrance portion (for example, a special area or a flow path leading to the special area, a predetermined working port or a flow path leading to the predetermined working port, etc.) is unexpectedly increased, It is possible to prevent the ball from entering a predetermined advantageous ball entry portion.

  What has been described above as specific examples 1 to 3 and the like will be further described by the following characteristics (configuration).

  First, in the fifth embodiment, the following feature U1 may be extracted.

Feature U1.
A game area (PE) in which a game ball fired by predetermined launch means (launch device 75) flows down;
A game machine equipped with an advantageous entry part (for example, the lower operation port 34) that causes a player to acquire a game privilege based on the entry of a game ball flowing down the game area. And
An introduction passage (for example, introduction passage 55p) through which the game ball is introduced;
A distribution main body (for example, a passage selection member 57a) that distributes the destination of game balls passing through the introduction passage to a special passage that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion. )When,
Comprising a distribution means comprising
The distribution main body can execute a first state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the normal passage and a second state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the special passage. And
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The distribution main body is placed in the first state until the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, and when the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, A gaming machine, characterized in that the minute main body is in the second state.

  In the gaming machine of the characteristic U1, the state of the distribution main body is set to the first state (the introduction passage is connected to the normal passage until a predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage (distribution means). ) When the predetermined time has elapsed, the state of the sorting main body is set to the second state (the introduction passage is connected to the special passage). Therefore, the game ball whose speed passing through the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed is the first game ball before the sorting main body portion is in the second state (when the introduction passage is connected to the normal passage). It reaches the distribution main body in the state and is guided to the normal passage. On the other hand, if it is a game ball (scheduled passing speed) that does not pass through the introduction passage, the passing speed is slow (below a predetermined speed), and the state of the sorting main body becomes the second state. Then, since the game ball reaches the sorting main body, the game ball can be guided to the special passage. As described above, according to the gaming machine having the characteristic U1, it is possible to distribute the destination of a game ball having a high speed passing through the introduction passage and a normal game ball (scheduled passing speed) according to the state of the distribution main body.

  In the above-described modification 31 (see FIG. 109), modification 33 (see FIG. 110 (b)), and modification 34 (see FIG. 111), the following feature V1 may be extracted.

Feature V1.
A game area (PE) in which a game ball fired by predetermined launch means (launch device 75) flows down;
A game machine comprising an advantageous ball entry portion (lower operation port 34B) for generating a possibility of obtaining a game privilege for a player based on a game ball flowing down the game area,
The introduction path in which the game ball is introduced, and at least the path portion on the end side along the passing direction of the game ball draws a substantially horizontal or slanted downward inclined path,
A distribution main body that distributes the destination of game balls passing through the introduction passage to a special passage (SR) that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage (NR) that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion; ,
A distribution means comprising:
The sorting main body is
At least the path portion on the start side along the passing direction of the game ball draws a substantially downward or slanted downward path that bends with the path direction of the path portion of the introduction passage, and the upper end opening portion is the end of the introduction passage And the special passage that is continuous with
At least the path portion on the start end side along the passing direction of the game ball draws a path substantially extending the path direction of the path portion of the introduction path across the opening of the special path, and the start end is defined as the opening. The continuous normal passage; and
With
When the speed of the game ball passing through the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, it is guided to the normal passage through the opening of the special passage,
When the speed of the game ball passing through the introduction passage is equal to or lower than a predetermined speed, the game ball is guided to the special passage.

  According to the gaming machine of feature V1, since the sorting main body portion does not include a movable part, the structure of the gaming machine is not complicated due to the provision of the sorting means.

  In Modification 36, the following configuration W1 may be extracted.

Feature W1.
A game area in which a game ball fired by a predetermined launch means (launch device 75) flows down;
Variable ball entry means (second variable winning device 32D) capable of switching between an open state in which the game ball can enter and a closed state in which the game ball cannot enter;
An advantageous entrance part (second passage E2) in which a game ball entering the variable entrance means can enter,
A movable member (switching member 59f) capable of switching between a guiding state in which the game ball that has entered the variable pitching means can be guided to the advantageous entering ball portion and a non-inducing state that cannot be guided to the advantageous entering ball portion; ,
Special game state generating means (main control device 81) capable of generating a special game state advantageous to the player based on the entry of the game ball into the advantageous ball entering part,
A gaming machine comprising
An introduction passage through which the game ball is introduced;
A distribution main body portion that distributes the destination of game balls passing through the introduction passage to a special passage (SR) that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage (NR) that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion ( A passage selection member 57a),
A distribution means comprising:
The distribution main body can execute a first state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the normal passage and a second state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the special passage. And
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The distribution main body is placed in the first state until the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, and when the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, A gaming machine, characterized in that the minute main body is in the second state.

  According to the gaming machine of the feature W1, since it includes the sorting main body, even when a gaming ball exceeding a predetermined speed is launched toward the variable pitching means, the gaming ball is guided to the advantageous pitching portion (special area). There is nothing to do. On the other hand, if the game ball is not fast (scheduled passing speed), the passing speed is slow (below the predetermined speed), and the game is performed after the sorting main body is in the second state. Since the ball reaches the sorting main body, the game ball can be guided to the special passage. Thus, according to the gaming machine of the feature W1, it is possible to distribute the destination of a game ball having a high speed passing through the introduction passage and a normal game ball (scheduled passing speed) according to the state of the distribution main body.

  Further, the following feature X1 may be extracted from an application example to a so-called “feather”.

Feature X1.
A game area in which a game ball fired by a predetermined launch means (launch device 75) flows down;
Variable entry means capable of changing from a closed state in which a game ball cannot enter to an open state in which the game ball can enter;
An advantageous entrance portion where a game ball entered into the variable entrance means can enter,
Starting ball entry means capable of entering a game ball flowing down the game area;
A small hit opening / closing execution mode for changing the closed state of the variable pitching means to the open state over a first time based on a game ball entering the starting pitching means, or A small hitting opening / closing execution mode executing means for executing a small hitting opening / closing execution mode for changing the variable pitching means in the closed state to the open state a plurality of times over a first time;
Arrival detection means for detecting that a game ball has arrived at the advantageous pitching part;
When the arrival detection means detects a game ball during a period from when the small hitting opening / closing execution mode is started and the variable pitching means is in the open state until a predetermined effective period elapses, the closed state A jackpot opening / closing execution mode execution means for repeatedly setting the variable pitching means to open for a second time longer than the first time;
A gaming machine comprising
An introduction passage (introduction passage 55p) through which the game ball is introduced;
A distribution main body portion that distributes the destination of game balls passing through the introduction passage to a special passage (SR) that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage (NR) that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion ( A passage selection member 57a),
A distribution means comprising:
The distribution main body can execute a first state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the normal passage and a second state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the special passage. And
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The distribution main body is placed in the first state until the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, and when the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, A gaming machine, characterized in that the minute main body is in the second state.

  According to the gaming machine having the feature X1, if the distribution means is incorporated in the variable entry means or the distribution means is provided outside the variable entry means, a game ball exceeding a predetermined speed can be played within the effective period. It is possible to prevent the act of trying to make the sphere reach the advantageous entry part (special area).

  Here, the game machine having the feature U1, V1, W1, or X1 may be an enclosed ball type game machine shown in the above-described feature R1.

  Note that the gaming machine according to the application example of the sixth embodiment also has a passing speed (for example, downflow) when the passing speed of the game ball (for example, downflow speed) may be slow without being based on a player's cheating. The destination of the game ball with a reduced speed) and the destination of other game balls (game balls with a planned passing speed) can be suitably distributed according to the difference in the passing speed (for example, the flow speed). For example, the gaming machine, and hence the board surface (front face) of the gaming board 24 is slightly tilted backward from the player (the gaming machine is not installed in a straight state, and the gaming machine is arranged rearward as the upper side thereof. It is slightly tilted so that the lower side is placed forward, that is, it is tilted backwards away from the player), and the flow velocity of the game ball flowing down the game area may be slower than planned. is there. In this case, depending on the state of the distribution main body, the destination of the game ball whose passing speed (for example, the flow-down speed) has become too slow and the destination of other game balls (game balls having a planned passing speed) are suitably distributed. be able to. In addition, in the game machines of the above-described application examples, the game machine and its components (game board, etc.) are affected by the influence of the weather (for example, rainy weather) and the effect of the air conditioning of the pachinko hall (for example, the set temperature is high). There is a case where the flow rate of the game ball flowing down the game area is slower than expected due to the high humidity (high humidity), but in this case as well, depending on the state of the sorting main body, the passing speed (for example, the flow rate) The destination of the game ball that has become too late and the destination of the other game balls (game balls having a scheduled passing speed) can be appropriately distributed. Furthermore, even when the amount of rotation operation of the launch handle 8A is too small, the flow speed of the game ball flowing down the game area may be slower than planned. Also in this case, depending on the state of the distribution main body part, the destination of the game ball whose passing speed (for example, the flow speed) has become too slow and the destination of the other gaming balls (game balls having a planned passing speed) are suitable. Can be sorted.

  Further, the following feature Y1 and feature Z1 may be extracted from the application example of the sixth embodiment.

Feature Y1.
A game area in which a game ball fired by a predetermined launching means flows down;
A game machine comprising: an advantageous pitching portion that generates a possibility of acquiring a gaming privilege for a player based on a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area,
An introduction passage through which the game ball is introduced;
A distribution main body that distributes the destination of the game ball passing through the introduction passage to a special passage that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion;
A distribution means comprising:
The distribution main body can execute a first state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the normal passage and a second state in which the game ball that has passed through the introduction passage is guided to the special passage. And
If the speed of the game ball introduced into the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, the game ball passes through the introduction passage before a predetermined time elapses after being introduced into the introduction passage. When the speed is equal to or less than the predetermined speed, the game ball is set to a length that passes through the introduction path after the predetermined time has elapsed since being introduced into the introduction path.
The distribution main body is set in the second state until the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, and when the predetermined time elapses after the game ball is introduced into the introduction passage, A gaming machine characterized in that the minute main body portion is in the first state.

Feature Z1.
A game area (PE) in which a game ball fired by predetermined launch means (launch device 75) flows down;
A game machine comprising an advantageous ball entry portion (lower operation port 34B) for generating a possibility of obtaining a game privilege for a player based on a game ball flowing down the game area,
The introduction path in which the game ball is introduced, and at least the path portion on the end side along the passing direction of the game ball draws a substantially horizontal or slanted downward inclined path,
A distribution main body that distributes the destination of game balls passing through the introduction passage to a special passage (SR) that can enter the advantageous entry portion or a normal passage (NR) that cannot enter the advantageous entry portion; A distribution means comprising:
The sorting main body is
At least the path portion on the start side along the passing direction of the game ball draws a substantially downward or slanted downward path that bends with the path direction of the path portion of the introduction passage, and the upper end opening portion is the end of the introduction passage And the special passage that is continuous with
At least the path portion on the start end side along the passing direction of the game ball draws a path substantially extending the path direction of the path portion of the introduction path across the opening of the special path, and the start end is defined as the opening. The continuous normal passage; and
With
When the speed of the game ball passing through the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed, it is guided to the normal passage through the opening of the special passage,
When the speed of the game ball passing through the introduction passage is equal to or lower than a predetermined speed, the game ball is guided to the special passage.

  In the gaming machine having the feature Y1 or the feature Z1, the state of the sorting main body is changed to the second state until a predetermined time elapses after the detecting unit detects that the game ball has been introduced into the introduction passage (sorting unit). The state is set (the introduction passage is connected to the special passage), and when a predetermined time has elapsed, the state of the sorting main body is set to the first state (the introduction passage is connected to the normal passage). Therefore, a game ball whose speed passing through the introduction passage exceeds a predetermined speed is the second game ball before the sorting main body is in the first state (when the introduction passage is connected to the normal passage). It reaches the sorting body in the state and is guided to a special passage. On the other hand, if the game ball passing through the introduction passage is slow (a game ball slower than the scheduled passing speed), the passing speed is slow (below a predetermined speed), and the state of the sorting main body is first. Since the game ball reaches the sorting main body after the two states are reached, the game ball can be guided to the normal passage. Thus, according to the gaming machine of the feature Y1 or the feature Z1, depending on the state of the distribution main body, the destination of the game ball having a slow passage speed (for example, the flow-down speed) and other game balls (games with a planned passage speed) Sphere) can be suitably distributed.

  The present invention can be used in the field of manufacturing and selling pachinko machines.

  DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 ... Pachinko machine, 33 ... Actuation port, 34 ... Actuation port, 74 ... Launch rail as launch path construction means, 75 ... Launching device, 77 ... Support member, 77a ... Solenoid, PE ... Game area, "Support member 77, Solenoid 77a and main controller 81, etc. "... discharge means, 674f ... notch as discharge means, NR ... normal passage, SR ... special passage.

Claims (1)

A game area provided on the game board;
Predetermined launching means;
A launch path configuration means for configuring a launch path of a game ball;
With
A game ball launched using the launching means passes through the launch path constituting means in a predetermined launch direction, reaches the game area, and flows down,
A gaming machine comprising: discharge means for discharging a game ball that has run backward in the direction opposite to the launch direction from the launch path constituting means.